Indian Society GS1 VAM

SALIENT FEATURES OF INDIAN SOCIETY Student Notes:
Contents
1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 1
2. Characteristics of Indian Society ................................................................................................ 2
3. Salient Features of Indian Society .............................................................................................. 2
3.1. Caste System ....................................................................................................................... 2
3.1.1. Features of the Caste system ....................................................................................... 2
3.1.2. Transformation of the Caste system ............................................................................ 3
3.1.3. Weakening and Strengthening of Caste System- A Paradox ........................................ 4
3.1.4. Way Forward ................................................................................................................ 5
3.2. Religious Pluralism .............................................................................................................. 5
3.2.1. Different Religious Groups in India .............................................................................. 5
3.2.2. Multi-culturalism and Pluralism ................................................................................... 6
3.3. Kinship, Marriage and Family .............................................................................................. 6
3.3.1. Kinship .......................................................................................................................... 6
3.3.2. Marriage ....................................................................................................................... 7
3.3.3. Family in Indian Society ................................................................................................ 8
3.4. Diversity in India ................................................................................................................ 11
3.4.1. Various forms of diversity in India .............................................................................. 11
3.4.2. Factors Leading to Unity Amidst Diversity in India..................................................... 13
3.4.3. Factors that threaten India’s unity ............................................................................. 13
3.4.4. Way Forward .............................................................................................................. 14
4. Previous Year UPSC GS Mains Questions ................................................................................. 14
5. Vision IAS GS Mains Test Series Questions............................................................................... 15
Copyright © by Vision IAS

All rights are reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or
transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or
otherwise, without prior permission of Vision IAS.
DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

1 www.visionias.in # 8468022022 ©Vision IAS `Ìi`ÊÜÌÊÌiÊ`iÊÛiÀÃÊvÊ
vÝÊ*ÀÊ*Ê `ÌÀÊ
/ÊÀiÛiÊÌÃÊÌVi]ÊÛÃÌ\Ê
ÜÜÜ°Vi°VÉÕV°Ì
1. Introduction Student Notes:
• Indian society is an exemplification of multicultural, multi-ethnic and multi-ideological

constructs, which co-exist, at once striving to strike harmony and also to retain its
individuality.
• Based on the generous concept of Vasudhaiva Kutumbkam (the world is one family), Indian
society possess a great cultural heritage. During the course of its evolution, it has
accommodated and integrated many communities and their ways of life from time to time.
2. Characteristics of Indian Society

• Multi-ethnic society- Indian society is multi-ethnic in nature due to co-existence of wide
variety of racial groups in India. India is home to almost all the racial profiles prevalent in
the world,
• Multilingual society- Across the length and breadth of the country, more than 1600
languages are spoken. Among them the major languages are Hindi, Telugu, Tamil, Kannada,
Malayalam, Bengali etc.
• Multi-class society- Indian society is segmented into multiple classes. This division can be
on the basis of birth as well as financial and social achievements during one's lifetime.
• Patriarchal society- Indian society is largely a patriarchal society where men tend to enjoy
greater status than women. However, some tribal societies are matrilineal societies where
women have the dominant decision-making power.
• Unity in diversity- This is an inherent feature of Indian society. Diversity in India exists at
various levels in different forms. However, beneath this diversity, there is fundamental unity
in social institutions and practices.
• Co-existence of traditionalism and modernity- Traditionalism is upholding or maintenance
of core values. Whereas modernity refers to questioning the tradition and moving towards
rational thinking, social, scientific and technological progress. Due to the spread of
education and technological advances, modern thinking among Indians has increased.
However, the family life is still bound by traditional value and belief systems.
• Balance between spiritualism and materialism- Spiritualism's main focus is to promote an
individual's experience with God. Whereas materialism is a tendency to consider material
possessions and physical comfort as more important than spiritual values. Indian society is
largely possessing spiritual orientations. However due to increased westernisation,
materialistic tendencies have also become quite visible.
• Balance between Individualism and collectivism- Individualism is a moral, political or social
outlook that stresses human independence, self-reliance and liberty. Whereas collectivism
is the practice of giving a group priority over each individual in it. There exists a fine balance
between them in Indian society.
• Blood and kinship ties- Blood relations and kinship ties enjoy a stronghold over other social
relationships. They continue to govern the political and economic spheres of life.
3. Salient Features of Indian Society

3.1. Caste System
Caste can be defined as hereditary endogamous group, having a common name, common
traditional occupation, common culture, relatively rigid in matters of mobility, distinctiveness of
status and forming a single homogenous community. The caste system in India is mainly
associated with Hinduism and has governed the Hindu society for thousands of years.
3.1.1. Features of the Caste system
Some of the features of caste system in India include the following:

• Segmental division of society: It Student Notes:
means that social stratification is
largely based on caste.
Membership to a caste group is
acquired by birth, on the basis of
which people are ranked in
relative to other caste groups.
• Hierarchy: It indicates that
various castes are categorized
according to their purity and
impurity of occupations. Just like
a ladder, castes are ranked from
higher to lower positions. Pure
caste is ranked at the top and
impure is ranked at the bottom.
• Civil and religious disabilities:
These comprise of restrictions
based on contact, dress, speech,
rituals etc. and are placed on
every caste group. It was done in
order to maintain purity of
specific caste groups. Example,
lower caste groups had no
access to wells, they were
restricted from entering temples etc.
• Endogamy: Members of a particular caste have to marry within their caste only. Inter-caste
marriages are prohibited. However, in urban areas, the phenomenon of inter-caste
marriage is increasing.
• Untouchability: It is the practice of ostracizing a group by segregating them from the
mainstream by social custom. Untouchability was a corollary of the caste system, wherein
the untouchables (those belonging to the lowest caste groups) were deemed impure and
polluted.
• Manual scavenging: Manual scavenging eventually became a caste-based occupation,
which involves the removal of untreated human excreta from bucket toilets or pit latrines.
It has been officially abolished by the Prohibition of Employment as Manual Scavengers
and their Rehabilitation Act 2013.
• Caste based violence in India: Increasing trend of caste-based violence are related to
instances of inter-caste marriage and assertion of basic rights by Dalits including land
rights, freedom of expression, access to justice, access to education etc. e.g. A group of
Dalits were attacked in Una, Gujarat when they had participated in the movement for
demand of land ownership for the Dalits.
• Policy of caste based reservation: The system of caste-based reservation in India
comprises of a series of affirmative action measures, such as reserving access to seats in
the various legislatures, to government jobs, and to enrollment in higher educational
institutions. E.g. Scheduled Caste groups are given 15% reservation in government services
and educational institutions.
3.1.2. Transformation of the Caste system
The traditional caste system was based on purity and pollution. It included the necessary
aspects like- hierarchy, separation of contact and occupational division of labour. However, due
to various factors, this traditional structure of caste system has been witnessed changes over
the last few decades.

Some of the factors affecting these changes are- Student Notes:
• Sanskritisation: Sanskritisation as a process of change is the mobility concerned with
positional change in the caste system. By changing the customs and rituals such as by
adopting vegetarianism and teetotalism, people belonging to the low castes are claiming a
‘higher’ position in the caste hierarchy.
• Westernisation: Due to changes in the spheres of education, food habits, dressing sense,
style of eating, manners etc., westernization has brought occupational changes cutting
across the caste barriers.
• Modernisation: It is a process which primarily relies on scientific outlook, rational attitudes,
high social mobility, mass mobilisation and specialisation in work. It has made caste system
more flexible. For instances, in the urban areas, castes are gradually becoming classes. The
emergence of middle class with a rational outlook and goal orientation is a testimony to the
fact.
• Industrialisation and urbanisation: With the growth of industrial towns and cities,
migration has spiraled up. Unlike the source regions, destination areas witness fewer
adherences to caste rules.
• Role of state- It includes various steps taken by the state such as affirmative action,
Universal Adult Franchise, land reforms and Mandal Commission.
As a result of the above factors, the caste system has evolved in the following ways-
• Trends for inter-caste marriage: Purity of blood was one of the main aims of the caste
system. As a result, inter-caste marriages were socially forbidden. Due to economic and
social necessities, inter-caste marriages on western lines are being performed at increased
frequency
• Challenge to orthodoxy: Orthodox practices of the caste system such as child marriage, ban
on widow re-marriage, ban on conversion, insensitiveness of superior class towards the low
caste people are being challenged in the wake of urbanization.
• New food habits: Due to frequent mixing of the people at meetings, conferences, seminars
etc., food habits have changed. Moreover, people have adapted to new social norms such
as eating at the same table, accepting food prepared by low caste people without any
reservations etc.
• Changes in occupation: Occupational mobility has become the new feature. Leaving behind
their traditional roles, Brahmins have become traders whereas Vaishyas have joined
teaching and so on.
• Improvement in the position of lower caste: Due to steps initiated by the government,
position of lower castes has improved economically as well as socially.
3.1.3. Weakening and Strengthening of Caste System- A Paradox
Recent times show a paradoxical situation- as on the one hand, caste system has weakened, on
the other, caste-based identities have strengthened due to political mobilization.
Factors leading to weakening of caste system
• Change in hierarchical structure: Caste hierarchy based on purity and pollution has
weakened because of secularization. Additionally, wealth is replacing birth as the basis of
social prestige.
• Breakdown of Jajmani system: Jajmani system involved exchange of goods and services,
with each jati contributing its share based on occupational specialty. However, it is
dissipating due to traditional breakdown of occupation and industrialization.
• Disruption of traditionally ordained occupational system: Due to globalization and rise of
services sector.
• Anonymous urban life: With increasing migration, city life is becoming anonymous where
caste identities of co-habitants is seldom known.

Factors strengthening caste identity Student Notes:
• Caste and politics: They both are closely linked to each other. In fact, the link has led to an
empowerment among the lower castes since they ventilate their feelings through elections
and power lobby. Dalit politics is one such example, where Dalits are trying to assert their
identities and have become successful in capturing power in various states.
• Democratic decentralisation: The reservation provided in the Panchayati Raj system has
given the opportunity for the lower castes to empower themselves.
• Legislative measures: A variety of social legislations have been introduced in the post-
independence era which aim to safeguard the interests of the down-trodden, to eradicate
untouchability and to facilitate the social and economic development of the depressed
castes. For instance, Untouchability (offences) Act, 1955 provided for punishment against
the practice of untouchability.
• Caste based affirmative actions: Provision of caste-based reservation in education and jobs
has strengthened the caste identities. For example, recent demand of OBC status by some
caste groups.
• Collective mobilization: Caste groups are also mobilizing and collectively demanding
equality and non- discrimination in the wake of incidents of atrocities on Dalits.
• “Dominant caste” phenomenon: Landowning classes have also come to wield political
power in some states due to sheer numbers, like in UP and Bihar.
Some experts have called this phenomenon as “casteism”. It is good in short term, because it
links the modern democracy with the masses through caste based political mobilization and
participation. However, it may threaten emergence of single national identity.
Dalit Capitalism
The term ‘Dalit capitalism’ was coined by a prominent activist and scholar, Chandra Bhan Prasad during
the early 21st century, which led way to a new era of Dalit upsurges in corporate sectors.
Issues faced by Dalit entrepreneurs-
• Majority of business transactions in India sustain on trust-based agreements, due to weak
contract enforcement. Thus, having same roots or lineage play an important role in scoring an
agreement. Dalits being a recent introduction, find it difficult to put their roots down.
• Lack of access to existing business network on the lines of other communities like the Marwari’s
have strong business network.
• Lack of funding for setting new enterprise, as they have very low security to get loans.
• Social discrimination discourages dalits to do something on their own.
3.1.4. Way Forward

There should efforts to further promote participation of people in free market. Increased
prosperity would further dilute the caste identities. Also, there is a need to strengthen Section
123 of RPA 1951, to prevent parties from invoking votes solely on caste grounds. The
reservation system should be rationalized to target benefits only to deserving candidates so as
to usher in egalitarian society.
3.2. Religious Pluralism

3.2.1. Different Religious Groups in India
India is a secular country comprising various religions of the world, which are further
subdivided into several sects and cults. Religion in India is characterized by a diversity of
religious beliefs and practices. The Indian subcontinent is the birthplace of four world
religions—Hinduism, Buddhism, Sikhism and Jainism.
Further, variants of Hinduism such as Vaishnavism, Shaivism, etc. is practiced. Even in Islam,
multiple variants such as Shia, Sunni tenets are followed. Animistic and naturistic religions are
also followed by tribal groups. Thus, there is a plurality of multiple religions and each religion
has individual salient tenets and associated festivals and customs.

3.2.2. Multi-culturalism and Pluralism Student Notes:
In the light of multi-cultural society of India, we say that multi-culturalism and pluralism are
the two sides of a coin of “unity in diversity”
Let us first see briefly the similarities and differences between pluralism and multiculturalism:
Pluralism Multiculturalism
Public Sphere Individuals are treated as equals in The public sphere is not culturally neutral.
a common (neutral) public sphere. Public sphere is an arena for cultural
negotiation. No group should dominate in a
way that excludes other cultural forms.
Cultural Different cultures allowed in a Different cultures are encouraged. Individuals
Diversity separate cultural sphere, but are considered part of collectivities that
society has no obligation to provide meaning to their lives.
acknowledge or support Multiculturalism seeks ways to support these
alternative cultural forms. Thus, collectivities.
pluralism also allows for the
dissolution of cultural formations.
Dominant 1. equality of opportunity 1. affiliation
Principals 2. freedom of association 2. cultural recognition
A lot has been said about the success of multiculturalism in India. We have vibrant communities
of Hindus, Muslims, Sikhs, Christians, Jains, Buddhists, Parsis etc. that have blended well and
enhanced the progress of India. We are one of the most diverse countries in the world in terms
of cultural, religious and linguistic diversity. And this diversity owes mainly to our vast
geographical extent and successive waves of migration from all over the world.
Striking a balance between unity and diversity or managing unity in such diverse socio-cultural
situations, is always a challenge for a nation. Pluralism and multiculturalism are two ways to
manage this conundrum simultaneously.
In India, pluralism describes the reality of cultural diversity. It attempts to create a society in
which the best of all inputs continue to integrate. It allows for many different groupings but
does not try to impose a uniform status on all of them.
Our multiculturalism, on the other hand, means showing respect and tolerance to other
cultures and faith. It holds that all minority values must have equal status to those of the
majority. It also allows assertion of different identities in every sphere of life. The Indian
constitution also provides fundamental rights for the preservation of this variety.
This assertion of variety can be seen in linguistic reorganization of states, political
representation, rise in demand for minority rights, indigenous rights, anti-hindi movements etc.
These assertions present a new way of assimilation where all communities find their respective
place in making of nation-state. No community is left out in creating a rainbow nation.
Multiculturalism and pluralism provides a new paradigm for stability which increases
cohesiveness and integrity of nation.
Thus, from the above discussion we can say that pluralism is the more general term for any kind
of plurality while the multiculturalism is the proactive application of plurality to maintain and
harmonize the diversity and heterogeneity in society in general and nation-state in particular.
3.3. Kinship, Marriage and Family

3.3.1. Kinship
Kinship system refers to a set of persons recognized as relatives either by virtue of a blood
relationship or by virtue of a marriage relationship. According to the Dictionary of
Anthropology, kinship system includes society recognized relationships based on supposed as
well as well actual genealogical ties. These relationships are the result of social interaction and
are recognized by society.

Kinship system represents one of the basic social institutions. Kinship is universal and, in most Student Notes:
societies, plays a significant role in the socialisation of individuals and the maintenance of group
solidarity, It is supremely important in the primitive societies and extends its influence on
almost all their activities - social, economic, political, religious, etc.
Types of Kinship
• Affinal Kinship: The bond of marriage is called ‘affinal’ kinship. When a person marries, he
establishes relationship not only with the girl whom he marries but also with a number of
other people in the girl’s family. Moreover, it is not only the person marrying who gets
bound to the family members of the girl but his family members also get bound to the
family members of the girl. Thus, a host of relations are created as soon as a marriage takes
place.
• Consanguineous Kinship: The bond of blood is called consanguineous kinship. The
consanguineous kin are related through blood whereas the affinal kin are related through
marriage. The bond between parents and their children and that between parents and their
children and that between parents and their children and that between siblings is
consanguineous kinship.
Regional differences regarding kinship systems and marriage in North and South India
• North India: In North India, there are mostly patrilineal groups, with descent traced in the
male line from father to son. Members of a patri-lineage cooperate in in ritual and
economic activities. Caste endogamy is strictly practiced. Further, marriage is prohibited
within the same gotra or clan and village exogamy is commonly preferred. Thus, marriage
prohibitions tend to bar marriage over a wide area in terms of kinship as well as space.
• South India: The Southern zone presents a very complicated pattern of kinship system and
family organization. While there is dominance of patrilineal and patrilocal system, but
simultaneously matrilineal (descent from maternal line) and matrilocal systems also exist.
Rules of marriage also vary in South India.
3.3.2. Marriage
Marriage is an important social institution. It is a relationship, which is socially approved and
sanctioned by custom and law. It is also a set of cultural mechanisms which ensure the
continuation of the family. It is more or less a universal social institution in India.
Structural and functional changes in the marriage system
The marriage system had undergone radical changes especially after independence. Even
though the basic religious beliefs associated with marriage have not crumbled down, many of
the practices, customs, and forms have changed. The recent changes in the marriage system are
as follows:
• Changes in the aim and purpose of marriage: In traditional societies the primary objective
of marriage is ‘dharma’ or duty; especially among Hindus. But today the modern objective
of marriage is more related to ‘life-long companionship’ between husband and wife.
• Changes in the form of marriage: Traditional forms of marriages like polygamy, polygyny
are legally prohibited in India. Nowadays, mostly monogamous marriages are practiced.
• Change in the age of marriage: According to legal standards, the marriageable age for boy
and girl stands at 21 and 18 respectively. Average age of marriage has gone up and pre-
puberty marriages have given place to post-puberty marriages.
• Increase in divorce and desertion rates: Relaxed legislative provisions for divorce have
virtually affected the stability of the marriage, particularly in the urban areas. . It is mainly
due to economic prosperity and internet connectivity. Internet has exposed people to the
different social trends prevalent across the world and has revolutionized the institution
in an otherwise conservative Indian society.

• Live in relationships: They are on a steady growth rate in India especially among the youth Student Notes:
in metropolitan cities. The institution also has legal recognition as a three-judge bench of SC
in 2010 observed that a man and a woman living together without marriage cannot be
construed as an offence and held that living together is a Right to Life and Liberty (Article
21). SC has also acknowledged that children born out of such relations are legitimate and
have property rights of their parents under Section 16 of Hindu Marriage Act, 1955.
3.3.3. Family in Indian Society
The family is the basic unit of society. It is the first and the most immediate social environment
to which a child is exposed. It is in the family a child learns language, the behavioral Patterns
and social norms in his childhood.
In some way or the other the family is a universal group. It exists in tribal, rural and urban
communities and among the followers of all religious and cultures. It provides the most
enduring relationship in one form or other.
3.3.3.1. Characteristics of Family
• Family is a basic, definite and enduring group.
• Family is formed by the relatively durable companionship of husband, wife who procreate
children.
• Family may be limited to husband, wife or only the father and his children or only the
mother and her children.
• Family is generally smaller in size companied to other social groups, organizations and
associations.
• Family can also be large in size in which persons belonging to several generations may live
together.
3.3.3.2. Functions of the Family
• Primary function- Some of the functions of family are basic to its continued existence.
o Production and rearing of the child
o Provision of home
o Instrument of culture transmission
o Agent of socialization
o Status ascribing function
o Agency of social control
• Secondary function
o Economic functions: With economic advancements, family has become more
consuming unit than a producing one. Members are engaged in earning wages for
ensuring socio-economic well-being of the family.
o Educational functions: Family provides the basis for the child’s formal learning. In spite
of great changes, the family still gives the child his basic training in the social attitudes
and habits important to adult participation in social life
o Religious functions: Family is a center for the religious training of the children. The
children learn from their parents’ various religious virtues.
o Recreational functions: Family provides the opportunities to parents and children for
engaging in various recreational activities such as playing indoor games, dancing,
singing, reading etc.

Student Notes:

3.3.3.3. Dysfunctions of the Family Student Notes:
• Self-alienation- In joint families, one doesn’t behave as per one’s own wishes. Rather, the
behaviour is decided as per the expected norms of the joint family. As a result, one gets
detached from one’s own self.
o Lack of privacy- Given the shared nature of living, privacy is usually absent in a family.
o Lack of individualism- In a joint family, collective interest is pursued instead of any
individual’s interest.
• Reproduction of social labour- In a family, one can never question the authority in the
family.
• Disguised unemployment- All the members of a family enter the same profession and
business, even if there is no additional requirement.
• Low status of women- Age and sex are the ordering principle in a joint family.
• High fertility rate- Given the capacity of care and economy, a greater number of children
can be reared in a joint family as compared to nuclear family.
3.3.3.4. Structural and functional changes in the Indian family system
With the advent of industrial civilization with modern technology the structure and functions of
the family fatedly changed. Today most of the traditional activities of the family were
transferred to outside agencies; this further weakening the bonds that in the past kept the
family together. There occurred a reduction in the educational, recreational, religious and
protective functions of the family which have been more or less taken over by various
institutions and agencies created for that purpose.
Some of the major changes in the Indian family system are discussed below:
• Changes in family: Family which was a principal unit of production has been transformed in
the consumption unit. Instead of all members working together in an integrated economic
enterprise, a few male members go out of the home to earn the family’s living. These
affected family relations.
• Factory employment: It has freed young adults from direct dependence upon their families.
This functional independence of the youngsters has weakened the authority of the head of
the household over those earning members. In many cities even women too joined men in
working outside the families on salary basis.
• Influence of urbanization: Various sociologists have revealed that the city life is more
favorable to small nuclear families than to big joint families. Thus, urban living weakens
joint family pattern and strengthens nuclear family patterns.
• Legislative measures: Prohibition of early marriage and fixing the minimum age of marriage
by the child marriage Restraint Act, 1929, and the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955 have
lengthened the period of education. Even other legislations such as the Widow Remarriage
Act, 1856, Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, Hindu succession Act, 1956, all have modified
interpersonal relations within the family, the composition of the family and the stability of
the joint family.
• Changes in marriage system: Changes in the age of marriage, freedom in mate-selection
and change in the attitude towards marriage has diminished marriage is not very much
considered a religious affair but only a social ceremony. Modern marriage does not
symbolize the superior authority of the family head over other members.
• Influence of western values: Values relating to modern science, rationalism, individualism,
equality, free life, democracy, freedom of women etc. have exerted a tremendous change
on the joint family system in India.
• Changes in the position of women: Main factor causing changes in the position of women
in our society lie in her changing economic role. New economic role provided a new
position in society and especially with respect to men.

3.3.3.5. Current Status Student Notes:
Over the years, various sociologists have affirmed in their studies that the rise of nuclear
families — consisting of a couple and their unmarried children — is consistent with rapid
urbanization.
According to the 2001 census, out of 19.31 crore households, 9.98 crore or 51.7% were nuclear
households. In the 2011 census, the share grew to 52.1% — 12.97 crore nuclear out of 24.88
crore households. However, there is the decline in the proportional share of nuclear households
in urban areas. From 54.3% of the urban households of 2001, nuclear families have fallen to
52.3% of all urban households. In contrast, in rural areas, the share of nuclear families has risen
from 50.7% to 52.1%.
Joint families, meanwhile, fell substantially from 19.1% (3.69 crore) to 16.1% (4 crore) across
India. In rural areas, the dip was sharper – from 20.1% to 16.8% – than in urban India where it
fell from 16.5% to 14.6%. Thus, the declining share of urban nuclear families is attributed to
increased migration as well as lack of housing.
3.4. Diversity in India

India is a plural society both in letter and spirit. It is rightly characterized by its unity and
diversity. A grand synthesis of cultures, religions and languages of the people belonging to
different castes and communities has upheld its unity and cohesiveness despite multiple foreign
invasions.
National unity and integrity have been maintained even through sharp economic and social
inequalities have obstructed the emergence of egalitarian social relations. It is this synthesis
which has made India a unique mosque of cultures. Thus, India present seemingly multicultural
situation within in the framework of a single integrated cultural whole.
The term ‘diversity’ emphasizes differences rather than inequalities. It means collective
differences, that is, differences which mark off one group of people from another. These
differences may be of any sort: biological, religious, linguistic etc. Thus, diversity means variety
of races, of religions, of languages, of castes and of cultures.
Unity means integration. It is a social psychological condition. It connotes a sense of one-ness, a
sense of we-ness. It stands for the bonds, which hold the members of a society together.
Unity in diversity essentially means “unity without uniformity” and “diversity without
fragmentation”. It is based on the notion that diversity enriches human interaction.
When we say that India is a nation of great cultural diversity, we mean that there are many
different types of social groups and communities living here. These are communities defined by
cultural markers such as language, religion, sect, race or caste.
3.4.1. Various forms of diversity in India
• Religious diversity: India is a land of multiple religions. Apart from the tribal societies,
many of whom still live in the pre-religious state of animism and magic, the Indian
population consists of the Hindus (82.41%), Muslims (11.6%), Christians (2.32%), Sikhs
(1.99%), Buddhists (0.77%) and Jains (0.41%). The Hindus themselves are divided into
several sects such as Vaishnavas, Shaivates, Shaktas, Smartas etc. Similarly, the Muslims are
divided into sects such as Shias, Sunnis, Ahmadiyas etc.
• Linguistic diversity: Languages spoken in India belong to several language families, the
major ones being the Indo-Aryan languages spoken by 75% of Indians and the Dravidian
languages spoken by 20% of Indians. Other languages belong to the Austroasiatic, Sino-
Tibetan, Tai-Kadai, and a few other minor language families and isolates. India has the
world's second highest number of languages, after Papua New Guinea.

• Racial diversity: 1931 census classified India’s racial diversity in the following groups- The Student Notes:
Negrito, The Proto-Australoid, The Mongoloid, The Mediterranean, The Western
Brachycephals and the Nordic. Representatives of all the three major races of the world,
namely Caucasoid, Mongoloid, and Negroid, are found in the country.
• Caste diversity: India is a country of castes. The term caste has been used to refer to both
varna as well as jati. Varna is the four-fold division of society according to functional
differentiation. Thus, the four varnas include Brahmins, Kshatriyas, Vaishyas and Shudras
and an outcaste group. Whereas Jati refers to a hereditary endogamous status group
practicing a specific traditional occupation. There are more than 3000 jatis and there is no
one all India system of ranking them in order and status. The jati system is not static and
there is mobility in the system, through which jatis have changed their position over years.
This system of upward mobility has been termed as “Sanskritization” by M. N. Srinivas.
• Cultural diversity: Cultural patterns reflect regional variations. Because of population
diversity, there is immense variety in Indian culture as it is a blend of various cultures.
Different religion, castes, regions follow their own tradition and culture. Thus, there is
variation in art, architecture, dance forms, theatre forms, music etc.
• Geographical diversity: Spanning across an area of 3.28 million square kilometer, India is a
vast country with great diversity of physical features like dry deserts, evergreen forests,
lofty mountains, perennial and non-perennial river systems, long coasts and fertile plains.
In addition to the above described major forms of diversity, India also has diversity of many
other types like that of settlement patterns - tribal, rural, urban; marriage and kinship patterns
along religious and regional lines and so on.

3.4.2. Factors Leading to Unity Amidst Diversity in India Student Notes:
• Constitutional identity: The entire country is governed by one single Constitution. Even,
most of the states follow a generalised scheme of 3-tier government structure, thus
imparting uniformity in national governance framework. Further, the Constitution
guarantees certain fundamental rights to all citizens regardless of their age, gender, class,
caste, religion, etc.
• Religious co-existence: Religion tolerance is the unique feature of religions in India due to
which multiple religions co-exist in India. Freedom of religion and religious practice is
guaranteed by the Constitution itself. Moreover, there is no state religion and all religions
are given equal preference by the state.
• Inter-State mobility: The Constitution guarantees freedom to move throughout the
territory of India under Article 19 (1) (d), thus promoting a sense of unity and brotherhood
among the masses.
o Other factors such as uniform pattern of law, penal code, administrative works (e.g. All
India services) too lead to uniformity in the criminal justice system, policy
implementation etc.
• Economic integration: The Constitution of India secures the freedom of Trade, Commerce
and Intercourse within the Territory of India under Article 301. Further, the Goods and
Service Tax (GST) have paved way for ‘one country, one tax, one national market’, thus
facilitating unity among different regions.
• Institution of pilgrimage and religious practices: In India, religion and spirituality have
great significance. From Badrinath and Kedarnath in the north to Rameshwaram in the
south, Jagannath Puri in the east to Dwaraka in the west the religious shrines and holy
rivers are spread throughout the length and breadth of the country. Closely related to them
is the age-old culture of pilgrimage, which has always moved people to various parts of the
country and fostered in them a sense of geo-cultural unity.
• Fairs and festivals: They also act as integrating factors as people from all parts of the
country celebrate them as per their own local customs. E.g. Diwali is celebrated throughout
by Hindus in the country, similarly Id and Christmas are celebrated by Muslims and
Christians, respectively. Celebration of inter-religious festivals is also seen in India.
• Climatic integration via monsoon: The flora and fauna in the entire Indian subcontinent,
agricultural practices, life of people, including their festivities revolve around the monsoon
season in India.
• Sports and Cinema: These are followed by millions in the country, thus, acting as a binding
force across the length and breadth of India.
3.4.3. Factors that threaten India’s unity
• Regionalism: Regionalism tends to highlight interests of a particular region/regions over
national interests. It can also adversely impact national integration. Law and order situation
is hampered due to regional demands and ensuing agitation.
• Divisive politics: Sometimes, ascriptive identities such as caste, religion etc. are evoked by
politicians in order to garner votes. This type of divisive politics can result in violence,
feeling of mistrust and suspicion among minorities.
• Development imbalance: Uneven pattern of socio-economic development, inadequate
economic policies and consequent economic disparities can lead to backwardness of a
region. Consequently, this can result in violence, kickstart waves of migration and even
accelerate demands of separatism. For instance, due to economic backwardness of the
North East region, several instances of separatist demands and secessionist tendencies
have sprung up in the region.
• Ethnic differentiation and nativism: Ethnic differentiation has often led to clashes between
different ethnic groups especially due to factors such as job competition, limited resources,
threat to identity etc. E.g. frequent clashes between Bodos and Bengali speaking Muslims in

Assam. This has been accentuated by son of the soil doctrine, which ties people to their Student Notes:
place of birth and confers some benefits, rights, roles and responsibilities on them, which
may not apply to others.
• Geographical isolation: Geographical isolation too can lead to identity issues and separatist
demands. The North-East is geographically isolated from the rest of the country as it is
connected with the rest of the country by a narrow corridor i.e. the Siliguri corridor
(Chicken’s neck). The region has inadequate infrastructure, is more backward economically
as compared to the rest of the country. As a result, ithas witnessed several instances of
separatism and cross-border terrorism, among others.
• Inter-religious conflicts: Inter-religious conflicts not only hamper relations between two
communities by spreading fear and mistrust but also hinder the secular fabric of the
country.
• Inter-state conflicts: This can lead emergence of feelings related to regionalism. It can also
affect trade and communications between conflicting states. For instance, Cauvery river
dispute between Karnataka and Tamil Nadu.
• Influence of external factors: Sometimes external factors such as foreign organizations
terrorist groups, extremist groups can incite violence and sow feelings of separatism. E.g.
Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) has been accused of supporting and training mujahideen to
fight in Jammu and Kashmir and sow separatist tendencies among resident groups.
In-spite of the challenges posed by diversity, there can be no doubt on the role played by socio-
cultural diversity in sustaining and developing Indian society.
3.4.4. Way Forward
Problem is not of diversity per se, but the handling of diversity in India society. The problems
of regionalism, communalism, ethnic conflicts etc. have arisen because the fruits of
development haven’t been distributed equally or the cultures of some groups haven’t been
accorded due recognition.
Hence, Constitution and its values must form guiding principles of our society. Any society
which has tried to homogenize itself, has witnessed stagnation in due-course and ultimately
decline. The most important example is this case is of Pakistan which tried to impose culture on
East-Pakistan ultimately leading to creation of Bangladesh.
4. Previous Year UPSC GS Mains Questions

1. The life cycle of a joint family depends on economic factors rather than social values.
Discuss.
2. Describe any four cultural elements of diversity in India and rate their relative significance
in building a national identity.
3. In the context of the diversity of India, can it be said that the regions form cultural units
rather than the States? Give reasons with examples for your view point.
4. The spirit of tolerance and love is not only an interesting feature of Indian society from very
early times, but it is also playing an important part at the present. Elaborate.
5. “Caste system is assuming new identities and associational forms. Hence, caste system
cannot be eradicated in India.” Comment.
6. Has the formation of linguistic States strengthened the cause of Indian Unity?
7. Debate the issue of whether and how contemporary movements for assertion of Dalit
identity work towards annihilation of caste.

5. Vision IAS GS Mains Test Series Questions Student Notes:
1. Caste in India has maintained its political significance despite dilution of its social
character. Discuss with relevant examples.
Approach:
• Introduce by giving a brief account of caste and its basis in India.
• With the help of appropriate examples, explain in brief how there has been dilution
of its social character.
• Also, explain how its political significance is maintained.
• Conclude on the basis of the above points.
Answer:
Caste is a social institution in India in which people are ranked in a status hierarchy,
shaping their identity, experiences, relations with others, as well as their access to
resources and opportunities. Several developments since independence have reduced
the importance of caste as a basis of power and status in the Indian society. These
include affirmative state policies and acts that diluted the social character of caste, such
as:
• The concept of purity and pollution has been diluted due to the implementation of
strict laws to punish caste discrimination.
• Further, growing urbanisation has undermined caste. The relative anonymity of an
individual’s identity in a city makes it difficult for rules of purity and pollution to be
observed and enforced in the public sphere.
• There has been more inter-mingling amongst castes such as in dining behaviour,
where unlike earlier, now people from different castes eat together in social
functions such as marriages etc. The number of inter-caste marriages have also
increased. Modern modes of transportation and communication have increased
the volume of interaction between members of various caste groups.
• The nature of economic relationships has transformed fundamentally wherein
caste association does not hold as much importance in a modern market based
economy. The hereditary nature of occupation is less relevant today. Further,
positive discrimination by the state has led to upward economic mobility amongst
lower castes directly affecting their social status positively.
Despite the dilution of caste system in social sphere, it has maintained its political
significance i.e.
• Caste plays a very important role in elections and voting. It is being seen that the
political parties select their candidates on the basis of caste composition in the
constituency. The voting in elections and mobilization of political support from top
to bottom moves on the caste lines.
• Caste has influenced the policy-making of the government, for example the policy
of reservation in favour of certain castes. Indian politics changed dramatically after
the report of Mandal commission and since then there has been emergence of
explicitly caste-based political parties.
• Caste also functions as a pressure group in politics. Political bargaining is also done
on the caste lines. Caste organizations have emerged to organize caste members for
collective bargaining with each other.
Despite the retention of the political significance of caste in India, some progressive
trends are being witnessed. People have started looking beyond caste identity and are
considering parameters like socio-economic development, education & criminal
background of candidate etc. as criteria while voting. There seems to be a transition
from an attempt to make casteless society but to end caste-based discriminations.

2. It can be argued that caste like social stratification is a feature present across Student Notes:
religious distinctions in India. Discuss.
Approach:
• Introduce by defining the caste system.
• Mention the features of the caste system as practiced in Hinduism.
• Cite relevant evidence of the existence of caste or caste-like features in other major
religions of India.
• Conclude on the basis of the above analysis.
Answer:
The caste system is a system of hierarchically arranged endogamous social groups
according to the notion of ‘purity’ and ‘pollution’ of the occupation which is
hereditarily fixed in India. The key notion of caste often goes beyond the strict
framework of Hinduism, in which it originated, to influence the social structures of
other religious groups.
There are studies that highlight the presence of caste-like features in other religions to
varying degrees.
Islam:
Caste in Islam has been seen from two viewpoints:
• One view holds that the social organization amongst Muslims exists on lines similar
to Hindus. Studies among the Muslims of UP show 4 clear caste divisions namely,
Ashraf, Muslim Rajputs, clean occupational castes, and unclean castes (Arzals).
• The other view is that not caste but caste-like features exist among the Muslims in
India. E.g. features like endogamy and status mobility (among Siddiqui Sheikhs of
Allahabad), hierarchy, purity & pollution (from the clean/unclean castes) and even
gotra (among the Meo Muslims of Rajasthan and Haryana).
• Even among the converted Muslims, a two-tier hierarchy exists. The Sharif Jat
Muslims (belong to higher levels in the caste hierarchy) and the Ajlaf Jats included
Muslims (converts from the lower castes) don't remain in close social relations and
do not inter-marry amongst each other.
Christianity:
Christians also have a hierarchy in their social organization.
• Syrian Christians in Kerala (converted Brahmin families who trace their origins to St.
Thomas) also exhibit caste characteristics. They organize annual gatherings
attended by prominent priests to proclaim the “artificially cultivated upper-caste
identity and lineage”.
• The Indians baptized by the Christian missionaries have remained mostly in the
same status they had before. Many untouchables who converted to Christianity are
still treated as untouchables by other Christians.
Sikhs:
Sikhism rejected the caste system in principle.
• However, in practice, the Jats who adopted Sikhism usually act along traditional
caste lines and marry within their caste boundaries. They don’t give equal respect
to Sikhs who belong to the lower levels of Indian hierarchy.
• The presence of castes like Arora, Khatri, Ramgarhia, Jat, Saini, Kamboh, etc. among
Sikhs proves that the features of Hindu caste system have percolated Sikhism too.

• Service castes like Mazhabhi Sikhs still face discrimination based on caste within Student Notes:
Sikhism.
Buddhism
• As per the Sachar Commission report, 90% of the Buddhists in India belong to the
Scheduled Caste, mostly belonging to the Mahar community in Maharashtra. While
their status and standard of living have changed drastically after conversion, the
practice of untouchability by other castes is still in place. For example, Bhambhi and
Chambar caste of Maharashtra refuse to accept water and food from the Neo-
Buddhists.
• Untouchable caste groups like Mon, Beda, and Garba among Himalayan Buddhists
still faced restrictions on commensality and participation in village gatherings and
ceremonies.
Jews
• The Jews of West India (called Bene Israel) had a different status from Jews of south
India (Cochini Jews).
• Bene Israels practiced oil pressing and had a status similar to Hindu caste of
Sonowar Telis, who were part of the Sudra status.
• The Baghdadi Jews consider themselves as the higher castes than the Bene Israels
and therefore don’t mingle with them and maintain minimal social relations.
While the caste groupings are less rigidly organized and there are limited rituals of
purity and pollution in other religions as compared to Hinduism, caste does provide a
structural basis to the Indian society. Its presence across major religions, although in
varying degrees, does provide the framework in which people operate, and on which
their acts and conduct depend.
3. The present form of caste as an institution has been shaped both by developments
during the colonial period as well as changes witnessed in independent India. Discuss.
Approach:
• Give a brief overview of the origin of caste system and its evolution.
• Discuss the caste system prevailing during British rule and how it got shaped by it.
• Then briefly discuss the measures taken to improve upon it post-independence and
how it got influenced.
• Suggest further measures that are needed.
Answer:
Caste is an institution uniquely associated with the Indian sub-continent. The English
word ‘caste’ is actually a borrowing from the Portuguese casta, meaning pure breed.
The word refers to a broad institutional arrangement that in Indian languages
(beginning with the ancient Sanskrit) is referred to by two distinct terms, varna and jati.
It is generally agreed , that the four Varna classification is roughly three thousand years
old. However, the ‘caste system’ stood for different things in different time periods.,
The institution of caste as we know it today has been profoundly impacted by the
Brtish Colonial rule as well as developments since independence:
Changes during British rule/Colonial period
• The colonialists conducted methodical and, intensive surveys and reports on the
‘customs and manners’ of various tribes and castes all over the country so as to
govern them effectively. The 1901 Census sought to collect information on the

social hierarchy of caste this kind of direct attempt to count caste and to officially Student Notes:
record caste status changed the institution itself. Before this, caste identities had
been much more fluid and less rigid
• The land revenue settlements and related arrangements and laws served to give
legal recognition to the customary (caste-based) rights of the upper castes.
• At the other end of the scale, towards the end of the colonial period, the
administration also took an interest in the welfare of downtrodden castes, referred
to as the ‘depressed classes’ at that time. For e.g. the Government of India Act of
1935 gave legal recognition to the lists or ‘schedules’ of castes and tribes marked
out for special treatment by the state.
Caste considerations had inevitably played a role in the mass mobilizations of the
nationalist movement. The dominant view in the nationalist movement was to treat
caste as a social evil and as a colonial ploy to divide Indians.
Post-independence period
• After independence, the state was committed to the abolition of caste based
inequality and explicitly enshrined this into the Constitution. The political promise
of the constitution was accompanied by fast paced economic changes. Thus,
without sufficient measures to promote equality in the economic sphere caste
inequalities remained strong, caste based .
• The development activity of the state and the growth of private industry also
affected caste indirectly through the speeding up and intensification of economic
change. Modern industry created all kinds of new jobs for which there were no
caste rules.
• Urbanisation and the conditions of collective living in the cities made it difficult for
the caste-segregated patterns of social interaction
• to survive.
• Caste proved to be strongest in cultural and domestic spheres. Endogamy
remained largely unaffected by modernization.
• The democratic politics in India is deeply conditioned by caste, thereby making
caste considerations important in electoral politics. In fact, 1980s witnessed the
emergence of caste based political parties.
• Reservation in jobs and education has contributed to caste consciousness and in
fact strengthened caste based movements that seek reservation.
4. While democratic institutions in India have led to changes in the caste structure,
these changes have at best led to only partial re-distributive outcomes for the
backward castes. Discuss.
Approach:
Introduce by defining the caste structure in brief. Then bring out the reasons which led
to changes in caste structure while illustrating on the changes. Further, point out the
positive and negative aspects of such changes and conclude accordingly.
Answer:
Caste as a social institution has existed historically and had been characterized by
hierarchical relations between different social groups. However, this hierarchical nature
of social order violates the trinity of liberty, equality and dignity enshrined in
constitution and recognised in Ambedkar's words "one man one vote and one vote one
value".

In Post-independence India, under the twin influence of affirmative polices for sc/st's in Student Notes:
legislature, government jobs and education along with the democratizing influence of
universal adult franchise, it was expected to correct for historical injustices and give
effect to the redistributive agenda of the state and thereby weakening the hierarchical
foundation of caste on the social life of individuals
The democratizing influence of universal adult franchise led to the rise of dominant
castes in the agriculturally prosperous belts of north India which was followed by their
capture of state power. It meant that some caste groups irrespective of their position in
the caste hierarchy were able to wield influence and gain prominence and social
recognition.
It was further followed by the rise of backward class movement in 1980's and 90's
which gave rise to caste groups backed regional political parties like BSP, SP etc. in north
India. These parties on the other hand were able to become vehicles of social
mobilization and registering their presence in wielding power in the state.
The mandalization of politics in India post 1990 has belied the expectation of social
scientists that the developmental agenda of the state will wipe out primitive social
institutions like caste, whereas other's like M.N Srinivas have argued that under the
aegis of a democratic state the vertical hierarchical nature of caste based social groups
has been replaced by a horizontal arrangement of competing caste groups free from
any stigma of purity and pollution and this has been termed as the modern avatar of
caste.
However, recent studies have pointed out that the benefit of affirmative state policies
have been cornered often by the dominant groups within the OBC and SC categories,
which are a manifestation of the unfulfilled promises of democratic institution.
This elite capture and the introduction of class element within caste which can be seen
in the need felt in recent years to create subcategories as in within the preexisting
backward caste and communities. has led to the fracturing of dalit identity into
categories like 'maha dalits' or 'ati dalits'.and backward class and extremely backward
class in Bihar.
Also it has also been lamented that rather than weakening caste consciousness
democracy has strengthened it and this has been seen by some as impeding the aim of
promoting fraternity between the subjects of the state.
Perhaps this examples support the thesis that democratic institution in India though
have succeeded in imparting some changes in the caste structure but it were limited to
partial redistributive outcomes as far as backward caste categories has concerned.
5. Exclusion, humiliation-subordination and exploitation are all equally important in

defining the phenomenon of untouchability. Explain. Give an account of the
provisions in the Indian Constitution and the steps taken by the government to
compensate for past and present caste discriminations.
Approach:
• Define the phenomenon of untouchability on the three dimensions of exclusion,
humiliation-subordination and exploitation.
• Then bring out provisions in the Indian Constitution prohibiting the menace.
• Finally bring out steps taken by the government over a period of time and how the
state has tried to compensate for past and present caste discriminations.

Answer: Student Notes:
Untouchability is an extreme and vicious aspect of the society that prescribes stringent
social sanctions against members located at the bottom of the purity-pollution scale. It
is widely prevalent in all spheres of life and has evolved over time and expanded in
form of exclusion, humiliation-subordination and exploitation. It has grown its
dimension from caste factor to other factors like religion, poverty, ethnicity etc..
The performance of publicly visible acts of humiliation and subordination include
common instances like the imposition of gestures of deference such as taking of
headgear, carrying footwear in the hand, standing with bowed head, not wearing clean
or ‘bright’ clothes, and so on.
Moreover, untouchability is also associated with economic exploitation of various kinds,
most commonly through the imposition of forced, unpaid labor, or the confiscation of
property.
In terms of exclusion, religion exclusion, exclusion of persons with disability, caste based
exclusion etc. are giving new dimensions to untouchability.
Some provisions of Indian Constitution to fight against Untouchability
• Under Article 17 of the Constitution, Untouchability has been prohibited on any
ground.
• Article 14 providing equality before law, article 15 providing equality and equal
access to public places etc.
• Article 46 under DPSP says that the State shall promote educational and economic
interest of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes, and shall protect them
from social injustice and exploitation.
Some of the Government Initiatives
• Parliament passed Untouchability (offences) Act in 1955 which was further
amended and renamed in 1976 as Protection of Civil Rights Act, 1955.
• For further expansion of Article 17 of the Constitution, Scheduled Castes and
Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act of 1989 was passed, which was
amended in 2005 to give it more teeth.
• Setting up of National Commission for SCs and STs as well as setting up of National
Human Right Commission.
To compensate for past and current discrimination, the government has taken steps
like:
• Providing reservation which involves the setting aside of some places or ‘seats’ for
members of the Scheduled Castes in different spheres of public life.
• Introduction of reservation for SCs and STs in 73rd and 74th Amendment Acts to
contest elections at the Panchayat level.
6. The mixing of caste and politics resulting into ‘politicization of caste’ and ‘casteization
of politics’ in contemporary India has become a grave challenge to our democracy.
Comment.
Approach:
• Briefly explain the status of caste and politics in contemporary India.
• Explain the relationship between caste and politics in reference to the terms,
politicization of caste and casteization of politics.
• Describe the challenges posed by the interaction between class and politics.

Student Notes:
Answer:
Politics and caste, in India, are highly inter-related. Although caste as an institution has
eroded to a great extent, it is still almost impossible to sideline the role of caste in
politics. This is primarily due to increasing significance of ‘politics of number’. The given
phrases are similar with some difference: politicization of caste pertains to political
mobilization based on caste, while casteization of politics refers to the emergence of
regional parties based on caste as a consequence.
The modern democratic political system gives every adult the right to vote. This
increases the aspirations and consciousness of the depressed castes who seek
proportionate share of power and hence political participation becomes an important
means of social mobility. As a reaction, sometimes the higher castes also vote on caste-
line for protecting their traditional position in the society.
While the relationship between caste and politics is positive in theory, in practice it has
been posing several challenges to the democracy:
• People are mobilized on parochial lines through the strategy of divisive campaigns
by different political parties.
• It is argued that increasing political participation of various castes allowed more
political elites to be drawn from various middle and lower castes. However, the new
political elites are the beneficiaries of identity politics and hence lack commitment
to principled pursuit of power.
• Caste based politics is more vulnerable, as it often incites violence and hatred
amongst various sections of the society and is an assault on solidarity.
• It affects ticket distribution since political parties prefer to give party tickets to the
contender of caste member, which has a substantial number.
Thus, even though caste and politics are inseparable and are mutually beneficial in
creating political consciousness, in contemporary times politicization of caste and
casteization of politics are well within electoral democracy to the extent that such
politics seeks to address the marginalization of some specific community. But defining
politics solely based on caste identity is indeed posing a challenge to the democratic
framework of India.
7. What are Personal Law Boards? Are their decisions binding on citizens? How can the
incongruence between the principles followed by them and those of the common law
courts be reconciled? Discuss.
Approach:
• Give a brief overview about personal laws.
• Define personal law boards.
• Bring out some measures from the past as well the problem that need to be solved
to reconcile the incongruence.
Answer:
In India different religions are governed by their own personal laws. Every religion
follows its own personal law in the matters pertaining to marriage, adoption,
successions etc. All these matters are decided and mobilized by various personal law
boards representing the religion.
Personal Law Boards are non-governmental organization constituted to adopt suitable
strategies for the protection and continued applicability of Personal laws in India. The

Boards present themselves as the leading body of religious group opinion in India. Student Notes:
These Boards work liaise with and influence the Government and guide the general
public about the critical issues. They primarily defend the personal laws from any laws
or legislation that they consider infringes on it.
The decisions of these Boards which are backed up by the legislations like that of the
Hindu Law act (1955-56), Muslim personal law (shariat) application acts, 1937 etc. are
binding on the citizens. However, those decisions which infringe upon the Fundamental
rights of the citizens are not binding, although not following them can have
repercussions like community boycott or personal attacks.
The incongruence between the principles followed by them and those of the common
law courts can be reconciled through greater interaction between them, judges, law-
makers, religious leaders and community. This will help to iron out the differences in
the legal opinion regarding matters of personal law. Hardly any forums for such
interactions exist as of now. It should be done on urgency considering the divisive and
sensitive nature of such issues. Some other measures can be:
• Clearly interpreting Article 25 in conjunction with Article 44.
• Addressing the fears of minorities by citing example of Hindu Law which has
become part of regular law courts and proved quite progressive.
• Most vulnerable and victimized section that is women need to be brought into
these Boards and codes should be made keeping their plights in minds.
• A comprehensive review of the personal laws with an aim to align the with modern
progressive ethos.
8. In recent times, there has been a clamor for implementing Article 44 of the Indian
Constitution. To what extent is such a demand justified, given the socio-cultural
diversity of India.
Approach:
Introduce the answer by mentioning what Article 44 is. The answer should discuss the
possibility of implementing this Article, considering the socio-cultural diversity of India.
Answer:
Article 44 of the Part IV directs the Indian State to implement Uniform Civil Code in the
country. Uniform civil code means to replace the personal laws based on the scriptures
and customs of each religious community with a common set governing every citizen.
These laws cover marriage, divorce, inheritance, adoption and maintenance.
The Indian-state is socially and culturally one of the most diverse countries in the world,
in terms of religion, language etc. Historically, most states feared that, identity politics,
recognition of social differences, was a threat to state unity. In such a context, time and
again, there has been a repeated demand to impose uniform civil code in India. There
seems to be some substance in the argument, considering the examples of some states,
like in Spain, Sri Lanka, and erstwhile East Pakistan.
Further, different communities have their separate Personal laws that often go against
the law of the land, apart from violating the rule of law, basic humanistic and rational
law. Therefore, it may be desirable that there is a common legal system which is equally
applicable to all the communities residing in India.
However, deeper analysis reveals that, it was the imposition of majoritarian culture and
the corresponding neglect of the customs and social symbols of the minority that led to
social unrest in the above mentioned countries. Moreover, suppressing cultural

diversity can be very costly in terms of the alienation of the minorities whose culture is Student Notes:
treated as ‘non-national.’ Further, the very act of suppression can provoke the opposite
effect of intensifying community identities and social unrest, as happened in few
neighboring states.
Contrary to the above, case studies from around the world have demonstrated that
enduring democracies can be established in polities that are multicultural. Explicit
efforts are required to end the cultural exclusion of diverse groups and to build multiple
and complementary identities. Such responsive policies provide incentives to build a
feeling of unity in diversity. Indian Constitution rightly embodies this notion. Though,
India is culturally diverse, comparative surveys of long-standing democracies show that
India has been very cohesive despite its diversity.
Thus, national cohesion doesn’t require the imposition of a single identity and the
denunciation of diversity. Successful strategies to build state-nations can and do
accommodate diversity constructively by crafting responsive policies of cultural
recognition. They are the time tested solutions for ensuring the longer term objectives
of political stability and social harmony. Hence, any effort to implement Article 44
should be based on popular consensus.
9. Even after years of independence and despite modern legislation, the antiquated
practice of child marriage still persists in certain sections. What are the reasons for
persistence of child marriage in India? How does it affect our society? What can be
done to eradicate this practice?
Approach:
• Give reasons encompassing social, cultural and economic issues for child marriages.
These reasons should be more specific with respect to the persistence of child
marriage.
• Secondly mention the impact that child marriage has on society as a whole in this
modern context.
• Finally suggest some practices to eradicate this menace.
Answer:
Child marriage is a traditional practice that in many places happens simply because it
has happened for generations – and straying from tradition could mean exclusion from
the community. On top of this, there is limited capacity among officials and lack of
willingness to go against community decisions, since officials are themselves part of the
community.
In communities where a dowry or ‘bride price’ is paid, it is often welcome income for
poor families; in those where the bride’s family pay the groom a dowry, they often
have to pay less money if the bride is young and uneducated.
Many parents marry off their daughters young because they feel it is in her best
interest, often to ensure her safety in areas where girls are at high risk of physical or
sexual assault. Limited education opportunities, low quality of education, inadequate
infrastructure, lack of transport and therefore concerns about girls’ safety while
travelling to school significantly contribute to keeping girls out of school and therefore
tend to favour child marriage.
Girls are often seen as a liability with limited economic role. Women’s work is confined
to the household and is not valued. Archaic laws such as those of Muslim Personal Law
allows the marriage of girls aged between 15 and 18.

Child marriage ensues the vicious cycle of poverty. With little access to education and Student Notes:
economic opportunities, they and their families are more likely to live in poverty. Child
brides are often disempowered, dependent on their husbands and deprived of their
fundamental rights to health, education and safety. A system that undervalues the
contribution of young women limits its own possibilities. In this way, child marriage
drains country of the innovation and potential that would enable them to thrive.
There is a need to implement a convergent strategy:
• Law enforcement: Capacity-building on laws, support mechanisms such as a child
marriage telephone hotline.
• Girls’ empowerment: Life skills, protection skills.
• Community mobilization: Working with influential leaders, oaths and pledges,
counselling, folk and traditional media.
• Promoting convergence of sectors at all levels, in particular with education and
social protection schemes and programmes.
• Building a social movement on the lines of Bachpan Bachao Aandolan which would
emphasize on an IEC campaign and generating community support against such
practices.
10. Examine the contemporary trends and reasons for change in the traditional family
structure in India. Discuss the reforms needed in the existing social security protection
measures in this regard.
Approach:
• Briefly explain the traditional family structure in India.
• Bring out recent changes in the existing structure and the reasons thereof.
• Enlist the reforms required in the existing social security protection measures in
view of the changing family structure in India.
Answer:
The traditional family structure in India has been the joint family system, which has
been witnessing a change in contemporary times, i.e. a shift towards nuclear family
system, perhaps as a part of the family cycle. The 1991 Census data suggested that
though nuclearisation of the family has been the dominant phenomenon, the extent of
joint living is also increasing, especially in the urban areas. Also, in terms of composition
of the family there has been a growth in the number of single parent families,
reconstituted families (step families) and same sex couples’ families.
Reasons for change in the traditional family structure in India:
• Historical/Political
o Land Reforms: They imposed ceiling restriction on the landholdings leading to a
theoretical partition, which further hastened formal partition and sowed the
seeds for separate living.
• Demographic
o Migration: The increase in the joint living in urban areas is mostly because of
the migration of the rural people and their sharing of common shelter and
hearth with other migrants from the same region.
• Economic
o Growing urbanisation and industrialisation: Lack of employment opportunities
in rural areas and regional imbalances fuel urbanization, putting a severe stress
on the joint family structure and in many cases it has developed a tendency
towards nuclearisation of families.

• Social Student Notes:
o Growing individualism: Penetration of the mass media (viz., the newspapers,
the T.V., the radio), formal education, a culture of consumerism and market
forces have fuelled the change in traditional family structure.
o Gender dynamics: More and more women have entered the paid labour force
and are increasingly getting less financially dependent on their families. Since
they migrate more often for jobs even before marriage, it leads to increase in
the number of single person households.
• Technological: With advances in science and technology such as faster means of
transport (airways) and communication (mobiles, internet), while there has been a
growth in the number of families staying far from their hometown and parents for
economic reasons, the spirit of jointness still persists.
• Change in the institution of marriage: Fewer people marry, they marry later, they
divorce more often and sooner, and they remarry less often. Increasingly, many
more are not marrying at all. Unmarried opposite-sex couple households have
grown greatly in recent times.
In India, the concept of Social Security was associated with the Hindu Joint Families,
which was the 'Original Cell of Security' and 'First Line of Defense' against any
misfortune. But there has been a vast change in the traditional family structure in India
in the 21st century.
India’s social security measures include insurances such as pension, health insurance,
medical benefit etc. It provides support not only to retired and disabled workers but
also to their eligible dependents and survivors. The changing familial relationships
affect the scope and value of social security protection. In this regard, following reforms
are required in the existing social security protection measures in India:
• Procedural reforms: A lot of social security protection measures require a male
head of family for registration purposes. This needs to change in light of growing
divorce rates and single working women.
• Geriatric care: Increasing need for geriatric care due to growing number of elderlies
left without care. This need is more prominent in case of older women and widows.
• Legal reforms: Review the working of Unorganised Workers Social Security Act,
2008 to ensure its effective implementation, as most of the urban nuclear families
find employment in the unorganised sector.
• Universal insurance: The state should facilitate and support micro-insurance
schemes for previously uninsured families.
• Extensive coverage: Provide paternity benefits along with the existing maternity
benefits. Also, extend the social security measures to single parent and same sex
families.
• Emotional support measures should be included as a part of social security due to
growing depression, alcoholism and drug addiction amongst youth because of
weakening emotional bondage in the families.
The social protection measures should be reformed not merely to guarantee survival,
but also to ensure social inclusion and preservation of human dignity within the family
structure.

11. Explaining the importance of middle class in the developmental process of a country, Student Notes:
discuss the grounds on which the Indian middle class is criticized by some.
Approach:
• Briefly explain the concept of middle class in the Indian society.
• Explain the importance of middle class in the development process of a country.
• Mention the grounds on which they are criticized and conclude accordingly.
Answer:
The National Council of Applied Economic Research defines middle class as the
household earning between 2 and 10 Lakh per annum based on 2001-02 prices. This
class is fairly above the poverty line and has sufficient amount of discretionary income.
India witnessed a ride of ‘new middle class’ after the economic reforms of 1991,
especially due to emergence of IT and BPO industries.
The middle class is extremely important for the development process of country. For
instance:
• A strong middle class, being well educated, promotes the development of human
capital.
• It creates a stable source of demand and helps in the development of industries.
• Money saved by this class can be used as a source of investment, which can further
the growth of Indian economy.
• It contributes significantly to tax collection, which is further used for redistribution
of income and development of public goods and infrastructure.
• The quality of political institutions also increases with the rise in middle class, as it
is relatively more aware and more determined to fight for their rights.
• The middle class plays a leading role in the modernization of society, thus making it
more dynamic and resilient.
While the expansion of middle class in India is being witnessed in both urban and rural
areas, but it is often criticised due to the following:
• Middle class in India is often accused of ‘self exclusion’ i.e. withdrawing themselves
from the society e.g. gated communities, increased use of private sector even for
essential services like health, education etc.
• Growth of middle class in India is primarily led by the lower middle class, which is
still employed in occupations similar to that of poor i.e. agriculture and
construction activities.
• There are deep inequalities within the middle class and between it and other social
classes. The primary beneficiary of liberalisation have been those belonging to
upper middle class and involved in high paying services (ICT, finance etc.)
• Upper caste Hindu’s dominate the new middle class. Other social groups such as
STs, as well as SCs and OBCs fare among the underprivileged and marginalized
groups within the middle class.
12. Marriage and family institutions in India are marked by continuity as well as change.
Discuss in the context of legislations and socio-economic changes that have been
taking place over the past few decades in India.
Approach:
• First, give a brief introduction to the answer on how marriage and family
institution in India are important .

• Second, highlight the reasons for change in these institutions i.e. socio- economic Student Notes:
reasons and the impact of the legislations ( preferably more recent ones)
separately.
• Finally, conclude the answer by highlighting that despite changes , how the essence
of marriage and familial relations are still intact.
Answer:
Marriage and family institutions are the repositories of the core values of the Indian
society. These institutions are still seen as a social legitimation to have children . We
can see the domination of patriarchal values and feudal mindsets in these institutions.
However, under the impact of socio-economic changes and legislations, they are
undergoing many changes.
Factors influencing change and continuity in Marriage and family institutions
• Economic Changes
o Industrialisation and Urbanisation: Growth of cities and city culture have a
direct impact on the family and marriage.
▪ modern industries have lessened the economic functions of the family and
led to the replacement of Joint family structure with Nuclear families.
▪ Status of women in the family has improved as they have become more
educated and started working, thus along with other male members in the
family ,they also now have a say in family issues.
▪ In partner selection, job and salary are given more importance, than the
family background , caste or religion. Also the online matrimonial sites have
come up which has reduced the role of elders of the family.
▪ To fulfil career and individual ambitions , “delayed marriages” and “long –
distance marriages” have become a common feature
▪ Marriage is often held in cities more as a social or a civil ceremony than a
religious ceremony. The duration of marriage ceremony is also cut short in
the city. Elaborate customs are either avoided or shortened; court
marriages preferred.
▪ In cities, the cases of divorce, desertion, separation, broken families etc
alongwith pre-marital and extra-marital sex relations are seen.
• Social Changes
o Modern education, values and western ideologies such as rationalism,
individualism, equality of sex, democracy, individual freedom, secularism, etc
have influenced the outlook of educated young men and women. Hence, they
want to take their own decisions and make choices on the main events of their
life such as line of education, job and marriage.
• Influence of legislations on Marriage:
o Dowry Prohibition Act, 1996, Domestic Violence Act( DVA) , 2005, etc - have
made the position of women stronger .Now the women are given justice
against the "invisible violence" at home-physical and verbal abuse,etc which
they used to go through either because of dowry demands or otherwise.The
DVA, 2005, includes in its ambit live-in partners caters to the changing
dynamics of relationships.
o The ‘divorce’ laws have been made more flexible with the amendment of The
Hindu Marriage Act, 1955 in 1986, by including the ground of ‘incompatibility’
and ‘mutual consent’ apart from the reasons provided earlier like adultery,
conversion of religion, etc. This has led to the institution of marriage more
susceptible to conflicts, fights, giving lesser scope to “compromise” and time to
save marriage and family. But on the other hand, it also gave the option to both

men and women to come out of a “bad marriage” which they otherwise used Student Notes:
to be in just to fulfil societal obligations.
o Women are given right in the ancestral property and a legal right to share
property along with male members, after the Hindu Succession Act of 1956
was amended in 2005. This has made the economic position of women
stronger.
However, despite changes, the core values in the institutions of marriage and family are
still intact. Mutual fidelity and devotion is still respected.
13. Explain India’s 'diversity in unity’. Illustrate from the socio- cultural life of people.
Approach:
• Write down how India is a plural society with extensive diversity in religion, races,
languages, culture, heritage etc.
• Provide some examples for each
Answer:
India's Diversity in Unity:
India's Diversity in unity refers to the existence of plural-ethnic, racial, religious and
linguistic cultures together within the nation of India.
The concept heralds the geo-political unity of the nation state of India encompassing
several diverse cultures within its uniform matrix.
The test examples of 'Diversity in Unity' can be highlighted through the following
examples from the socio-cultural life of the Indian people.
The Indian festivals are known for their enhancement and liveliness throughout the
world. The most important example, Diwali is celebrated by all. However, the meaning
and methods of celebration change across various religions and regional communities.
The architectural heritage symbolizes India's historic past and glory. The Taj Mahal is
famous as the symbol of love and dedication across all people. At a broader level, it is
quite interesting to see people of various cultures visiting such heritage monuments;
accepting them as their common heritage.
• The Multi-National corporations have brought in a new 'cosmopolitan' culture to
India through globalization; these companies employ people across various
ethnicities, caste and class, creating a diverse yet unified environment.
• The caste system as a system of hierarchy identifies an Indian. So much so, that it
has taken within its hold, people across various caste, communities and religions.
• The 'power of patriarchy' is another common thread of value found prevalent in
India. It includes the diverse sexes – men and women too.
• The Popular phenomena such as Cricket and Bollywood also represent diverse
cultures celebrating together. The Indian Premier league is a good example of this.
14. “Linguistic, regional and tribal identity rather than religion has provided the most
important basis for the formation of ethno-national identities in India”. Explain.
Approach:
• Briefly describe different basis like language, region, tribe and religion as the basis
of identification with a community. Then examine how these identities have played
a role in determining the identity discourse in the country.

• Students can agree, disagree, or take a middle path on the view that religion has Student Notes:
not played so important role in shaping the ethno-national identity in the country.
• Cite relevant examples wherever needed.
Answer:
Ethnic identity is a basis for distribution of social rewards like money, prestige and
power. In most societies one or more ethnic groups dominate others in economic,
political and cultural matters. Ethnic politics can, therefore, take the appearance of
‘ethnic stratification’, resulting in the emergence of ‘ethnic nationalism’.
Nations are created when ‘ethnic groups’, in a multi-ethnic state are transformed into a
‘self-conscious political entities’. The goals of ‘sovereignty and self-determination’, lead
to ethno nationalism.
Often minority groups try to play the ethnic card in order to acquire a better deal for
themselves in a plural society. When subjugated groups, fail to achieve success
according to the norms established by the dominant group the nature of their response
tends to be ‘ethnic antagonism’ which may take the form of
• Struggle of the indigenous people’s right to their land and culture,
• competition by ethnic groups for obtaining scarce resources
• Movements for a separate nation.
India is one of the most diverse countries in the world in terms of languages, regional
disparities, cultures, ethnicity and religions. When such diverse state is engaged in
nation building through the construction of national identity, smaller identities move in
the opposite direction, when they feel that they are about to lose their identity. Hence,
Ethno-national identities in India have been shaped by the relative concentration of
these factors in a region clubbed with the sense of regional deprivation.
For Example: Instances of Naga, Mizo, Manipur ethno nationalism, Khalistan movement
of 1980s
In India, post-independence, major factors that contributed to the emergence of ethnic
mobilization were:
• the pitfalls of nation-building process,
• the faulty modernization process, and
• the nature of the nation-state.
The most important basis for the formation of identity was language. Community
aspirations vented out as the demand for linguistic states, ultimately leading to major
redrawing of the internal boundaries on the basis of language.
Secondly, the postcolonial development process tried to integrate and assimilate ethnic
communities towards the mainstream development process while ignoring their
cultural and economic specificities. The centralized planning and the capitalist
modernization further lead to the exclusion of various tribal communities from
mainstream. This led to the mass displacement of tribals from their historical and
traditional lands, without commensurate benefits of development being provided to
them.
As a result, a combination of ethnicity based on tribal identity, language, regional
deprivation and ecology provided the basis for intense regionalism resulting in the
formation of states like Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh, Uttarakhand and very recently
Telangana.
Similarly, the ethnic demand for homeland created a number of smaller states in the

northeast. For instance, the greater Assam was Balkanized into Nagaland, Meghalaya, Student Notes:
Arunachal Pradesh and Mizoram to meet the demands of these ethnic groups.
However, mere making of territorial boundary did not solve the problem; on the
contrary, it further aggregated it. It is argued that the creation of separate state further
fanned the fire when “various smaller and bigger communities started to demand
establishment of more states; on the other hand, the state showed their inability to
deliver the basic goods”
However, in the Post-independence era, there are instances of religion becoming the
basis of identities especially among the Muslims and Sikhs. For example: demand for
the formation of Khalistan is an evidence of religion becoming the basis of identity.
However, demands from Muslims are more concerned with their relative backwardness
and poverty and a sense of security. Yet such instances of assertion of religious
identities are fewer when compared to language, regional deprivation etc.
Hence, it can be said that religion has played a relatively minor though not negligible
role in determining the ethno-national identities in India.
However, it must be emphasized that during recent times with the emergence of right-
wing political forces in the country, religion has again come into prominence as the
basis of national identity where nationalism is often misplaced with commitment to
religious and cultural traditions of the majority. This may result in the right-wing forces
in minorities asserting their religious identities to counter the right-wing of majority. It
may lead to not a very pleasant scenario of religion becoming dominant factor in
determining the identities of the communities from the minor one it currently is.
15. Indian society in ancient, medieval and modern times always exhibited an underlying
unity that created a composite culture, which is decisively pan-Indian in nature.
Elucidate.
Approach:
• Highlight how the cultural system stayed independent of the political system in
India.
• Discuss the impact of the unity in creating a composite culture which is pan-Indian
in nature across all three periods.
• Provide adequate examples wherever necessary.
• Conclude on the basis of the above points.
Answer:
Unity has been the main underlying character of the Indian society. Various rulers in
their internal dynamics were frequently involved in wars at the regional level. However,
the aspect of cultural unity largely remained untouched and the mainstream composite
culture maintained its own status independent of the political system.
Ancient India saw the birth of Hinduism, Jainism, and Buddhism, but all these cultures
and religions intermingled and interacted. Co-mingling of cultural elements also
happened through language. Many Pali and Sanskrit terms developed in the Gangetic
plains, appear in the Sangam literature. Similarly, many Dravidian terms are also found
in the Indo-Aryan languages. The Aryans, Sakas, Kushanas with different socio-cultural
practices like language dressing, coinage, etc. became Indianized and cultural exchange
and assimilation further strengthened the underlying unity in Indian society.
Medieval India marked the advent of Islam into the Indian culture. Even during the
period of conflict and tension, there were movements that promoted cultural

adaptation. For instance, Sufism promoted tolerance and integration of virtues of Student Notes:
different faiths. Hence, if Ashoka tried to establish the tradition of peace and love,
Akbar did not lag behind in pursuing vigorously the policy of SuIeh-i-Kul (Peace with all).
Similarly, in the field of art and architecture blending of Hindu and Muslim styles is
evident. Eventually Mughals, though having different socio-religious contour, were also
Indianized. For instance, Islam, though theoretically egalitarian, accepted hierarchy,
which was central to the Indian society. Resultantly, caste system informally also affects
the Muslim society in India.
The most heterogenetic process of change, both at the structural and cultural level,
came with the arrival of the Europeans in India. Modern school education replaced the
traditional esoteric system, English was introduced as a medium of instruction; the new
legal rational system was egalitarian vis-à-vis the hierarchical system that existed
erstwhile. However, revivalist movements and the struggle for independence helped
revive the Indian tradition in all its glory. Emphasis on vernacular education, literature
in regional languages, revival of oriental style of painting etc. contributed in retaining
the essence and core of the Indian society. This core even got strengthened with
incorporation of western humanistic values and outlook.
Values like Atithi Devobhava, Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam, tolerance etc. exhibited
underlying unity in times of heterogeneous cultural intermingling. Till date, various
cultures remain harmoniously connected with each other in the Indian pluralistic
society. This unity remains the core strength of the Indian society which assures us the
continuance of Indian culture in future also.
16. Is India's linguistic diversity a threat to national integration?

Approach:
• Briefly explain the nature of linguistic diversity
• Then explain what are the problems which are/can be faced due to this diversity
• Finally conclude on a positive note that even after such linguistic diversity, India has
unity
Answer:
Nature of India’s linguistic diversity:
In India, there are more than 200 languages, being spoken by different groups. There
exists ‘linguistic pluralism’ in India, which is a state of ‘mutual existence’ of several
languages in a contiguous space. The plurality of languages has led to ‘language
problems’, in the past. These problems being: i) Linguistic reorganization of the states in
India ii) Status of ‘minority languages’ in the states iii) Official language issue.
Language Problems and National Integration:
• Linguistic reorganization of states was primarily done for administrative
convenience. It also helped in fulfilling the aspirations of different linguistic groups
in India, without threatening national unity.
• Discriminatory practices or policies against ‘linguistic minorities’ in different states,
can in the long term threaten national integration. Prejudiced treatment against
linguistic minorities, can perpetuate ‘separatism’. Example: Bengali speaking people
in Assam, Kanada, Malayalam speaking people in Andhra Pradesh. There are
various Constitutional Provisions, to safeguard the interests of ‘linguistic
minorities’, enshrined in Articles: 29, 30, 347, 350.

• ‘Hindi, English’ are the ‘official languages’ of the Union. There are ‘regional Student Notes:
languages ‘recognized as the ‘official languages’ of the states. There has emerged a
‘hierarchy of official status’. The 1960s witnessed ‘anti-Hindi’ agitations’, in the
southern states, speaking Dravidian family of languages. The fear of Hindi becoming
the ‘national language’ was allayed by the continuance of English as the official
language. Also the ‘Three language formula ‘was devised to accommodate the
different languages, in the educational curriculum.
Linguistic Unity and National integration:
• However, the linguistic heterogeneity has not always been disruptive for national
integration. With linguistic diversity, one has also witnessed, the development of an
‘all India common vocabulary.’ Ex. Sanskrit, which has not only acted as bridge
between different Indo Aryan languages, but also between Indo Aryan and
Dravidian languages. Ex. In contemporary times, “Hinglish”, which is the blending of
English language with Hindi and other languages spoken in India.
• The mainstream cinema ‘’Bollywood’’, has immensely contributed to the
development of an all India vocabulary.
• The popularity of many ‘Epics’ and ‘fictional non-fictional literature’, has lead their
translation into many different languages. This has also contribute to ‘linguistic
unity’ in India.
17. It has been pointed out that in recent times, while the proportional share of nuclear
households has dipped in urban areas it has risen in rural areas. Analyse the reasons
behind this trend.
Approach:
• Distinguish between nuclear and joint families.
• Mention the relevant data to support the statement in the question.
• Elaborate on reasons for decline in nuclear families in urban areas.
• Elaborate on reasons for rise in nuclear families in rural India.
Answer:
Nuclear households are defined as consisting of a married couple or a man or a woman
living alone or with unmarried children. While joint family is an extended multi-
generational unit that includes parents, children, children’s spouses and their offspring
as well.
Comparing the data of Census 2001 and 2011 of the division of households in
percentage terms it can be inferred that the share of nuclear households has declined
in urban areas, while it has increased in rural areas. Further, the fall in the share of joint
families has been sharper in rural areas as compared to urban areas.
TYPE OF RURAL AREAS URBAN AREAS
HOUSEHOLD Census 2001 Census 2011 Census 2001 Census 2011
Nuclear 50.7% 52.1% (+1.4%) 54.3% 52.3% (-2%)
households
Joint families 20.1% 16.8% (-3.3%) 16.5% 14.6%(-1.9%)
This is inconsistent with the generally assumed trend of rise in nuclear families with
rapid urbanization.
Reasons for decline in nuclear families and rise in joint families in urban areas:
• Lack of adequate housing challenged by increased migration, especially of the
labour is forcing people to stay together.

• Rising expenses of urban lifestyle. Student Notes:
• Women taking up jobs/work and consequent need for childcare makes couples stay
with the parents.
• Vulnerability of the elderly and also their support in socialization of children.
• Increased life expectancy.
Reasons for rise in nuclear units and dip in joint families in rural areas:
• Fragmented land holdings.
• Out migration, in search of jobs.
• Sociologists argue that the human socialization process generally percolates from
urban to rural areas - and so does nuclearization of households.
Thus, it can be said that the interplay of contemporary realities of employment,
amenities, migration, cost of living and lifestyle choices determine the way families live
and households are constituted.
18. Separation, and not divorce, is the dominant form of marriage dissolution for most
women in India. What could be the possible reasons behind this? Also, discuss why
there are striking differences in divorce rates between the different regions in India.
Approach:
• Introduce the answer by explaining the issue of marriage dissolution in India.
• Clarify the difference between separation and divorce.
• Highlight why separation is a dominant feature.
• Also, account for varied divorce rates in different regions in India.
Answer:
Divorce is the annulment of marriage, while separation means the couple no more lives
together, however the institution of marriage remains intact legally. Separation may or
may not be followed by divorce.
According to Census 2011, the number of people separated in India is almost three
times the number of people divorced. Reasons for higher percentage of separation are:
• Social Stigma: Separation continues to maintain the institution of marriage,
therefore it is more socially accepted.
• Delayed judicial procedure: As divorce requires legal procedure, people settle for
separation fearing long-lasting, adversarial and costly court hearings.
• Changing gender equations: Many financially independent urban women who are
victims of harassment tend to separate to live a life of dignity.
Census 2011 points that divorce and separation rates vary widely across States and
regions. While the divorce rate for India as a whole was 0.24%, it was as high as 4.08%
in Mizoram. It stands at 0.32% in Kerala, 0.34% in tribal-dominated Chhattisgarh and at
0.63% in Gujarat. These are accounted for as follows:
• North-eastern States have a higher rate than rest of the country. This might be
because in North east India, tribal laws allow for informal relations and women
enjoy relatively higher social status because of existing matrilineal system.
• North Indian states like UP, Bihar, Haryana and Rajasthan which are known to be
deeply patriarchal have much lower divorce rates.
• Gujarat has the highest rate among larger states. The state has higher per capita
income and high literacy among bigger states.

• States such as Kerala have less rigid patriarchal norms and women tend to have Student Notes:
greater workforce participation and support from their natal family. So, the socio-
economic penalty of divorce is lower.
Even though the rates of separation and divorce are less than global average,
nonetheless they are growing at a rapid pace. The need of the hours is to
institutionalize better laws across all religious communities for separated/abandoned
women.


`Ìi`ÊÜÌÊÌiÊ`iÊÛiÀÃÊvÊ
ROLE OF WOMEN AND WOMEN’S ORGANIZATION Student Notes:
Women are the largest untapped reservoir of talent in the world

– Hillary Clinton
Contents
1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 3
1.1. Social Construction of Gender ............................................................................................ 3
2. Status and Role of Women ......................................................................................................... 4
2.1. The Profile of Women in India ............................................................................................ 4
2.2. Social Structure, Social Institutions and Women ................................................................ 8
2.2.1. Social Structure ............................................................................................................ 8
2.2.2. Social Institutions ......................................................................................................... 9
3. Nature, Range and Patterns of Women’s Work ....................................................................... 11
3.1. What is Women’s Work? ................................................................................................... 11
3.2. Unpaid Work in Household, Home-Based Production and Family Farms ......................... 11
3.3. Female Child Labour .......................................................................................................... 12
3.4. Paid Work .......................................................................................................................... 12
3.5. Women Workers and the Growth of Unorganized Sector ................................................ 15
4. Women’s Issues and Responses ............................................................................................... 15
4.1. Women’s Movements ....................................................................................................... 15
4.1.1. Timeline of Women’s Movements in India ................................................................ 16
4.1.2. Pre-Independence Women’s Movements.................................................................. 16
4.1.3. Post-Independence Women’s Movements ................................................................ 19
4.2. Approach for Women Development Since Independence................................................ 22
4.2.1. First to Fifth Five Year Plans: Welfare Approach ........................................................ 23
4.2.2. Sixth Five Year Plan: Shift from Welfare to Development .......................................... 24
4.2.3. Seventh Five Year Plan: Women and Development ................................................... 24
4.2.4. Eighth Five Year Plan: Shift from ‘Development’ to ‘Empowerment’ of Women ...... 24
4.2.5. Ninth Five Year Plan: Women Empowerment ............................................................ 25

4.2.6. Tenth and Eleventh Five Year Plan: Human Development and Inclusive Growth ...... 26 Student Notes:
4.2.7. Twelfth Five Year Plan: Gender Equity ....................................................................... 26
5. Laws and Policies for Women in India ...................................................................................... 27
5.1. Constitutional Provisions for Women in India .................................................................. 27
5.2. Legislations for Safeguarding Women in India .................................................................. 27
5.3. National Policy for Women ............................................................................................... 29
5.3.1. National Policy for Empowerment of Women, 2001 ................................................. 29
5.3.2. Draft National Policy for Women 2016 ...................................................................... 30
5.4. International Initiatives for Women .................................................................................. 31
6. An Analysis of Women’s Current Situation in India .................................................................. 32
6.1. Women’s Issues: A Manifestation ..................................................................................... 32
6.2.1. Economic Empowerment of Women ......................................................................... 33
6.2.2. Social Empowerment of Women ............................................................................... 34
7. Government Response ............................................................................................................. 36
7.1. Institutional Mechanisms: ................................................................................................. 36
7.2. Women Empowerment Programs/Schemes by Government of India.............................. 38
7.2.1. Initiatives to Improve Female Work Participation...................................................... 38
7.2.2. Initiatives to Improve Health of Women .................................................................... 39
7.2.3. Initiatives for Education, Skilling and Training of Women .......................................... 39
7.2.4. Initiatives for Safety of Women .................................................................................. 40
8. Conclusion ................................................................................................................................ 40
10. Vision IAS GS Mains Test Series Questions............................................................................. 42


Imagine the following scenarios:

• You are waiting for a bus at the bus stop and a young man takes out a knitting needle and
wool and starts knitting. A school girl who is also waiting for a bus climbs a tamarind tree to
look for a raw tamarind.
• A couple lives in your neighbourhood. The husband stays at home and takes care of their
two-year-old daughter and manages other household chores while the wife works in a bank
as a manager.
Do these events surprise you? What reactions do you expect to hear from people with respect
to these incidents? What is so unique about these scenes / events that people have to express
their surprise or pass such comments? Why cannot a man knit or a girl climb a tree? What is
wrong if a man stays at home and takes responsibility for child care and housework? Why
cannot a woman give full time attention to her career? These images surprise people because
they are contrary to the existing practices, which they usually see in society. We have
perpetuated images of mother as the ‘housewife’, father as the ‘breadwinner’; boys playing
with guns and trucks and girls playing with toys and dolls. Role stereotyping is a process of
reinforcing some specific role for some member of the society. For example, men and women
are often socialised in stereotypical roles, as breadwinner and homemaker respectively. Many
stereotypes have been built around men and women, and over a period of time most people
have come to accept it as the right image.
Women play various roles in their lifetime ranging from a mother to that of a breadwinner but
are almost always subordinated to male authority; largely excluded from high status occupation
and decision making both at work and at home. Paradoxically, in Indian society where women
goddesses are worshipped, women are denied an independent identity and status.
In recent years, particularly with the rise of Women’s Liberation Movement, this discrimination
against women has been widely debated. Two main positions have emerged from this debate.
• One maintains that this inequality between the two sexes is determined to some degree by
the biologically or genetically based differences between men and women.
• As against this, the second position argues that they result from socially constructed power
relations and are culturally determined.
This brings us to the notion of gender.
1.1. Social Construction of Gender

Sex is the biological trait that societies use to assign people into the category of either male or
female, through physical ascription. Differences between men and women are often drawing
on sex – on rigid ideas of biology – rather than gender.
Gender is more fluid – it may or may not depend upon biological traits. More specifically, it is a
concept that describes:
• how societies determine and manage sex categories;
• the cultural meanings attached to men and women’s roles;
• how individuals understand their identities.
Gender involves social norms, attitudes and activities that society deems more appropriate for
one sex over another.
The sociology of gender examines how society influences our understanding and perception of
differences between masculinity (what society deems appropriate behaviour for a “man”) and
femininity (what society deems appropriate behaviour for a “woman”). This, in turn, influences
identity and social practices, power relationships that follow from the established gender
order in a given society, as well as how these changes over time.

Gender is not just a personal identity but also a social identity. It arises from our relationships Student Notes:
to other people, constructed and maintained through daily interaction, and depends upon
social interaction and social recognition.
The women’s movement brought about the idea of women’s groups and organisations. A social
group refers to a collection of continuously interacting persons who share common interests,
roles, culture, values and norms within a given society. Women can thus be described as a
social category.
2. Status and Role of Women

Status refers to the social position with defined rights and duties assigned to positions in
society. To illustrate, mother occupies a status, which has many norms of conduct as well as
certain responsibilities and prerogatives. A role is the dynamic or the behavioural aspect of
status. Status is occupied, but roles are played. We may say that a status is an institutionalised
role. It is a role that has become regularised, standardised and formalised in the society at large
or in any of the specific associations of society.
Women perform their roles according to social expectations, i.e., role taking and role playing. A
girl child learns to behave in accordance with how her behaviour will be seen and judged by her
parents, relatives, friends. Or this specialisation of roles within the nuclear family involves the
husband adopting the ‘instrumental’ role as breadwinner, and the wife assuming the ‘affective’,
emotional role in domestic settings.
Role conflict is the incompatibility among roles corresponding to one or more status. It occurs
when contrary expectations arise from two or more roles. A common example is that of the
middle-class working woman who has to juggle her role as mother and wife at home and that
of a professional at work. Roles and status are not given and fixed. Women are continuously
making efforts to fight against discrimination roles and status based on their gender.
2.1. The Profile of Women in India

As per World Economic Forum survey, India’s Global Gender Gap Index, 2020 ranking is 112th
among 153 countries, countries like China (106th), Sri Lanka (102nd), Nepal (101st), Brazil
(92nd), Indonesia (85th) and Bangladesh (50th).
• India is the only country where the economic gender gap (0.354) is larger than the political
gender gap (0.411).
• India is among the countries with very low women representation on company boards
(13.8%), while it was even worse in China (9.7%).
1) Sex Ratio, Mortality Rate, and Life Expectancy Rate – Sex ratio is used to describe the
number of females per 1000 of males. As per census 2011, sex ratio for India is 940 females
per 1000 of males, i.e., females form a meager 47% of the total population. The State of
Haryana has the lowest sex ratio in India with 877 females to that of 1000 males while
Kerala has the highest of 1084 females per 1000 males.
Mortality rate or the death rate measures the frequency of deaths. This is an annual rate
and is calculated for different age groups as the number of deaths for 1000 live births. The
age-specific death rate data indicates a high rate of female infant mortality (0-4 years) and
maternal mortality (5-24 years), adult mortality (15-60 years).
● Maternal Mortality Ratio (MMR) in India has declined to 113 in 2016-18 from 122 in
2015-17 and 130 in 2014-2016
● In 2018, the mortality rate for women was at 147.16 per 1,000 female adults, while the
mortality rate for men was at 203.62 per 1,000 male adults in India.

Student Notes:
Life expectancy rate represents the
mean life length an individual is
expected to survive given the
prevailing mortality conditions. It has
been observed that the chances of
longer life expectancy are higher
among women during older years,
whereas women in the younger years
continue to have relatively higher
death rates.
Declining Child Sex Ratio

• As per the Census 2011 child sex ratio (0-6 years) has shown a decline from 927 females per
thousand males in 2001 to 919 females per thousand males in 2011.
• Some of the reasons for neglect of girl child and low child sex ratio are son preference and the
belief that it is only the son who can perform the last rites, that lineage and inheritance run
through the male line, sons will look after parents in old age, men are the bread winners etc.
• Exorbitant dowry demand is another reason for female foeticide/infanticide.
• Small family norm coupled with easy availability of sex determination tests may be a catalyst in the
declining child sex ratio, further facilitated by easy availability of Pre-conception sex selection
facilities.
Consequences of declining child sex ratio:
• It has led to a sharp increase in violence against women.
• Increased violence against women has led to more son preference, as parents feel it is difficult to
keep women safe.
• In a study conducted by the Centre for Social Research, Haryana, fear of violence against women is
a major cause of female foeticide.
• Apart from this, there have been increasing cases of polygamy due to shortage of women. There
are cases of forcible marriage of widows.
• There has been commodification of women as well, with practices of purchasing of brides from
poor areas.
• Economic consequences are that there is a huge proportion of the productive population which is
missing. Lack of women impairs the ability of men to work, and has led to increased work pressure
on the men.
The government has tried to counter the declining sex ratio through initiatives like Beti Bachao, Beti
Padhai; Sukanya Samriddhi Yojana etc.
2) Women’s Health - Studies on hospital admissions and records show that males get more
medical care compared to girls. More than half the women of reproductive age (15-49
years) in India are anaemic. The prevalence of anaemia among women has consistently
been high over the last 20 years. 12% of the female population of the country suffers from
repeated pregnancy (80% of their productive life is spent in pregnancy) & lack of nutrition.
Reproductive Health
• Maternal Mortality Ratio (MMR) in India has declined to 113 in 2016-18 from 122 in 2015-17 and
130 in 2014-2016.
• The number of contraceptives has increased, but is far from reaching the 100% mark
• According to the National Family Health Survey (NFHS-4), institutional deliveries have increased
from 39% in 2005-06 to 79% in 2015-16.
o Deliveries in government hospitals rose by 22%, and it fell by 8% in private hospitals

o Home births dropped by 16% Student Notes:
• But healthcare has not been able to cater to the lowest rung of the society. This is primarily due to
lack of facilities in rural areas, and lack of doctors there
• Also, quality of antenatal care is vital to reduce the risk of stillbirths and pregnancy complications,
and that is not in a very good position in India.
How marriage age and women’s health are linked
In 2020, Government special task force suggests the minimum age of marriage for girls may be raised
from 18 at present to 21. Data show that the majority of women in India marry after the age of 21. The
National Family Health Survey (NFHS-4) found that about 26.8% of women aged 20-24 were married
before adulthood (age 18).
• Young mothers are more susceptible to anaemia.
• Poverty, limited access to education and economic prospects, and security concerns are the known
reasons for early marriage. Women in the poorest 20% of the population married much younger
than their peers from the wealthiest 20%.
Preventing early marriage can reduce the maternal mortality ratio and infant mortality ratio. At present,
MMR is 145 for every 100,000 children born. India’s infant mortality ratio is 30 of every 1,000 children
born. Both these indicators in India are the highest among the BRICS economies.
COVID-19 and Womens’ Health

India has made significant progress in recent years on a number of health and socio-economic
indicators, including increase in institutional deliveries, reduction in total fertility rate, reduction in
maternal mortality ratio, and a sharp decline in child marriage. COVID-19 could potentially disrupt the
pace of progress as it has exacerbated existing structural, economic and socio-cultural inequalities. This
impacts particular disadvantaged groups more adversely than the general population. These
disadvantaged groups include women and girls.
• With the entire health machinery singularly focused on dealing with the emergency, women’s
access to sexual and reproductive health (SRF) services is challenged.
• Women have little access to family planning services, to institutional support for deliveries, natal
and neonatal support or adequate and regular access to hygiene and sanitary items.
• Increase in unwanted pregnancies, maternal mortality and neonatal mortality are expected to
emerge as major concern areas.
• According to UNFPA’s projections, because of mobility restrictions related to COVID-19, 47 million
women in 114 low-and middle-income countries may lack access to modern contraceptives,
resulting in 7 million unintended pregnancies worldwide.
• Restricted mobility, confinement within the household and lack of social connectivity is increasing
the risk of violence faced by women and girls who are already vulnerable to abuse.
• Continued access to SRH services is critical for a woman or a girl to prevent an unintended
pregnancy, and to have control over her fertility and life trajectory.
3) Literacy - According to Periodic Labour Force Survey 2018-19, literacy rate in both rural and
urban areas was higher among males than females: In rural areas, literacy rate was 81.9%
among males compared to 65.7% among females and in urban areas, literacy rate was
91.9% among males compared to 82.6% among females.
4) Education - Female participation as per the All India Survey on Higher Education (AISHE)
report show that:
a. Women’s enrolment in higher education has risen to 48.6% in 2018-19 from 10% in
1950-51. The total enrolment in higher education is at 18.2 million females out of 37.4
million. Females per 100 male students have also increased significantly in central
universities, deemed universities, and government-aided institutions.
b. However, the share of male students enrolled in engineering and technology is 71.1%
compared to female enrolment, which is just 28.9%.

c. In 2018-19, 43.82% of women were enrolled at the PhD level as opposed 40% in 2013- Student Notes:
14.
5) Employment – Of the total female population, only 21.9% are a part of the workforce.
According to Periodic Labour Force Survey 2018-19, only 19.7% of the rural females and
16.1% of the urban females were in the labour force. Worker Population Ratio (WPR) is
19.0% for rural females and 14.5% for urban females.
• In rural areas, during 2018-19, 71.1% of the female workers were engaged in the
agricultural sector, 6% in construction sector, 9% in manufacturing sector.
• Among female workers in the urban, ‘other services’ sector (other than ‘trade, hotel &
restaurant’ and ‘transport, storage & communications’) shared the highest proportion
of workers (45.6%), followed by manufacturing (24.5%) and trade, hotel and restaurant
(13.8%).
6) Political status – With only around 9% women in the upper house and around 11% in the
lower house of parliament, India ranks 99th in the world in terms of female representation
among MPs. In the matter of women’s actual political representation in Parliament, India
ranks 151 globally among 190 countries in 2019.
However, 73rd & 74th amendments to the constitution have ensured the participation of women
in PRIs with a reservation of 1/3rd for women. Today more than 30 million women are actively
participating in the political decision-making process at the grass root. In 2019, women
constitute around 44% of the total grassroots elected representatives and 43% of the elected
heads of villages in India are women
Political Status of Women

• Women have a very low status in the political scenario in the country.
• Women candidates tend to receive less funds from donors when contesting against male
candidates. Due to the entrenched patriarchy, women candidates are also considered to be less
capable than their male counterparts by the voters.
• The number of women in the Parliament has never crossed the 20% mark till now. 50% of the
population is represented by less than 20% participation is a clear indication of the poor political
status of women.
• The government had proposed a reservation for women in the Parliament, but the bill has still now
been passed. The Women’s Reservation Bill proposes that 33% of the seats would be reserved for
women in Parliament and legislative assemblies.
• In the Panchayats, 33% of the seats are reserved for women. This has led to development of many
women leaders, but in many places the concept of sarpanch pati has emerged where woman is just
the nominal sarpanch, whereas her husband is the real decision-making authority.
• Such practices need to be discouraged, and women should be provided with more political
empowerment.
• Political empowerment to women can have the following impacts:
o More focus on women related issues.
o Political parties nurturing women leadership.
o More sensitive handling of women related issues at the top level can have an immense impact
on the status of women.
o It would help in inspiring other women to take up such roles, and thus it can help create
multiple women leaders.
Citizen activism like Shakti – Political Power to Women, National Association of Women’s Organisations
(NAWO) and others, exert public pressure towards policies requiring half the election tickets to be
accorded to women.
What are the reasons behind such a low status being accorded to women in India?
Because of the biological and physical differences between men and women, gender inequality
is often treated as natural. However, despite appearances, scholars have shown that the
inequalities between men and women are social rather than natural. For example, there are no

biological reasons that can explain why so few women are found in positions of public power. Student Notes:
Nor can nature explain why women generally receive a smaller or no share in family property in
most societies. Women are biologically unfit to be inheritors and heads of families, as is evident
from matrilineal societies like the Nairs of Kerala, and the Khasis of Meghalaya.
2.2. Social Structure, Social Institutions and Women

Social structure i.e. the caste and class structures, along with existing social patterns, gender
relations, mores, customs and important social institutions create secondary status of women
and perpetuate the discrimination through various social processes.
2.2.1. Social Structure
i) The Caste Structure
The subordination of women was crucial to the development of caste hierarchy. The higher
the caste the greater were the constraints on women. It might be relevant to ask: What
was the need to control women? What was it that women’s power would endanger? How
was it linked to material resources? Caste boundaries are maintained through strict purity
– pollution principles, rules of commensality and endogamy, commitment to caste
occupation and ascribed life-style. Three of the major signs of purity: vegetarianism,
teetotalism and tight constraints on women, indicate that a significant degree of ritual
purity comes through domestic activities. The control on women comes from two major
aspects-
1. Women’s disinheritance from immovable property, removing them from the public
sphere and limiting them to the domestic sphere in the form of seclusion.
2. Far greater control is exercised by men over women’s sexuality through arranged
marriage, child marriage, prohibition on divorce, and strict monogamy for women,
leading to sati and a ban on widow remarriage, including infant or child widows.
These were enforced most strictly by the upper castes to maintain ritual purity, biological
purity, caste supremacy and economic power. Lower caste groups attempting to achieve
upward status mobility with improvement in economic power, also imbibed upper caste
norms of constraining women’s freedom.
ii) The Class Structure and Women’s Work
The constraints on women that vary from upper to the lower castes are reinforced by the
class structure as well. The class structure appears to build upon the existing gender
hierarchy in the caste structure.
1. Women of upper castes/classes are secluded, and participate mostly in activities within
the domestic sphere.
2. Women from middle castes with medium and small holdings are more likely to work on
their own fields and in certain cases work for wages.
3. Women from artisan castes/classes contribute to the home-based production They
belong to the bottom of the hierarchy where seclusion and restriction on social mobility
are not practiced.
In the urban context, where there is a transition to non-agricultural occupations,the upper
castes form the predominant group among middle classes. Women of this class emerged
from seclusion during the century to acquire education and employment. The important
aspect is that the economic dependence on men is broken. However, this did not drastically
change the subordination of women. Women’s subordination is entrenched in the caste
and class hierarchies which have to be understood. Otherwise, women’s issues will be
misunderstood as mere cultural accidents and violence on women as stray incidents.

2.2.2. Social Institutions Student Notes:
i) The Institution of Family and Marriage
Family is the most important social unit in which members live in a network of mutual ties,
roles and obligations, that it is a unit of procreation, it nurtures the young and socializes them
(i.e. transmits tradition, culture, religious and social values) to enable them to perform various
roles in the society. Family is also an informal agency of social control - regulating behaviour,
enforcing of values and patterns for maintaining order in society.
Indian family is largely patriarchal in structure, where descent is patrilineal (property of the
family is transmitted through the male offspring for example, father to son), when residence is
patrilocal (transfer of residence of women to the village/residence/family of the husband, after
marriage), and when authority is concentrated in the hands of senior males. Among the
patrilineal Hindus, some movable property is given to the daughters at the time of marriage as
stridhana. With the passing of the Hindu Succession Act of 1956, a uniform system of
inheritance has been established.
Marriage is defined as a relation between man and woman which is recognized by custom or
law, involves certain rights and duties both in the case of parties entering the union and the
children born of it. By and large girls are brought up to believe that marriage is a woman’s
destiny, married state is desirable and motherhood is a cherished achievement. Only a very
small percentage of women remain unmarried by choice.
Marriage is supposed to provide settlement, security, respect, completeness and confidence to
a woman in the society. This belief sometime generates lack of confidence among unmarried
women. They often face insecurity and seldom get due respect in the society. Similarly, widow,
divorcee and separated women rarely get respect in the society. This indicates that the status of
women largely spins around her marital status in India.
In a patriarchal family setup, a married woman would do household work with her mother-in-
law and sisters-in-law, while the male members do the earning. The equation in the marriage
also largely is in favour of the male partner, and are seldom considered as equals. However,
with rapid urbanisation and industrialisation family relations are changing.
How gendered is the family?

The belief is that the male child will support the parents in old age and the female child will leave
on marriage resulting in families investing more in a male child. Despite the biological fact that a
female baby has better chances of survival than a male baby the rate of infant mortality among
female children is higher in comparison to male children in lower age groups in India.
Socialization within the Family
Socialization performs the function of transmitting culture, tradition, social values and norms.
Apart from parental socialization in the family, various agencies like the schools, peer groups,
literature and films play a role in early socialization and adult socialization. Girls and boys receive
differential socialization, which further perpetuate asymmetric roles and relationships. Boys are
equipped with higher education and skills in order to perform the ‘breadwinner’s’ role and the
girls are initiated into domestic chores at an early age, given lesser education, trained to work
hard and to develop low self-esteem. Boys receive a status of permanence as against girls who are
seen as temporary members of the family. Very few families enable their daughters to develop an
independent identity and dignity. The family ideology which determines ‘suitability’ and
‘unsuitability’ of certain jobs for women is also reflected in job stereotyping in the labor market.
ii) Religion and Women

Religious scriptures, especially the Hindu religion place a high preference for sons. According to
the code of Manu, a man could achieve merit only by protecting the purity of his wife and
through her, of his sons. A son is necessary for lighting the funeral pyre of the father,

propitiating the souls of agnatic ascendants through ‘shradha’ and thereby enabling the father Student Notes:
and agnatic ascendants to attain moksha (to be relieved from rebirth). The role of the women is
to beget sons, perpetuate the male descent and facilitate the performance of rituals. This
hierarchy of male and female roles create differential evaluation of children with a strong son
preference on the one hand and daughter neglect on the other, in terms of access to food,
health care, education, freedom, rights and justice.
In India, personal law falls under the purview of religion, though individuals can choose secular
alternatives. This choice is, however, circumscribed; a woman married under Muslim or Hindu
law, for example, cannot seek divorce or alimony under secular law, she has to abide by what is
offered by the religious laws by which she is/was married. Neither Muslim nor Hindu personal
law entitles a woman to alimony.
Triple Talaq in India

The Muslim Women (Protection of Rights on Marriage) Act, 2019, was passed by the Parliament last
year which criminalises ‘instant triple talaq’ among Muslims. The Act makes all declarations of instant
triple talaq void, illegal and punishable with imprisonment of up to three years for the husband.
What is instant triple talaq?
Instant triple talaq or talaq-e-bidat is a practice under which a Muslim man can divorce his wife by
uttering “talaq” three times. It is prevalent among India’s Muslim community majority of whom follow
the Hanafi Islamic school of jurisprudence. Many predominantly Muslim countries, such as Egypt,
Bangladesh, Pakistan, have banned triple talaq.
Shah Bano Case:
In 1978, a Muslim woman, Shah Bano, filed a petition in Supreme Court demanding maintenance
from her divorced husband which gave her divorce through instant triple talaq. She filed a claim for
maintenance for herself and her children under the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973. The Supreme
Court provided her relief but it was reversed by the Rajiv Gandhi government under the pressure of
Muslim fundamentalists, an act that earned much criticism.
Shayara Bano Case:
Shayara Bano was married for 15 years. In 2016, her husband divorced her through talaq–e-bidat. Ms
Bano argued before the Supreme Court of India that three practices – triple talaq, polygamy, and
nikah halala (the practice requiring women to marry and divorce another man so that her previous
husband can re-marry her after triple talaq) –were unconstitutional. Specifically, she claimed that they
violated several fundamental rights under the Constitution of India namely,
• Article 14 (equality before the law),
• Article 15(1) (prohibition of discrimination including on the ground of gender),
• Article 21 (right to life) and 25 (freedom of religion).
In 2017, the Court, by a majority set aside the practice of triple talaq. This judgment became the
foundation of the present Act passed by Parliament.
Why the government criminalized the Triple Talaq?
The Government held that 473 cases of Triple Talaq have taken place even after two years of
judgement pronounced by the Supreme Court. The law has been placed as a deterrent to eradicate
social evils. To eliminate atrocities faced by women in domestic space parliament enacted:
• The Dowry Prohibition Act in 1961
• Prevention of domestic violence Act 2005
In 2020, one year has passed since the law against triple talaq was passed and there is a decline of
about 82% in triple talaq cases thereafter. According to Ministry of Minority Affairs.
Terming Triple Talaq as unconstitutional as a step towards establishing Uniform Civil Code (Enshrined
in Article 44 of directive principle of state policy), but criminalising it goes against the ethos of
Fundamental rights i.e. article 25 and 26 the freedom of religion. Triple Talaq has led to the
subjugation of Muslim women even after 72 years of independence but its solution must come
through coexistence rather than coercion.

3. Nature, Range and Patterns of Women’s Work Student Notes:
Women were the major producer of food, textiles and handicrafts throughout human history
and continue to provide a major labour input where production is still in the small -scale
subsistence sector. It is essential to categorise various types of work done by women in terms of
paid and unpaid work. This will give us a broad idea to understand the significance of women’s
work both in the family and in society.
3.1. What is Women’s Work?

Defining the exact nature, scope and magnitude of women’s work remains a problem area
because a good deal of women’s work is either invisible or is only partially accounted for in the
data on workforce participation. Components of women’s work include housework, paid and
unpaid work related to home-based craft activities, family enterprise or business and paid work
outside home. The kind of work women do is determined by women’s position in the society
and family’s location in the social hierarchy.
3.2. Unpaid Work in Household, Home-Based Production and

Family Farms
There is differential work participation of men, women and children within the family both in
quantitative and qualitative terms. The basic elements of women’s work within the home are
related to the division of labour between men and women. Activities included under
‘housework’ broadly differ according to age, gender, income, occupational group, location
(rural/urban), size and structure of the family.
In the last such National Sample Survey (NSS) for 2011-2012, over 90% of women who did not
work were primarily engaged in domestic duties. ILO 2018 shows on an average women in India
spent 297 minutes per day on unpaid care work as against 31 minutes by men (in paid work,
women spend only 160 minutes compared to 360 minutes by men). WEF Global Gender Gap
Report 2018, on an average 66%of women's work in India is unpaid, compared to 12% of men.
In rural areas the women from the poorer households engage in various activities such as
cooking, processing of food for household consumption, storing grains, childcare, fetching
fuelwood, fodder and water, collection of forest produce, preparation of cow dung cakes, care
of livestock and cattle and house repair and maintenance. Much of this work, which is
important for the maintenance of families, is largely done by women. However, this work is
unpaid and is not accounted for as productive work as it is meant for self-consumption. Much
of the work that women do in household industries and processing of agricultural products, if
unpaid, is not recognised as ‘work’ in the data systems. Activities like dairying, small animal
husbandry, fisheries, handloom weaving, handicrafts, pottery etc. are family activities and a
major part of the work is done within the home and yet a woman is not accorded the status of
a worker. Non-valuation of women’s unpaid work within the home results in non-recognition of
women’s crucial economic contribution.
India’s amended Maternity Benefit Act 2017 stipulates that employers must provide women
with 26 weeks of paid time off. Given the absence of a corresponding benefit for new fathers, it
perpetuates the gender stereotype of women being the primary caregivers. The law also covers
only formal and large-sized firms which, overall, employ only a small proportion of the country’s
female workers.
Quantifying Women’s Work in GDP
Overwhelming presence of unpaid work of women act as barrier for women to freely access labour
markets, reduce income-earning potential and also lead to persistent inequalities. Unpaid work of
women forms the core of ‘double burden’ that women workers experience over a lifetime. Unpaid work
imposes costs in terms of missed opportunities for education, skill acquisition or improvement and public
participation.

Quantifying women's work in GDP: Student Notes:
• Women play a very important role in households, but their contribution is not a part of the GDP
calculation and hence goes unnoticed or rather not quantified
• This is because it is very difficult to quantify the work done by women.
• In contemporary society, working women are facing double exploitation because they are forced to
do the household work even after working at homes.
• This quantification of women's work is important for them to gain recognition, and for their roles to
be given more importance.
• If this cannot be quantified, then at least there needs to be more value given to their work.
3.3. Female Child Labour

Girls continue to provide free labour in home-based production systems. Studies on rural girl
child labour show that she works nine hours a day providing goods and services, which keep her
out of school. She works on an average 318 days a year in the fields and at home providing free
labour.
More girls are being inducted into work while more boys are sent to school thus widening the
gap between boy’s and girl’s opportunities. They are employed in agricultural and related
industries in large numbers. Girls are also employed in large numbers in carpet industry of
Kashmir, in lock making in Aligarh, in gem polishing in Jaipur, in match industry in Sivakasi and in
bidi rolling. In fact, in the match industry of Sivakasi, ninety% child workers are girls under the
age of fourteen, working under hazardous conditions.
Female children working in home-based industries are beyond the purview of child labour laws.
These laws are not enforced even in factory-based industries. Even in a piece-rate system, her
labour is seen as an extension of her mother’s labour and is not given an independent value.
Such work cuts them off from schooling, literacy, learning technical skills and improving their
job prospects. These handicaps remain insurmountable throughout life.
Female Education
• As per Right to Education (RTE), all children (both girls and boys) are entitled to free primary school
education till the age of 14. But still, primary education in India is not universal. The most
disadvantaged of the lot include the girls, for whom education is not seen as necessary.
• Reason for this:
o Parents consider teaching household chores to girls are more important than education, and
this is due to the ingraining of patriarchy and the confinement of girls inside the house.
o Another reason which keeps girls away from school is the concern for their safety and sexuality.
o Also, schools are generally located at a distance, with zero or very few number of female
teachers.
o Lack of toilet facilities inside school premises or lack of separate toilets for girls and boys is
another disincentive
• Literacy Rate of women is 65%, whereas it is 82% for men according to Census 2011. This difference
reflects how far women are behind men in terms of education.
• Illiteracy of women has far reaching consequences, and it has an impact on their children also. Also,
low schooling leads to poor quality of care for their children, leading to higher infant and child
mortality, and it sometimes leads to malnutrition because lack of education makes it difficult for
women to adopt appropriate health promoting behavior such as immunization of children.
• Government measures: 'Sarva Siksha Abhiyan' and 'Beti Bachao, Beti Padhao' are initiatives to
promote the education of girl child.
3.4. Paid Work

Women’s access to decent paid work is an undisputed ethical and economic imperative as well
as a primary human right and aspiration. It is clear that the current under-participation of
women in paid employment in India is not due to their lack of will. More than a third of Indian

women (both urban and rural) primarily engaged in housework report wanting to work for pay Student Notes:
if a job were available. Indeed, the participation of educated, capable women in the workforce
makes for a strong economic argument: International Monetary Fund (IMF) finds that India’s
GDP will increase by as much as 27% if women participated in the economy at the same rate
as men.
i) Education, Paid Employment and Household Responsibilities
The spread of education among the middle- and upper-class women has opened up new
avenues of employment. However, education does not necessarily lead to employment. On
one hand, illiteracy among the majority of women in the lower socio-economic group
constitutes a major barrier to increasing and diversifying work and training opportunities.
On the other hand, pre-defined roles, ideology and labour market forces in a labour surplus
economy effectively restrict women’s work opportunity among educated women of certain
sectors.
In middle class families, women work for improving or maintaining the standard of living of
the family or to provide a cushion against rising cost of living. Working outside home on the
same terms and conditions, as men, does not absolve them from their domestic
responsibilities. As a result, the dual burden of work exerts physical, mental and emotional
strain on them. One of the consequences of double burden may be delayed promotions or
sacrificing new job opportunities due to family responsibilities.
ii) Agricultural and Industrial Sectors
Inequalities are reflected in distribution of women workers in different sectors, across job
hierarchies and in wages and earnings between men and women.
The wave of Industrialisation has created more work opportunities for a small section of
educated women but at the same time reduced work opportunities for unskilled women
workers working in textiles, jute industries etc. As a result, women workers got
concentrated in plantations, food products, tobacco and textiles, cane and bamboo work,
silk worm, rearing coir products, domestic services, education and health services. The high
concentration of women in household industries rather than factory-based production
affects their status as workers with no control on their labour and earnings.
iii) Women in Services and Professions
As far as women in services and professions are concerned, they are concentrated in certain
types of soft skill jobs like teachers, nurses, typists and stenographers and very few occupy
higher positions in administration, business and technical jobs.
Despite the impressive increase in the number of educated women in urban areas the gap
between men and women in the services and professions is large. It can be attributed to
the following factors-
a) Girls are generally socialised for their domestic roles.
b) Less investment in the vocational and technical training of women
c) Male stereotypes determine attitude to work and differential expectations from girls
education, which is rarely seen as an investment for the future.
d) Higher concentration of girls is found in humanities and social sciences rather than
vocational and technical courses.
e) There is less physical mobility among women after marriage.
Women in Leadership Role

• Many reports have pointed out that the number of women in leadership roles in India is very low.
Women comprise only 12% of the members of the national parliament.
• But this number is gradually increasing, which is a very positive sign.

• Many big corporations are headed by women, for example Pepsi by Indra Nooyi, Axis Bank by Student Notes:
Shikha Sharma, ICICI Bank by Chanda Kocchar (who just quit) etc.
• Many argue that there is a glass ceiling, which restricts the promotion of women to the top most
positions. This glass ceiling exists due to the persistence of patriarchy in the society, and also due to
the fact that the present leadership consists of men who promote the interests of men only
• But it is very inspiring to see that many women have been successful in breaking this glass ceiling.
• More focus on social, economic and political empowerment, and better education facilities for
women can help more women in reaching the leadership roles in the society.
iv) Earning Differentials

An expression of discrimination against women in labour market is wage differential. They
not only get unequal pay for equal work but many jobs that women do are categorised as
low skilled jobs for which lower wages are paid. For example, men usually do weaving
which is better paid while spinning, usually done by women, is low paid. In construction
also men are supposed to do skilled jobs and women do unskilled work and get lower
wages. Sexual divisions of labour and lower duration of women’s work are reflected into
lower wages for women. Earning differentials also reflect differences in skill acquisition,
education and training.
India has a gender wage gap of 34% despite the existence of India’s Equal Remuneration
Act 1976 which mandates equal pay for the same or similar work and bars discrimination in
hiring. Further, the pay gap increases with age, work experience, and rise in occupational
hierarchy – thus disincentivising the women to stay on.
Women Left Behind: India’s Falling Female Labor Participation

Gender Dimension of Employment
Gender equality in the labour market is considered to be smart economics to achieve faster economic
growth and wealth creation. In an era of globalization, no country can develop and achieve its full
potential if half of its population is locked in non-remunerative, less productive and non-economic
activities.
Female Participation in Labour Market
According to Employment-Unemployment Survey (EUS) of the National Sample Survey Organisation
(NSSO) and Periodic Labour Force Surveys (PLFS) estimates, female labour force participation rate
(LFPR) for productive age-group (15- 59 years) declined by 7.8 % from 33.1 % in 2011-12 to 25.3 % in
2017-18 and rate of decline is sharper in rural areas as compared to urban areas. As a result of this,
gender disparity in India’s labour market has increased.
Factors Influencing Female Labour Force Participation
The arguments advanced in support of the declining and low female LFPR are from both supply and
demand side.
On the supply side:
• More women in rural areas are now pursuing higher education has delayed their entry into the
labour market.
• Household incomes have risen in rural areas on account of higher wage levels.
• Cultural factors, social constraints and patriarchal norms restricting mobility and freedom of
women.
• Relatively higher responsibilities of unpaid work and unpaid care work.
On the demand side:
• Absence of job opportunities and quality jobs and significant gender wage gap
• Lack of attainment of appropriate education level/skill set.
• Fall in international demand for products of labour-intensive industries in urban areas.
• Low female wages in agriculture sector

• Fall in employment in agriculture has not shown a concomitant increase in opportunities for Student Notes:
women in the manufacturing sector where most women with middle to secondary levels of
education and from middle income groups are likely to look for employment.
• Structural shift away from agricultural employment, and increased mechanization of agriculture
along with decline in animal husbandry in rural areas
• Withdrawal of men from agriculture and shift to the construction sector in urban areas, led to loss
of jobs for rural women who were engaged as unpaid labour along with the men.
In the coming years, India is expected to gain significantly from its ‘demographic dividend’ as the share
of its potential productive workforce will increase in numbers as compared to the aging population of
other countries. To what extent the country can seize this dividend and benefit from it will largely
depend on how women exercise their rights and entitlements and contribute to the development
process.
3.5. Women Workers and the Growth of Unorganized Sector

The women’s access to labour market, resources and health education are largely affected due
to their socio-cultural backgrounds. In a country like India, there is a preponderance of the
informal sector absorbing a large section of women engaged in casual work, piece rated work
and working largely in the confines of the household which remains invisible in the statistical
sources. Such constraints deprive women from the social protection and social security
provisions of the country. In fact, women are subjected to a life-cycle of risks and vulnerabilities
emanating largely from gendered divisions of household tasks, poverty and deprivation in the
household, customary laws and social practices restricting women’s mobility
PLFS 2018-19 on Informal Sector and Women Employment shows that 54% of female workers
are in non-agriculture sector. Out of the regular wage/salaried employees in the non-agriculture
sector, 66.5% females have no written job contract, 50% re not eligible for paid leave, 55% are
not eligible for social security benefits.
How COVID-19 is amplifying gender inequality in employment India

COVID-19 pandemic has aggravated the trend of declining female participation in the labour force. This
period has witnessed a disproportionate economic exclusion of women, both in rural and urban
economies. With reverse migration, demand for work has increased in rural areas, and employment has
shifted from women to men.
Moreover, for women in the lower-income strata in rural areas, opportunities in non-farm employment
are few, and those in traditional sectors like agriculture and handicrafts have declined. In sectors like
construction, jobs have become increasingly masculinised. In urban conglomerations, women are
largely engaged as informal workers and have little reserves. A majority of the jobs in cities are
unavailable or inaccessible to women.
With unpaid work increasing, and livelihood opportunities decreasing, many women are likely to find it
difficult to sustain or rebuild their livelihoods. If women’s employment continues to drop post-COVID, it
will only magnify the damage to their position in families and society, given that employment is one of
the strongest predictors of women’s empowerment, not to mention important for boosting GDP.
Women’s employment must become a priority in recovery efforts. Initiatives to enhance digital access
and skills should be scaled up and targeted specifically to low-income women. Direct employment
programmes to provide necessary supplies should be expanded; for example, the government in the
state of Andhra Pradesh is employing thousands of women to stitch masks.
4. Women’s Issues and Responses

4.1. Women’s Movements
The roots of the Indian women’s movement go back to the 19th century male social reformers
who took up issues concerning women and started women’s organizations. Women started

forming their own organization from the end of the nineteenth century first at the local and Student Notes:
then at the national level. In the years before independence, the two main issues they took up
were political rights and reform of personal laws. Women’s participation in the freedom
struggle broadened the base of the women’s movement. In post-independence India, large
number of women’s autonomous groups have sprung up challenging patriarchy and taking up a
variety of issues such as violence against women, greater share for women in political decision
making, etc. both at the activist and academic level.
4.1.1. Timeline of Women’s Movements in India
Unlike the women’s movement in the West, the Indian women’s movement began in the
shadow of colonial rule and the commitment to attain freedom from colonial rule. Questions of
independence and freedom from the colonial power were inextricably linked with the
consciousness of the Indian women’s movement, a consciousness of women in relation to the
larger society, not only to men.
The early attempts of 19th century at reforming the conditions under which Indian women lived
were mainly carried out by western educated middle and high-class men. Soon they were
joined by the women of their families. These women along with the men began organized
movements fighting against the oppressive social practices such as female infanticide, sati, child
marriage, laws prohibiting widow remarriage, etc.
The public participation of women of middle and high caste and class background led to the
birth of women’s organizations in the early 20th century. They began fighting for the status and
rights of women but this task was unambiguously located within the agenda of the freedom
struggle as a whole. Another strand in the women’s movement developed roughly around this
time. The Left-radical tendency was shaped in women’s movement by their activities among
women of the working class. Women with Left political leanings were involved in working class
and revolutionary peasant struggles, such as the struggle in Telangana.
Late 1960s and early 1970s witnessed the resurgence of women’s movement, mainly due to
the repercussion of the problems that cropped up at the national front (such as price rise) and
the women’s active mobilizations at the international front. The struggle against the Emergency
saw the rise of many new women’s groups, which rejected the politics of earlier women’s
organizations. These groups sprang up as part of the movement for democracy and against
gender discrimination and later emerged as autonomous organizations without any explicit
party affiliations though many of them were drawn from political parties. They mainly intended
to raise feminist issues in mass organizations such as trade unions or kisan samitis. Many
autonomous groups, which were mostly women-only groups, without party affiliations and
conventional hierarchical organizational structures, were also formed mainly dealing with
domestic issues such as domestic violence.
Women’s movements of the late 1970s and early 1980s were dominated by such autonomous
women’s groups, which were mostly city based. At the same time feminist consciousness had
taken place in some of the rural movements too.
4.1.2. Pre-Independence Women’s Movements
The roots of the Indian women’s movement go back to the early 19th century when social
reformers, beginning with Ram Mohan Roy (1772-1833), began to focus on issues concerning
women. Following them, improving the condition of women became the first tenet of the
Indian social reform movement. Women’s inferior status, enforced seclusion, early marriage,
condition of widows and lack of education were the main facts documented by reformers
throughout the country. However, women's movement is linked to both social reform
movements & the nationalist movement.

4.1.2.1. Socio-Religious Reform Movements Student Notes:
Women’s Organizations Started by Men
Men who belonged to the socio religious reform associations began the first organization for
women. They are as follows:
1. Brahmo Samaj: Founded by Raja Ram Mohan Roy in 1825, it attempted to abolish
restrictions and prejudices against women, which included child marriage, polygamy,
limited rights to inherit property. Education was seen as the major factor to improve the
position of women. Raja Ram Mohan Roy played an important role in getting Sati abolished.
2. Prarthana Samaj: Founded by MG Ranade & RG Bhandarker in 1867, its objectives were
more or less similar to that of Brahmo Samaj but remained confined to western India.
Justice Ranade criticized child marriage, polygamy, restriction on remarriage of widows and
non-access to education.
3. Arya Samaj: Founded by Dayanand Saraswati in 1875, it advocated reform in the caste
system, compulsory education for men and women, prohibition of child marriage by law,
remarriage of child widows.
4. Social reformers like Ishwarchandra Vidyasagar, Jyotibha Phule and Lokhitwadi Gopal Hari
Deshmukh played key roles in women’s education and widow remarriage.
5. Syed Ahmad Khan & Sheikh Abdullah in Aligarh and Karmat Hussain in Lucknow
spearheaded a movement to improve women’s education.
6. Attempts to uplift the status of Parsi women through removal of purdah system, raising age
of marriage and education were led by visionaries such as Dadabhai Naroji, K.R. Cama, etc.
The male-guided organizations for women did valuable work in educating women and giving
them their first experience with public work. However, gender equality was not an agenda for
any of the movements mentioned above. They had a very limited perspective of changing the
position of women within the family through education.
Women’s Organization Started by Women
By the end of the 19th century, a few women emerged from within the reformed families who
formed organizations of their own.
1. One of the first to do so was Swarnakumari Devi, daughter of Devendranath Tagore, a
Brahmo leader, and sister of the poet Rabindranath Tagore, who formed the Ladies Society
in Calcutta in 1882 for educating and imparting skills to widows and other poor women to
make them economically self-reliant. She edited a women journal, Bharati, thus earning
herself the distinction of being the first Indian woman editor.
2. In 1882, Ramabai Saraswati formed the Arya Mahila Samaj in Pune and a few years later
started the Sharda Sadan in Bombay.
3. The early women’s organizations were confined to a particular locality or city. In 1910,
Sarala Devi Chaudhurani, daughter of Swarnakumari Devi formed the Bharat Stree Mandal
(Great Circle of India Women) with the object of bringing together “women of all castes,
creeds, classes and parties… on the basis of their common interest in the moral and
material progress of the women of India.”
4.1.2.2. National Freedom Movement
At the time when women’s organizations were fighting for women’s political and economic
rights and trying to improve their position by education and social reform, women’s struggle
entered a new phase with the arrival of Mahatma Gandhi on the Indian political scene. Women
had been associated with the freedom struggle before that too. The National Conference was
formed at the third session of the Indian National Congress in 1887 to provide a forum for the
discussion of social issues. The Bharat Mahila Parishad was the women’s wing of this and was
inaugurated in 1905. It focused on child marriage, condition of widows, dowry and other “evil”

customs. They had attended sessions of the Indian National Congress and taken part in the Student Notes:
Swadeshi movement in Bengal, 1905-11 and in the Home Rule Movement.
But the involvement of a really large number of women in the national movement began when
Gandhiji launched the first Non-Cooperation Movement and gave a special role to women.
Peasant women played an important role in the rural satyagrahas of Borsad and Bardoli.
Women participated in the Salt satyagraha, in the Civil Disobedience Movement, in the Quit
India Movement and in all the Gandhian satyagrahas. They held meetings, organized
processions, picketed shops selling foreign cloth and liquor and went to jail. Gandhiji took
interest in collective mobilization of women to fight for political freedom as well as for their
social and political rights. He felt that women were most suited for Satyagraha as they have
great qualities appropriate for non-violent struggle.
Women’s participation in the national movement helped in breaking several of the old barriers
of tradition and custom. Women’s organization side by side raised their voices for removal of
social injustice meted to them, which resulted in passing of the Resolution on Fundamental
Right of equal rights for both the sexes at the Karachi session of the Indian National Congress in
1930. The declaration reads as follows:
1. All citizens are equal before the law, irrespective of religion, caste, creed or sex.
2. No disability attaches to any citizen, by reason of his or her religion, caste, creed or sex, in
regard to public employment, office of power or honour, and in the exercise of any trade or
calling.
3. The franchise shall be on the basis of universal adult suffrage.
4. Women shall have the right to vote, to represent and the right to hold public offices.
Women won respect for their courage and the large numbers in which they participated in the
freedom struggle. It transformed the lives of many women such as Durgabai Deshmukh,
Kamaladevi Chattopadhyaya. The first woman to participate in the nationalist movement
during the Dandi March was Sarojini Naidu who later became the first Indian woman president
of the Congress. However, women’s participation in the freedom movement did not lead to a
separate autonomous women’s movement since it was part of the anti-colonial movement.
AGRARIAN STRUGGLES AND REVOLTS
Women participated along with men in agrarian struggles and revolts originating in tribal and
rural areas in the colonial period. Tebhaga movement in Bengal, Telangana armed struggle
from the erstwhile Nizam’s rule, and the Warli tribal revolt against bondage in Maharashtra are
some examples.
WOMEN IN LABOUR MOVEMENT
In 1917 Anasuya Sarabhai led the Ahmedabad textile workers’ strike and in 1920 under her
leadership the Majdoor Mahajan, the Ahmedabad Textile Mill Workers Union was established.
By the late 1920s, the presence of women in the workers’ movement was noticeable. There
were several prominent women unionists and women workers were consciously organized and
a special role was given to them in the workers’ movement.
Bombay was the center of this development and Maniben Kara emerged as the socialist leader
of railway workers and Ushabai Dange and Parvati Bhore as Communist leaders of textile
workers. In the 1928-29 Bombay textile mill workers’ strike, women played a leading role, as
they did in the Calcutta strike during the same years.
NATIONAL WOMEN’S ORGANIZATIONS
The early 20th century saw the growth of women’s organisations at a national and local level.
1) The Women’s India Association (WIA) was formed in 1917 by Margaret Cousins, an Irish
and an Indian nationalist. This was followed by the formation of the National Council of
Indian Women (NCIW) in 1926 and All India Women’s Conference (AIWC) in 1927.

2) The first all India women’s organisation came into existence in 1926, with the setting up of Student Notes:
the National Council for Women in India (NCWI). The NCWI aimed at securing women’s
rights through social reforms and women’s and children’s welfare.
3) All India Women’s Conference (AIWC) was set up in 1927 in Poona. Its members were
primarily women from the upper and upper-middle classes and princely families, women
members of the Indian National Congress Party, the Communist Party, professional women
like doctors and educationalists, and social workers.
a. AIWC took up the questions of women’s education, and it was at its initiative that the
Lady Harding College for women was set up in Delhi in 1932. It also organized a large
number of literacy schools and handicraft centres, which helped women from poor
families learn basic skills in order to earn and be relatively independent economically.
b. In the 1930’s the AIWC directed its energies towards fighting for women’s equal rights
in inheritance and marriage, and reforms in the personal laws of different communities.
4) A significant concern for women’s group in this period was the campaign against child
marriage. As a result of this struggle the Sarada Act was passed in 1929, fixing the age of
marriage at fourteen for girls and eighteen for boys.
4.1.3. Post-Independence Women’s Movements
Women organizations such as National Federation of Indian Women (1954) and the Samajwadi
Mahila Sabha (1959) were formed to work for supporting the cause of Indian women. One of
the weaknesses in the strategies of women’s organisations in the 1950s and 1960s was their
inability to mobilise ordinary women and failed to address the issues that concerned them. The
lack of efforts to reach to the masses and expand the base of the women's movement limited
its effectiveness and agenda for action. The position of peasant and working-class women
deteriorated and only a small minority of women benefited.
4.1.3.1. Resurgence of Women’s Movements in the 70s
After their participation in the nation's independence struggle women again withdrew from
public life and the debate on women’s issues also faded out from the public arena. The late
1970s and 1980s was marked by a resurgence of women’s struggle and emergence of new
women’s groups and organisations.
The growing economic hardships of rural poor and urban women and failure to take up
women’s issues by the general agrarian and industrial workers’ movements led to the
emergence of separate women’s organisations in various parts of the country which seriously
attempted to organise poor women for a positive change. In Ahmedabad, the first attempt at a
women's trade union was made with the establishment of the Self-Employed Women's
Association (SEWA) at the initiative of Ela Bhat in1972.
EMERGENCE OF NEW ORGANIZATIONS AND APPROACHES
New organisations such as SEWA (Gujarat), Working Women’s Forum (Tamil Nadu), Sramik
Mahila Sangathna (Maharashtra) concerned themselves with the plight of women workers in
the unorganised sector. Organising women labour and taking up the issues of their wages,
working conditions, exploitation and health hazards became an important task for these
women’s organisations.
During the same time women’s organisations emerged which were not affiliated to political
parties or to trade unions. They were called ‘autonomous women’s organisations’. They
rejected the ‘welfarist’ approach adopted by the previous women’s organisations, many of
which were set up during the pre-independence period, and adopted ‘protest politics’ for
mobilising women on specific issues. The Nav Nirman movement, initially a student's
movement in Gujarat against rising prices, black marketing and dishonesty launched in 1974
was soon joined by huge number of middle-class women. Anti-price rise movement in 1973-74
was a united front of women’s organisations belonging to several parties.

Student Notes:
SHGs and Women
• SHGs have been successful in fulfilling their aim of empowering women, and to help eradicate
poverty in rural areas.
• Impact of SHGs on women are as follows:
o It has led to their social and economic empowerment
o It has helped women gain more control over decision making in households
o It has been helpful in providing women with financial autonomy, in participation in
community driven program, self-employment autonomy
o It has helped instill a saving spirit among the members
• Though SHGs have had an immense impact on the status of women, but they can be made more
effective in the following ways:
o Through proper capacity building, training and skill upgradation of women
o Motivating SHG women to participate in government sponsored community driven programs
o Proper rating and categorization of SHGs
o Providing technical help to SHGs so that they can also utilize the ongoing ICT revolution and
grow further
4.1.3.2. Issue Based Movements in the 1970s and 1980s

The autonomous women’s organisations’ took up issues related to women’s oppression like
dowry, violence within the family, alcoholism among men and wife-beating, discrimination at
the work place etc. to mobilise women for collective action. For the first time some groups in
Mumbai, Delhi, Hyderabad, Patna etc. raised issues such as sexual exploitation of poor
scheduled castes and scheduled tribe women by upper caste landlords. Some of the earliest
self-governing women's groups were the Progressive Organization of Women (POW,
Hyderabad), the Forum Against Rape (now redefined as Forum Against Oppression of Women),
Stree Sangharsh and Samata (Delhi).
Issues of rape, dowry murders, crime and violence against women were taken up. All India anti-
dowry and anti-rape movements were launched by women’s organisations and civil liberties
and democratic rights organisations also joined them.
i) Anti-dowry Movements
Dowry murders have witnessed a sustained campaign by several women’s organisations
and civil rights groups. In the 1980s several women’s and other progressive organisations
formed a joint front in Delhi called “Dahej Virodhi Chetna Manch”. Organisations in other
major cities also campaigned through protest, demonstrations, discussions, street theatre,
posters etc. against the ghastly murders of young brides for dowry. After much deliberation,
the Dowry Prohibition (Amendment) Act, 1984 was passed. The Act sets a limit to the
amount given in dowry but does not ban dowry. Cruelty by the husband and his relatives
leading to suicide or death has become an offence, punishable with imprisonment.
ii) Ecological Movement
a. Economic hardships faced by women in the Himalayan region due to cutting down of
forests resulted in spontaneous mobilisation of women. They hugged the trees to
prevent the contractors from felling them. This is popularly known as the Chipko
movement. The disappearance of forests means acute hardships to women who are
primarily responsible for the collection of fuel, fodder, fruits, herbs for medicine and
other forest produce which give them income and employment. This is why we find
that women are even now in the forefront of these ecological agitations.
b. Narmada Bachao Andolan (NBA) led by Medha Patkar first started as a protest for not
providing proper rehabilitation and resettlement for the people who have been
displaced by the construction of Sardar Sarovar Dam. Later on, the movement turned
its focus on the preservation of the environment and the ecosystems of the valley.

iii) Anti-rape Movement Student Notes:
An anti-rape movement was launched in the last decade demanding review of the Supreme
Court judgment in a rape case, which acquitted the culprit. Women activists forced the
government to review Rape Laws. Several women’s organisations and legal and social
activists held discussions with the Law Commission to amend the law and in 1983 Criminal
Law (Amendment) Act was passed.
4.1.3.3. Other Prominent Women’s Organisations
1) Some women organizations such as the Banga Mahila Samaj, and the Ladies Theosophical
Society functioned at local levels to promote contemporary ideas for women. These
organizations deal with issues like women's education, abolition of social evils like purdah
and child marriage, Hindu law reform, moral and material progress of women, equality of
rights and opportunities.
2) Some other prominent women organizations are All India Federation of Women Lawyers,
All India Women's Conference, and Confederation of Women Entrepreneurs.
3) National Alliance of Women (NAWO) is a national web of women. It is affiliation or
membership is open to all liberal minded women's groups and institutions, non-
governmental organizations, women workers, women's unions, individuals and others.
4) Annapurna Mahila Mandal (AMM) works for welfare of women and the girl child. It
conducts various activities that include educating women on health, nutrition, mother and
childcare, family planning, literacy and environmental sanitation. It works for the
empowerment of women and enables them to take their own decisions and fight for
security and rights. The organization also promotes individual and group leadership.
5) Swadhina (Self-esteemed Women) was formed in 1986. It is principally a civil society
organization focused on empowerment of women and child development based on
sustainable development and right livelihood.
6) All India Democratic Women's Association is also dominant woman organization which is
an independent left oriented women's organisation committed to achieving democracy,
equality and women's emancipation. It is the women's wing of the Communist Party of
India (Marxist).
7) Kasturba Memorial Trust and Bharatiya Grameen Mahila Sangh (Indian Rural Women’s
Organisation) with the objective to assist the rural women in developing leadership
potential.
4.1.3.4. Feminism & Impact of Feminist ideas on Women’s Movements in India
Feminism consists of social, economic and political movements and theories that are concerned
with gender inequalities and gaining equal rights for women.
FOUNDATION OF INDIAN FEMINISM & EVOLUTION
First Wave: The foundation of Indian feminism i.e. the first wave was laid by the reform and
anti-colonial movements of the 19th century. The aims of the movement centred around
including women in public life with better political rights, access to education and employment
in the context of the colonial state.3 Various social reformers took up specific issues to improve
the status of women. Reformers like Raja Ram Mohan Roy and Ishwar Chandra Vidyasagar, for
instance, argued against the ideas of sati, polygamy, early marriage and permanent widowhood.
Further, the Brahmo Samaj gave impetus to mass education of girls and women. The movement
for education and social reform was largely led by upper-caste Bengali Women. The reformist
movement, as a result, led to various social gains such as the legalisation of widow remarriage
in 1856 and the abolition of sati. The later part of the struggle remained preoccupied with the
issues on property and inheritance, limiting the composition of the movement to uppercaste
and elite class women.

Second Wave: After independence, India began to look inward to resolve social issues and Student Notes:
create a systematic development plan for women. In the second wave of feminism in India, the
movement entered the private sphere to claim equal rights pertaining to marriage, divorce,
succession, justice for dowry and sexual violence, and economic opportunities. For example,
passing of Hindu code bills in 1950s, which provided equal rights to women through laws on
divorce, marriage, adoption and inheritance.
Third Wave: In 1980, the Five-Year Plan decided to focus on the health, employment and
education of women, marking the beginning of the third wave of Indian feminism. There was a
rise in women-led non-government organisations to provide support to other women. The
movement also took up the rights of Dalit and marginalised women. Principally, women’s
groups sought the empowerment of women to integrate them into the mainstream.
Fourth Wave: With the effects of economic liberalisation and the advent of modern technology,
by the 2000s, women in India witnessed a cultural shift that stressed on rights such as women’s
freedom, choice and independence. Although the term ‘fourth-wave feminism’ originated in
the West, it emerged in India almost synchronously due to the widespread use of social media.
The most recent manifestation of the same in India was the “Me Too” campaign.
JUSTICE VERMA COMMITTEE REPORT

Justice Verma Committee was constituted to recommend amendments to the Criminal Law so as to
provide for quicker trial and enhanced punishment for criminals accused of committing sexual assault
against women. It was formed in the aftermath of the Nirbhaya rape case of 2012 and submitted its
report on January 23, 2013.
It made recommendations on laws related to rape, sexual harassment, trafficking, child sexual abuse,
medical examination of victims, police, electoral and educational reforms.
Some of the recommendations of the committee are:
1. It sought comprehensive amendments to the criminal laws, seeking 20 years imprisonment for
gang rape and life term for rape and murder.
2. To implement police reforms to provide them with better autonomy, and for better functioning of
the police force
3. An officer who doesn’t report a FIR or delays it for a rape case should be punished
4. It had framed a protocol for medical examination of a rape victim
5. The government should tackle the issue of trafficking of children and it should also maintain data
on the same
6. All marriages in India should be registered mandatorily in the presence of a magistrate who would
ensure that no dowry has been taken for the marriage
7. It also argued to make marital rape a punishable offence.
8. The offence of sexual assault should be defined so as to include all forms of non-consensual non-
penetrative touching of a sexual nature.
4.2. Approach for Women Development Since Independence

In post-independent period, a series of institutional initiatives have been introduced for the
emancipation of women in the society. The most important of these pertain to the
constitutional provisions and social legislation for women and planned economic
development. Women’s movement has been widely influenced by these broad socio-economic
and political processes of this period.
In the post-Independence period, it was assumed that economic development policies i.e.,
agriculture development and modernization, industrialization, technological development etc.,
will bring about better life for everyone including women. However, the overall growth
strategies failed to take note of the existing class, caste and gender inequalities. Planned
development in India increased socio-economic inequalities.

Five Year Plans (FYPs): From Welfare to Development to Empowerment to Equity Student Notes:
FYP APPROACH REGARDING WOMEN DEVELOPMENT
First to Fifth Five Year Plans (1951-79) Welfare Approach
Sixth Five Year Plan (1980-85) Shift from Welfare to Development
Seventh Five Year Plan (1985-90) Women and Development
Eighth Five Year Plan (1992-97) Shift from Development to Women
Empowerment
Ninth Five Year Plan (1997-2002) Women as agents of change
10th and 11th Five Year Plan (2002-2012) Human Development and Inclusive Growth
12th Five Year Plan (2012-2017) Gender Equity
Over the years the planning strategies (line of action) for women have shifted from Welfare to
Development and to Empowerment. Let us discuss the planned strategies in more detail.
4.2.1. First to Fifth Five Year Plans: Welfare Approach
• The approach of the First Five Year Plan (1951-56) was to provide adequate services to
promote the welfare of women so as to enable them to play their legitimate role in family
and community.
• Here, the emphasis was on welfare and hence women were treated as mere recipients of
incentives, which the state chose to give.
• The plan called for setting up of special organizations both at the central and state levels for
promoting the welfare of women.
• The Central Social Welfare Board was set up in 1953. It has branches in states. These
boards have been supporting and conducting a number of programmes, mainly with a
thrust on economic advancement.
• The welfare approach still guided policies and programmes of the Second, Third, Fourth and
Fifth Five Year Plans, which were launched for women's development.
• Only two special schemes were introduced during this period – Course of Education and
Women and Socio-Economic Programme introduced during the Second Plan (1956-61) and
Working Girls Hostels and Short Stay Homes introduced during the Fourth Plan (1969-74).
Towards Equality- A Report, which Actually Set the Government and Voluntary Groups Thinking
The United Nations declared 1975–1985 as the International Decade of the Woman and organised the
first UN women's conference in 1975 (Mexico). The World Plan of Action formulated during the
Conference stressed the need for research, documentation and analyses into processes in society that
create structures of gender inequalities.
In India, the Committee on the Status of Women in India (CSWI) had been set up to examine the status
of women in the country and to investigate into the extent to which the constitutional and legal
provisions had impacted on women’s status including their employment and education. The Committee
was the first major attempt to review and evaluate data on various aspects of women’s status. It was
also empowered to comment on the directions of change in women’s roles, rights and opportunities
due to development.
The Committee came out with its findings in the form of a report, popularly known as the Towards
Equality Report (1974), which became a major landmark for the women’s movement. The beginnings of
the women’s movement in India, has often been traced back to this report. The report revealed the
deplorable condition of women in the country evident from demographic data, an analysis of the socio-
cultural conditions prevalent, the legal provisions and safeguards, economic role played by women in all
sectors, women’s access to education, political participation, the policies and programmes for welfare
and development, the impact of mass media, etc.
This Report paved the way for serious thinking on the status of women in different social institutions in
India, because it showed that women far behind men in enjoying the equal rights conferred on them by
them by the constitution. This Report led to a debate in the parliament and showed the failure of the
welfare approach, which treated women as recipients of benefits and not as equal partners in the
development efforts.

The report also made several recommendations which included stressing the important role of the Student Notes:
State and the community in the achievement of ‘gender equality’. It highlighted the need for a
concerted effort to eradicate oppressive practices such as dowry, polygamy, bigamy, child marriage,
ostentatious expenditure on weddings, and it emphasised the need for a campaign on legal awareness,
the provisions of crèches, better working conditions for women including equal remuneration for equal
work, the compulsory registration of marriages, law reform on aspects concerning divorce,
maintenance, inheritance, adoption, guardianship maternity benefits, the universalisation of
education, etc.
A new consciousness that emerged after the publication of Toward Equality led to the setting
up of the Women's Welfare and Development Bureau in 1976 under the Ministry of Social
Welfare. Four Separate working groups on employment of Women, Adult Education
Programmes for Women, Women in Agriculture and Rural Development were also up to work
out strategies for action.
4.2.2. Sixth Five Year Plan: Shift from Welfare to Development
From the Sixth Plan (1980-85) onwards, a marked shift took place from the Welfare to a
Development approach. While the welfare approach treated women as beneficiaries or
recipients of benefits, the development approach recognized women as participants in
development and not as development targets.
• It marked a landmark in the history of women’s development by including a separate
chapter and adopting a multi-disciplinary approach with the three-pronged thrust on
health, education and employment.
• It reviewed the status and situation of women in general and came to the conclusion that
inspite of legal and constitutional guarantees, women had lagged behind men in all sectors.
• For the first time, it clearly spelt out that economic independence would accelerate
improvement in the status of women and suggested the setting up of cells at the district
level for increasing women’s participation through self-employment.
• Emphasised need for increasing enrollment of the girls at the elementary level, thus
encouraging the promotion of education for women in backward areas.
Towards the end of the Sixth Five Year Plan, in 1985, the Department of Women and Child
Development was set up as part of the Ministry of Human Resource Development. This
Department was created to function as a central agency to formulate and implement plans,
policies and programmes for the development of women and children.
4.2.3. Seventh Five Year Plan: Women and Development
The main objective of Seventh Five Year Plan (1985-1990) was to raise women’s economic and
social status in order to bring them into the mainstream of national development.
• It laid emphasis on generation of employment opportunities for women, both skilled and
unskilled employment through proper education and vocational training. Two new schemes
– Support to Training and Employment (STEP) and Awareness Generation Programme for
Rural and poor Women (AGP) were introduced.
• The plan emphasized on “Beneficiary Oriented Schemes” (BOS) in various development
sectors which extended direct benefits to women.
• The plan also recognised the need for organisation of women workers and unionization.
4.2.4. Eighth Five Year Plan: Shift from ‘Development’ to ‘Empowerment’ of
Women
The Eighth Plan period also saw a revolutionary amendment to the Constitution of India, which
provided for the reservation of one-third of the seats in Panchayati Raj Institutions and urban
local self-governing bodies such as municipalities and corporations to women. The 73rd and
74th constitutional amendments of 1992, which made this reservation possible, have gone

down in the history of women's empowerment in India as a 'democratic revolution'. Today, Student Notes:
there are more than 40.000 women in local governing bodies across the country, a
phenomenon (an occurrence), which would never have been possible, if a provision for
reservation of 1/3 seats for women had not been made.
4.2.5. Ninth Five Year Plan: Women Empowerment
It was during the Ninth Five Year plan (1997-2002) that two significant developments took place
in the framework for chalking out women's development programmes. Hitherto, women were
either being treated as targets for development programmes or as participants. But not much
attention was paid for creating an environment that would enable women to exercise their
rights or enjoy their freedom.
The Ninth Plan put forth the concept of Empowerment, which would create an enabling
environment where women can experience freedom not just in letter, but also in action. To
achieve this goal, a National Policy for the Empowerment of Women was accepted by the
Government of India in 2001. The second significant development, which took place during the
Ninth Plan period was the adoption of a Women’s Component Plan. This plan directed both the
Central and State governments to earmark (set apart) at least 30% of the funds/benefits in all
sectors for women's development.
WOMEN'S EMPOWERMENT YEAR, 2001
Government of India declared 2001 as the year of Women's Empowerment. Three primary
objectives were set to be achieved during this year. These were:
• Creating and raising large scale awareness of women's issues with active participation and
involvement of women and men.
• Initiating and accelerating action for improvement access to and control of resources by
women.
• Creating an enabling environment for enhancing self-confidence and autonomy of women.
Two prominent schemes that were launched for women during 2001 were: Swayamsiddha and
Swadhar:
1. Swayamsiddha is an integrated programme, which supports the empowerment of women
through a network of Self-Help Groups of women. It aimed to bring together all the women
related schemes of the central and state governments at the block level.
2. Swadhar was launched to prove rehabilitation to women in difficult circumstances such as
destitute windows, women prisoners released from jail and without family support, women
survivors of natural disaster and victims of sexual crimes.
WHAT IS GENDER BUDGETING?

The Ministry of Women and Child Development (MoWCD) as the Nodal agency has adopted the mission
strategy of 'Budgeting for Gender Equity' to ensure that government budgets are planned according to
the differential needs of women and men and accordingly prioritized.
• It is undertaken through several institutional mechanisms such as Gender Budget Statement,
Gender Budget Cells, as well as various schemes/programmes for women and girls.
• Gender budgeting was referred for the first time by the then Finance Minister of India in his budget
speech in 2001. Department of Expenditure has been issuing a note on Gender Budgeting as a part
of budget circular since 2005-06.
• Chief Secretaries of all States/UTs were instructed to set up gender budget cells on the lines of the
Charter for Gender Budget cells issued by the Ministry of Finance in 2012. A guideline was also
issued to provide a road map towards institutionalising Gender Budgeting at State level in 2013.

4.2.6. Tenth and Eleventh Five Year Plan: Human Development and Inclusive Student Notes:
Growth
A Working Group on Empowerment of Women was constituted to prepare a base paper, to
provide guidelines for future programmes for women's empowerment. This paper has made
the following recommendations:
• Women must be helped to equip themselves to face the challenges being thrown up by
globalization.
• Even through a number of development policies and programmes have been formulated to
empower women, not all women could make use of these programmes because of the
prevailing social discrimination against them. So, investments on health, education and
capacity building must be stepped up in future.
• During the last 10 years there has been a decline in expenditure on health, education and
welfare. Since this affects women's development seriously, efforts must be made to
increase investments in those sectors, which actually help women's development.
The idea of ‘Inclusive Growth’ related to inclusion of various marginalized groups, of which the
women category has also been specifically addressed too. The concept of Gender Budgeting
was also incorporated during this Plan. Alongside MGNREGA scheme specially targeting women
was also started. Various measures were taken to eradicate atrocities against women and girls−
Setting up of women’s police station, family court, Mahila court, legal aid centre etc.;
Conducting awareness programmes of women’s rights, legal literacy etc.
MGNREGA and Women
• MGNREGA provides a legal guarantee for one hundred days of employment in every financial year
to adult members of any rural household willing to do public work-related unskilled manual work
at the statutory minimum wage.
• Act covers the entire country except for districts which have 100% urban population.
• More than 65% of the works taken up under the programme are linked to agriculture and allied
activities.
• More than half the jobs going to women workers and almost a third to members of scheduled
castes and scheduled tribes.
• 57% of all workers are women, more than the statutory requirement of 33% and the highest in
three years.
• It gave a large number of women their first opportunity to earn income in cash, reduced reliance
on moneylenders
• It has led to a substantial increase in women’s control over resources, including cash in hand and
the likelihood of having a bank account, and improvement in women’s ability to make
independent decisions about their health.
4.2.7. Twelfth Five Year Plan: Gender Equity

The 12th Five Year Plan Working Group (WG) on ‘Women’s Agency and Empowerment’ builds
on the view that development is a process of expanding freedoms equally for all individuals,
and considers gender equality as a core development goal in itself. The major goals of the 12th
Five Year Plan are:
• To create greater ‘freedom’ and ‘choice’ for women by generating awareness and creating
institutional mechanisms to help women question prevalent “patriarchal” beliefs that are
detrimental to their empowerment.
• To improve health and education indicators for women like maternal mortality, infant
mortality, nutrition levels, enrolment and retention in primary, secondary and higher
education.
• To reduce the incidence of violence against women and providing quality care services to
the victims.
• To improve employability of women, work participation rates especially in the organised
sector and increased ownership of assets and control over resources.

• To Increase women’s access to public services and programmes through establishing and Student Notes:
strengthening convergence mechanisms at multiple levels, creation of physical
infrastructure for women and improving the capacity of women’s organizations and
collectives.
• To ensure that the specific concerns of single and disadvantaged women are addressed.
The Plan advocates a shift from mere ‘income’ poverty of women to the adoption of a ‘multi-
dimensional’ approach to poverty and wellbeing. The Plan has also to take up various
provisions which include the – All India Mahila Bank and the Nirbhaya Fund.
5. Laws and Policies for Women in India

The Constitution of independent India followed the basic principle of women’s equality as
accepted in the Fundamental Rights Resolution of the Karachi Congress.
5.1. Constitutional Provisions for Women in India

The Constitution of India not only grants equality to women but also empowers the state to
adopt measures of positive discrimination in favour of women to neutralize the socio-economic,
political and educational disadvantages faced by them.
Fundamental Rights
Fundamental Rights ensure equality before law, and equal protection of law, prohibits
discrimination against any citizen on grounds of religion, race, caste or place of birth. They also
guarantee equality of opportunity to all citizens in matters related to employment.
1) Article 14 - Men and women to have equal rights and opportunities in the political,
economic and social spheres.
2) Article 15(1) - Prohibits discrimination against any citizen on the grounds of religion, race,
caste, sex etc.
3) Article 15(3)- Special provision enabling the State to make affirmative discriminations in
favor of women.
4) Article 16- Equality of opportunities in matter of public appointments for all citizens.
5) Article 23- Bans trafficking in human and forced labor
Directive Principles of State Policy
1) Article 39(a)- State shall direct its policy towards securing all citizens men and women,
equally, the right to means of livelihood.
2) Article 39(d)- Equal pay for equal work for both men and women.
3) Article 42- The State to make provision for ensuring just and humane conditions of work
and maternity relief.
Fundamental Duties
Article 51 (A)(e)- To renounce the practices derogatory to the dignity of women
Other Provisions
1) Article 300 (A)- Right of property to women.
2) 73rd & 74th Amendment Act 1992- Reservation of 1/3rd of seats in local bodies of
panchayats and municipalities for women. (The day on which 73rd amendment became
operational i.e April 24th is also declared as Women’s Empowerment Day.
5.2. Legislations for Safeguarding Women in India

Parliament from time to time has passed several legislations to empower women & to provide
them a legal basis in their fight for equality & justice. Some of them are:

1) Sati (Prevention) Act 1987 – The practice of Sati which was first abolished in 1829, was Student Notes:
revised and made illegal in 1887. It provided for a more effective prevention of the
commission of sati and its glorification and for matters connected therewith.
2) Amendment to Criminal Act 1983 – It made domestic violence as an offence; rape has also
been made a punishable offence.
3) Special Marriage Act 1954 – It has been amended to fix the minimum age of marriage at 21
years for males & 18 years for females.
4) Hindu Succession Act 1956 – Equal share to daughter from property of father, while a
widow has the right to inherit husband’s property. An amendment in this Act in 2005
enabled daughters to have equal share in ancestral properties.
5) Immoral Traffic Prevention Act (ITPA), 1986 – Suppression of Immoral Trafficking in women
and girls Act (SITA) 1956 was amended in 1986 & renamed ITPA. It was enacted to prohibit
or abolish traffic in women and girls for purposes of prostitution. It was amended to cover
both the sexes & provided enhanced penalties for offenses involving minors.
6) Dowry Prohibition Act 1961 – It prohibits the giving or taking of dowry at or before or any
time after the marriage from women. Court is empowered to act in his own knowledge or
on a complaint by any recognized welfare organization on dowry murder. Indian Evidence
Act has also been amended to shift the burden of proof to husband & his family where
bride dies within 7 years of marriage.
7) Maternity benefit Act 1961 – An Act to regulate the employment of women for certain
period before and after childbirth and to provide for maternity benefits like paid leaves for
6 months.
8) Medical Termination of Pregnancy Act 1971 – Legalize abortion in case if fetus is suffering
from physical or mental abnormality, in case of rape & unwanted pregnancy within 12
weeks of gestation period, and between12th to 20th week if the pregnancy is harmful for the
mother or the child born would be severely deformed.
9) Indecent Representation of Women (Prohibition) Act, 1986 – Act prohibits indecent
representation of women through advertisements or in publications, writings, paintings,
and figures or in any other manner and for matters connected therewith.
10) Domestic Violence Act 2005- It seeks to determine domestic violence in all forms against
women & make it a punishable offence.
11) Criminal Law (Amendment) Act 2013 – In the backdrop of Delhi 2012 gang rape, this Act
was passed amending the CrPC. The new law has provisions for increased sentence for rape
convicts, including life-term and death sentence, besides providing for stringent
punishment for offences such as acid attacks, stalking and voyeurism. Through the revised
Bill, the government has amended various sections of the Indian Penal Code, the Code of
Criminal Procedure, the Indian Evidence Act and the Protection of Children from Sexual
Offences Act.
12) Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 (Amended in 2017) – It regulates the employment of women
in certain establishments for certain period before and after child-birth and provides for
maternity and certain other benefits.
13) Equal Remuneration Act, 1976 – It provides for payment of equal remuneration to both
men and women workers for same work or work of a similar nature. It also prevents
discrimination on the ground of sex, against women in recruitment and service conditions.
14) Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act,
2013 – The Act provides protection to women from sexual harassment at all workplaces
both in public and private sector, whether organised or unorganized.
15) Pre-conception and Pre-natal Diagnostic Techniques (Prohibition of Sex Selection) Act,
1994 – The Act prohibits sex selection before or after conception and prevents the misuse
of prenatal diagnostic techniques for sex determination leading to female foeticide.

Student Notes:
Domestic Violence
Recently, the UN Secretary-General appealed to governments to pay attention to and prevent a
“horrifying global surge in domestic violence” over the last few weeks amid lockdown measures
imposed by several countries to tackle the Covid-19 pandemic. Fueled by mandatory stay-at-home
rules, social distancing, economic uncertainties and anxieties caused by the coronavirus pandemic,
Domestic Violence has increased globally.
Domestic violence is one of the most common forms of gender-based violence experienced by women
across the world. Domestic violence results into violation of human rights and economic costs. It leads
to both short term and long-term detrimental effects on the health and welfare of women and their
children. Living with constant threat of domestic violence is, as considered by experts, acts as a source
of disempowerment of women.
Causes of Domestic Violence
• Patriarchy: Some people with very traditional beliefs may think they have the right to control their
partner, and that women aren’t equal to men. According to NFHS data 42% of the surveyed men
think there is at least one valid reason for wife-beating.
• Societal influence: Some abusers learn violent behavior from their family, people in their
community and other cultural influences as they grow up. Boys who learn that women are not to
be valued or respected and who see violence directed against women are more likely to abuse
women when they grow up. Girls who witness domestic violence in their families of origin are
more likely to be victimized by their own husbands.
• Economic causes: Unemployment, alcohol and drugs may also contribute to violent behavior.
• Socio-Cultural: Dowry related deaths and honour killings is also a reality that testifies domestic
violence.
• Individual factor: Some abusers may feel this need to control their partner because of low self-
esteem, extreme jealousy, difficulties in regulating anger and other strong emotions, or when they
feel inferior to the other partner in education and socioeconomic background.
Criticism of the Domestic Violence Act:
• Gender biased- There are increasing number of false cases
• Verbal abuse and mental harassment are open to subjective interpretation- this is being misused
• Lack of awareness, especially in rural areas
• Insensitivity of male police officers, judicial magistrates during hearing
• Absence of economic, psychological and support system for victim women
• Excludes marital rape
• Insufficient budgetary allocation to states: states could not assign 'Protection officers'
Way forward:
• Media can sensitize the public against gender-based violence, publicise resources and services
available and encourage the equitable sharing of domestic tasks at home.
• Increase resourcing for NGOs that respond to domestic violence and aid — including shelter,
counselling, and legal aid — to survivors, and promote those that remain open.
• Ensure women’s timely access to necessary and comprehensive sexual and reproductive health
services during the crisis, such as maternal health services, safe abortion etc.
• Finally, the perpetrators of domestic violence must be brought to trial and repeated offenders
must be dealt with strictly as per the provisions of law.
5.3. National Policy for Women

5.3.1. National Policy for Empowerment of Women, 2001
Goal and Objectives
The goal of this Policy is to bring about the advancement, development and empowerment of
women. The Policy will be widely disseminated so as to encourage active participation of all
stakeholders for achieving its goals. Specifically, the objectives of this Policy include:

a. Creating an environment through positive economic and social policies for full development Student Notes:
of women to enable them to realize their full potential.
b. De-jure and de-facto enjoyment of all human rights and fundamental freedom by women
on equal basis with men in all spheres – political, economic, social, cultural and civil.
c. Equal access to participation and decision making of women in social, political and
economic life of the nation.
d. Equal access to women to health care, quality education at all levels, career and vocational
guidance, employment, equal remuneration, occupational health and safety, social security
and public office etc.
e. Strengthening legal systems aimed at elimination of all forms of discrimination against
women.
f. Changing societal attitudes and community practices by active participation and
involvement of both men and women.
g. Mainstreaming a gender perspective in the development process.
h. Elimination of discrimination and all forms of violence against women and the girl child.
i. Building and strengthening partnerships with civil society, particularly women’s
organizations
National Mission for Empowerment of Women (NMEW)

It was launched by the Government of India in 2010. The main aim is to strengthen overall processes
that promote all-round development of women. Key strategies included:
• inter-sector convergence of schemes for women to facilitate the process of coordinating all the
women’s welfare and socio-economic development programmes across ministries and
departments
• Strengthening institutional framework for greater efficiency in support to women
5.3.2. Draft National Policy for Women 2016

There is need to formulate a new policy that can guide the transformative shift required for
making gender rights a reality, addressing women’s issues in all its facets, capturing emerging
challenges and ultimately positioning women as equal partners of sustained development
progress that India is experiencing presently.
VISION: A society in which, women attain their full potential and are able to participate as
equal partners in all spheres of life and influence the process of social change.
MISSION: To create an effective framework to enable the process of developing policies,
programmes and practices which will ensure equal rights and opportunities for women in the
family, community, workplace and in governance.
PRIORITY AREAS:
A. Health including food security and nutrition:
• Bring down the high rates of MMR and IMR
• Focus on recognizing women’s reproductive rights, shifting family planning focus also to
males
• Address health care challenges related to nutrition/sexual and reproductive health/
hygiene of adolescents
• Expansion of health insurance schemes
• Nutritious and safe food through PDS for households especially the unreached women
and children with high nutritional vulnerabilities.
A. Education:
• Improve access to pre-primary and primary education
• Improve enrolment and retention of adolescent girls
• Encouraging the enrolment of women in professional/scientific courses, by provision of
financial assistance, coaching, hostels, child care etc.

B. Economy: Student Notes:
• Increasing the participation of women in the workforce
• Addressing gender wage gap across rural and urban, agricultural and non-agricultural
jobs, regular and casual employment
• Universalisation of financial inclusion of women
• Recognizing women’s unpaid work in terms of economic and societal value
• Addressing new challenges such as inter-state migration, changing labour markets,
meeting aspirations of the growing literate women workforce, and rapidly changing
technology for women in labour force
• Prioritize women in government land redistribution, incentivising women farmers’
collective farming enterprises
• Skill development and training for women, entrepreneurial development, review of
labour laws and policies
• Equal employment opportunities with appropriate benefits related to maternity and
child care services, address technological needs of women
• Mechanism for monitoring the compliance of mandatory laws like Maternity Benefit
Act and Sexual Harassment of Women at Work Place Act.
C. Governance and Decision Making:
• Increasing women’s participation in all the three branches of the government,
administration, civil services, trade unions, political parties, interest groups,
professional associations, and businesses/private sector.
D. Violence against Women:
• Address all forms of violence against women through a life cycle approach, starting
from sex selective termination of pregnancy, denial of education, child marriage to
violence faced by women in private sphere of home, public spaces and at workplace
• Improve Child Sex Ratio (CSR) through effective implementation of PCPNDT Act, 1994,
and advocacy through awareness and sensitisation
• Prevention of trafficking at source, transit and destination areas
• Strict monitoring of response of enforcement agencies to violence against women.
E. Enabling Environment:
• Gender perspective in housing and include safe and gender sensitive infrastructure and
facilities
• Adequate and affordable housing and accommodation to women
• Ensure safe drinking water and sanitation, increase the running water facilities in
schools to improve menstrual hygiene among adolescent girls
• Gender parity in the mass media and sports, gender sensitisation and non-
discrimination in portrayal of women, gender parity in induction of sportswomen and
trainers
• Efforts towards strengthening social security and support services for all women
especially the vulnerable, marginalized, migrant and single women.
F. Environment and Climate Change:
• Address gender concerns during distress migration and displacement in times of natural
calamities due to climate change and environmental degradation
• Promotion of environment-friendly, renewable, non–conventional energy, green energy
sources for women in rural households.
5.4. International Initiatives for Women

India is also a signatory to a number of UN Conventions, primarily Convention on Elimination of
all Forms of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW), Beijing Platform for Action and
Convention on Rights of the Child where the commitment of the nation to protect and
empower its women and girls is quite pronounced. The recent endorsement by India, of the
ambitious 2030 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) will further change the course of

development by addressing the key challenges such as poverty, inequality, and violence against Student Notes:
women, which is critical for the global success of the goals as well.
2020 marks the commemoration of landmark international agreements: 40+ years of the
Convention on Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW, 1979), 25+
years since the International Conference on Population and Development (ICPD, 1994) and the
25th anniversary of the Beijing Declaration (1995). These agreements strongly underscore that
women’s rights are essential to the full realisation of human rights and sustainable
development.
6. An Analysis of Women’s Current Situation in India

6.1. Women’s Issues: A Manifestation
Nearly a decade and half has passed since the National Policy for the Empowerment of Women
(NPEW), 2001 was formulated, which laid down a comprehensive progressive policy for the
advancement, development and empowerment of women. Changes in global technology and
information systems have brought forth fresh opportunities and possibilities for women’s
empowerment while at the same time presenting new and emerging challenges which along
with persisting socio-economic problems continue to hinder gender equality and holistic
empowerment of women. Further, the deep-rooted patriarchal social constructs position
women in disempowered social and economic hierarchies that impede in realization of their
rights.
Several paradoxical trends have been observed in the past few years:
• growing acknowledgement of gender rights and equality is juxtaposed against increase in
reporting of various forms of violence against women such as rape, trafficking, dowry etc.;
• expansion of new work opportunities for women alongside continued weak bargaining
power in the labour market;
• increasing number of educated, aspiring career women entering the work place, while large
sections of women are still in the low paid informal sector;
• feminisation of agriculture and growing number of women farmers raises the larger issue of
gender entitlements to land and assets ownership;
• high Maternal Mortality Ratio (MMR), Infant Mortality Rate (IMR), malnutrition and
anaemia and lack of geriatric care and support;
• growing urbanisation and resultant migration of women in relation to the availability of safe
spaces and social security net for vulnerable women;
• women have been sidelined in debates about managing climate change and environmental
resources;
• misuse of rapid advances in Information Technology (IT) and telephony has resulted in new
and varied forms of sexual abuse such as cybercrimes and harassment of women through
mobiles and internet.
Issues and Problems faced by Women in India

There are various issues and problems which women generally face in the society in India. Some of the
problems are mentioned and described below:
• Selective abortion and female infanticide: The most common practice for years in India in which
abortion of female fetus is performed in the womb of mother after the fetal sex determination and
sex selective abortion by the medical professionals.
• Sexual harassment: It is the form of sexual exploitation of a girl child at home, streets, public
places, transports, offices, etc. by the family members, neighbors, friends or relatives.
• Dowry and Bride burning: It is another problem generally faced by women of low- or middle-class
family during or after the marriage. Indian National Crime Bureau reports the number of cases filed
under the Dowry Prohibition Act witnessed a rise from 690 in 2018 to 739 in 2019. The number had
stood at 727 in 2017. The number of dowry deaths saw a jump from 48 in 2018 to 52 in 2019.

• Disparity in education: The level of women education is less than men still in the modern age. Student Notes:
Female illiteracy is higher in the rural areas where over 63% or more women remain unlettered.
• Domestic violence: It is like endemic and widespread disease affects almost 70% of Indian women
according to the women and child development official. It is performed by the husband, relative or
other family member.
• Child Marriages: Early marriage of the girls by their parents in order to be escaped from dowry. It is
highly practiced in the rural India.
• Inadequate Nutrition: Inadequate nutrition in the childhood affects women in their later life
especially women belonging to the lower middle class and poor families.
• Low status in the family: It is the abuse or violence against women whereby women are
considered as inferior to men.
• Status of widows: Widows are considered as worthless in the Indian society. They are treated
poorly and forced to wear white clothes.
Older Women Issues
By 2050, women over 60 years would exceed the number of elderly men by 18.4 million, which would
result in a unique characteristic of ‘feminisation’ of the elderly population in India. Ageing women are
more likely to get excluded from social security schemes due to lower literacy and awareness levels.
Challenges of health security get aggravated by the fact that elderly women often tend to underplay
their ailments. Pre-occupation with nursing an ailing spouse, lack of awareness, nutritional deficiencies
or simply neglect are some of the reasons that often take an adverse toll on their health. The reach of
old-age pension schemes and widow pension schemes is very limited even among BPL families and
widowed women who have no other source of income.
6.2.1. Economic Empowerment of Women

In 1990, India’s FLFP was 30.3%. By 2019, it had declined to 20.5% , according to the World
Bank. While the men’s labor force participation rate slightly decreased over time, too, it is four
times that of women at 76.08% in 2019.
WOMEN AND POVERTY ERADICATION:
In India, the poverty rate for women aged 25 to 34 is estimated to be 12% in 2020, equivalent
to around 13.4 million women aged 25 to 34 living in extreme poverty. By 2021, the poverty
rate of women aged 25-34 is expected to increase to 14% bringing the total count to 15.2
million. Poverty Eradication: Since women comprise the majority of the population below the
poverty line and are very often in situations of extreme poverty, given the harsh realities of
intra-household and social discrimination, macro-economic policies and poverty eradication
programmes will specifically address the needs and problems of such women.
WOMEN AND AGRICULTURE:
According to the Economic Survey 2017-18, a rise in migration of men from rural to urban areas
has resulted in feminization of agriculture. Agriculture, contributing around 16% of the GDP, is
increasingly becoming a female activity. As per the 10th Agriculture Census (2015-16), the
percentage of female operational holdings in the country have increased from about 13%
percent during 2010-11 to around 14% during 2015-16. Agriculture sector employs 80% of all
economically active women; they comprise 33% of the agricultural labour force and 48% of self-
employed farmers. About 18% of the farm families in India, according to NSSO Reports are
headed by women.
Gender equity is an important concern for sustainable agricultural development. With
increasing feminization of agriculture and the critical role of women in the agriculture and
allied sectors, as producers, concentrated efforts will be made to ensure that benefits of
training, extension and various programmes will reach them in proportion to their numbers.
The programmes for training women in soil conservation, social forestry, dairy development
and other occupations allied to agriculture like horticulture, livestock including small animal
husbandry, poultry, fisheries etc. will be expanded to benefit women workers in the agriculture
sector.

WOMEN AND INDUSTRY: Student Notes:
The important role played by women in electronics, information technology and food
processing and agro industry and textiles has been crucial to the development of these sectors.
They would be given comprehensive support in terms of labour legislation, social security and
other support services to participate in various industrial sectors.
Support Services: The provision of support services for women, like child care facilities,
including crèches at work places and educational institutions, homes for the aged and the
disabled will be expanded and improved to create an enabling environment and to ensure their
full cooperation in social, political and economic life. Women-friendly personnel policies will
also be drawn up to encourage women to participate effectively in the developmental process.
6.2.2. Social Empowerment of Women
WOMEN AND EDUCATION ATTAINMENT:
1. Among females, the median number of years of schooling increased from 1.9 years in
NHFS-3 (2005-06) to 4.4 years in NHFS-4 (2015-16). Over the same period, the percentage
of females with no schooling decreased from 42% to 31%. There is almost no difference in
school attendance by males and females at age 6-14, but males are more likely than
females to attend school at age 15-17 (67% versus 60%).
2. Gender Parity Index (GPI) for the Net Attendance Ratio is 0.98 at the primary school level
and 0.96 at the secondary school level. This indicates that there is relatively little difference
in overall school attendance by school-age girls and boys at either the primary or secondary
school level.
Equal access to education for women and girls should be ensured. Special measures will be
taken to eliminate discrimination, universalize education, eradicate illiteracy, create a gender-
sensitive educational system, increase enrolment and retention rates of girls and improve the
quality of education to facilitate life-long learning. Promotion of skill development, vocational
training and life skills as a part of the secondary school education curriculum for adolescent
girls and young women should also be given importance.
WOMEN AND HEALTH:
1. According to NFHS-IV, female sterilization is still the most popular contraceptive method,
used by 36% of currently married women.
2. The sex ratio improved from 914 to 919 at the national level over the last decade, with the
top three states being Kerala (1,047), Meghalaya (1,009) and Chhattisgarh (977).
3. Female child mortality (neo-natal, infant, under-5) is lower than male child.
4. About two-thirds (67%) of women report at least one problem for themselves in obtaining
medical care – money, distance to health facility, transport.
5. The proportion of women (aged 15-49) who received antenatal care rose from 80% in 2005-
06 to 84% in 2015-16. Deliveries at health facilities has increased from 39% to 79%.
6. The total fertility rates range from 1.2 in Sikkim to 3.4 in Bihar. All states except Bihar,
Madhya Pradesh and Meghalaya have either achieved or maintained replacement level of
fertility.
7. Though anaemia has declined, it still remains widespread. The prevalence of anaemia
among women aged 15 to 49 years is 53% and among adolescent girls aged 15-19 years is
54%.
8. Women are at high risk for nutritional deficiencies in all the stages of their life cycle.
9. Over two-thirds of households in every State/UT have access to an improved source of
drinking water.
10. More than 50% of households have access to improved sanitation facilities in all states/UTs
except Bihar and Madhya Pradesh.

A holistic approach to women’s health which includes both nutrition and health services should Student Notes:
be adopted and special attention will be given to the needs of women and the girl at all stages
of the life cycle. The reduction of infant mortality and maternal mortality, which are sensitive
indicators of human development, is a priority concern. Measures should be adopted that take
into account the reproductive rights of women to enable them to exercise informed choices,
their vulnerability to sexual and health problems.
• A gender transformative health strategy which recognises women’s reproductive rights with
shifts such as family planning focus from female sterilisation to male sterilisation should be
developed and implemented.
• In view of the high risk of malnutrition and disease that women face at all the three critical
stages viz., infancy and childhood, adolescent and reproductive phase, focused attention
would be paid to meeting the nutritional needs of women at all stages of the life cycle.
• Special attention will be given to the needs of women in the provision of safe drinking
water, sewage disposal, toilet facilities and sanitation within accessible reach of
households, especially in rural areas and urban slums.
WOMEN AND VIOLENCE:
The National Family Health Survey-4 (2015-16) (NFHS-4) suggests that 30% women in India in
the age group of 15-49 have experienced physical violence.
• The report suggested that among married women experiencing physical, sexual or
emotional violence, an alarming 83% claimed that their husbands were the main
perpetrators of such forms of abuse, followed by abuse from the mothers, fathers and
siblings of the husbands.
• The major crimes reported by women in India are — cruelty by husband or relatives, assault
on women with intent to outrage her modesty — kidnapping and abductions and rape.
All forms of violence against women, physical and mental, whether at domestic or societal
levels, including those arising from customs, traditions or accepted practices shall be dealt with
effectively with a view to eliminate its incidence. Institutions and mechanisms/schemes for
assistance will be created and strengthened for prevention of such violence, including sexual
harassment at work place and customs like dowry; for the rehabilitation of the victims of
violence and for taking effective action against the perpetrators of such violence. A special
emphasis will also be laid on programmes and measures to deal with trafficking in women and
girls.
WOMEN AND ENVIRONMENT:
As women are highly affected by climate change, environmental degradation, distress migration
and displacement in times of natural calamities, policies and programmes for environment,
conservation and restoration will compulsorily incorporate gender concerns. An integral part of
this discourse will be to enable equitable ownership control and use of natural resources and
secure the asset base of marginalised poor women to counter poverty and climate shocks.
The current status of women with respect to human development parameters, legal rights for
women to life and freedom from violence, economic and social discrimination and their rights
to equality and equity shows that a lot still remains to be done. It is necessary therefore, to
reinforce the rights-based approach for creating an enabling environment in which women can
enjoy their rights.
Marital Rape Debate

Autonomy of women in control over decision making freedom in sexual relations, freedom of
movement and women's attitude towards wife-beating are considered as indicators of women
empowerment by the experts. Autonomy of women in refusing sexual intercourse with their husbands
is a very forceful expression of women's control over their sexuality and control over one’s sexual life is
integral to women’s well-being and autonomy.

Why marital rape must be a crime? Student Notes:
Justice JS Verma committee, which recommended sweeping changes in the law relating to offences
against women, called for marital rape to be made an offence.
• Arguments against making it a crime: There is too little education and too many customs and
beliefs in the Indian society
• The present Indian law exempts non-consensual sex between a husband and wife, not being less
than 15 years of age, from being charged with rape. However, by another provision it makes rape of
a wife who is living separately a criminal offence.
• The age limit of 15 years above which marital rape is not an offence is inherently problematic, as
normally sex with a girl up to the age of 18 is an offence regardless of consent.
• The exemption given to marital rape, as Justice Verma noted, “stems from a long out-dated notion
of marriage which regarded wives as no more than the property of their husbands”. Marital rape
ought to be a crime and not a concept.
• There will be objections such as a perceived threat to the integrity of the marital union and the
possibility of misuse of the penal provisions. It is not really true that the private or domestic
domain has always been outside the purview of law. The law against domestic violence already
covers both physical and sexual abuse as grounds for the legal system to intervene.
• It is difficult to argue that a complaint of marital rape will ruin a marriage, while a complaint of
domestic violence against a spouse will not. It has long been time to jettison the notion of ‘implied
consent’ in marriage. The law must uphold the bodily autonomy of all women, irrespective of their
marital status.
7. Government Response
7.1. Institutional Mechanisms:
1) Central Social Welfare Board - It was established in 1953 to carry out welfare activities for
promoting voluntarism, providing technical and financial assistance to voluntary
organisations for the general welfare of family, women and children. The objective of
setting up Central Social Welfare Board was to work as a link between the government and
the people. The Central Social Welfare Board obtained its legal status in 1969. It was
registered under section 25 of the Indian Companies Act, 1956.
The scheme of Family Counselling Centre (FCC) was introduced by the CSWB in 1983. The
scheme provides counselling, referral and rehabilitative services to women and children
who are the victims of atrocities, family maladjustments and social ostracism and crisis
intervention and trauma counselling in case of natural/ manmade disasters. Working on the
concept of people’s participation, FCCs work in close collaboration with the Local
Administration, Police, Courts, Free Legal Aid Cells, Medical and Psychiatric Institutions,
Vocational Training Centres and Short Stay Homes.
2) National Commission for Women (NCW) - The National Commission for Women was set up
as statutory body in 1992 under the National Commission for Women Act, 1990 to:
• Protect and promote the interest and safeguard the right of women.
• Study all matters related to constitutional and legal safeguards provided for women, to
review existing legislation and suggest amendments if necessary.
• Look into the complaints and take notice of the cases involving deprivation of women
and provide support legal or otherwise to helpless and needy women.
• Recommended the governmentto play an active role by incorporating a component of
organizing in all govt. schemes, project etc. for the poor, to promote organization of
women at a broader level.
Major functions of NCW include:
• To investigating and examining all the matters relating to the safeguards which women are
provided under the Constitution
• To make recommendations for effective implementation of safeguards to the central as well
as state governments

• To review the legislations related to women, and points out the shortcomings Student Notes:
• To enquire into complaints, and can take suo moto action in such cases
• To inspect any jail, remand home, women’s institution or other place of custody where
women are kept as prisoners
• To work towards women rights and women empowerment
Powers of NCW:
• It is vested with the power to regulate its own procedure.
• The Commission, while investigating any matter or inquiring into any complaint, has all the
powers of a civil court trying a suit and in particular in respect of the following matters:
o Summoning and enforcing the attendance of any person from any part of India and
examining him on oath
o Requiring the discovery and production of any document
o Receiving evidence on affidavits
o Requisitioning any public record from any court or office
o Issuing a summons for the examination of witnesses and documents; and
o Any other matter which the President may determine
National Commission for Women: A toothless tiger?

NCW has always made recommendations and acted on various issues that have made an impact on the
status of women.
• NCW attaches great efforts which trigger change in societal attitude towards women through a
partnership approach.
• It organises training programs on gender issues in order to be more effective in pursuing the goals
of gender justice and development of women
• It can take suo moto action against any individual, organization, agency or anybody that indulges in
derogatory practices against women.
• It has established different cells for the betterment of women in the society,
• NCW has also been instrumental in introducing fresh ideas, innovative models, training packages
and models for speedy justice for women.
But the NCW has not been able to play a very effective role. This can be clearly seen by the slow
improvement in the status of women in India, and also the increasing cases of violence against women.
Issues:
• The Commission lacks autonomy and in the performance of its role has been restricted by its
institutional design.
• NCW Act makes it mandatory for the governments to involve the Commission in the policymaking
process and take action on the recommendations of the Commission. But hardly on any issues is
the NCW consulted.
• There is also a problem with the composition of the Commission. Most of the members are either
ill-informed or uninformed about the issues concerning women.
• Complaint redressal and counselling work of the Commission has not been much success.
• The Commission has often been alleged of red-tapism, callousness and laidback attitude in case of
investigating crimes and atrocities against the rural women.
Some of the reasons for this are:
• The financial assistance provided to the commission is less to cater to its needs, and to fulfill its
mandate
• The members are appointed by the government, and this is a major shortcoming, as the
commission cannot select its own members
• The recommendations of the commission are not mandatory; therefore, the NCW lacks any
concrete legislative power. Recommendations of the commission are not binding on the
government
All these reasons have led the commission to be more of a toothless tiger.

3) National Institute of Public Cooperation and Child Development (NIPCCD) - It is an Student Notes:
autonomous organization under the aegis of Ministry of Women and Child Development
(MWCD). Its objective is to:
• Develop and promote voluntary action in social development through training &
capacity building of government and non-government functionaries
• Take a comprehensive view of women and child development & develop and promote
programs in pursuance of national policy of children.
• Develop measures for coordination of governmental and voluntary action in social
development.
4) Rashtriya Mahila Kosh (RMK) - It was established by the Government of India in March,
1993 as an autonomous body under the Ministry of Women & Child Development. It was
registered under the Societies Registration Act 1860. The operating model currently
followed by RMK is that of a facilitating agency wherein RMK provides loans to NGO-MFIs
termed as Intermediary Organizations (IMO) which on-lend to Self Help Groups (SHGs) of
women. In addition, RMK also has appointed nodal agencies and franchisees for furthering
of its objectives of reaching out to the women beneficiaries with easy access of micro credit
for income generating activities.
7.2. Women Empowerment Programs/Schemes by Government of

India
To mainstream women and make women active agents of change in the society so as to achieve
the Gender equality (SDG-5), the Government of India has initiated several programmes for all-
round development of women – economic empowerment, healthcare facilities, safety,
education, skilling and training, etc.
7.2.1. Initiatives to Improve Female Work Participation
• Safety of Women at Workplace: The Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace
(Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013 covers all women, irrespective of their
age or employment status and protects them against sexual harassment at all workplaces
both in public and private sector, whether organized or unorganized.
• Working Women Hostel: To promote availability of safe and conveniently located
accommodation for working women, with day care facility for their children, wherever
possible, in urban, semi urban, or even rural areas where employment opportunities for
women exist.
• Provision of safe and affordable accommodation: To provide safe and affordable
accommodation to working women, Working Women Hostels have been established
• Female Entrepreneurship: To promote female entrepreneurship, the Government has
initiated schemes like MUDRA, Stand Up India and Mahila e-Haat.
• Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana (MUDRA): It extends a reduction of 25bps in its interest
rates to MFIs / NBFCs, who are providing loans to women entrepreneurs.
• Stand Up India Scheme: It aims at promoting entrepreneurship among women and
scheduled castes and tribes.
• Mahila E-Haat: It’s an online marketing platform for women and women SHGs.
• Rashtriya Mahila Kosh provides micro-credit at concessional terms to poor women for
various livelihood and income generating activities.
• Prime Minister’s Employment Generation Programme (PMEGP): Women entrepreneurs
are provided 25% and 35% subsidies for the project set up in urban and rural areas
respectively.
• Deendayal Antyodaya Yojana- National Rural Livelihoods Mission (DAY-NRLM) seeks to
reach out to 8-9 crore rural poor households and organize one-woman member from each
household into affinity-based women SHGs and federations at village and at higher levels.

• NRLM, through Mahila Kisan Sashaktikaran Pariyojana (MKSP), is promoting and Student Notes:
facilitating scaling-up successful, small-scale projects that enhance women’s participation
and productivity in agriculture and allied activities.
• Paramparagat Krishi Vikas Yojana - At least 30% of the budget allocations need to be
earmarked for women beneficiaries/ farmers.
• Swayatt is an initiative to promote Start-ups, Women and Youth Advantage through e-
transactions on Government e Marketplace (GeM).
• Stree Swabhiman: Sanitary napkin micro manufacturing units are being set up at CSCs
across India, particularly those operated by women entrepreneurs.
• Nai Roshni: Economic empowerment and instilling confidence among minority women.
7.2.2. Initiatives to Improve Health of Women
• National Health Mission (NHM): It focuses on Health System Strengthening, Reproductive
Maternal-Neonatal-Child and Adolescent Health (RMNCH+A) and Communicable and
Noncommunicable Diseases.
• Janani Suraksha Yojana (JSY): It is under the National Rural Health Mission (NRHM) and is a
centrally sponsored scheme. It aims at reducing maternal and infant mortality by promoting
institutional delivery among pregnant women.
• Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS): Sub-Schemes under Umbrella ICDS
o Anganwadi Services – It is for holistic development of children under the age of 6 year
and pregnant and lactating women.
o National Crèche Services – It aims to provide a safe place for children of working
mothers while they are at work thus, empowering them to take up employment.
o Pradhan Mantri Matru Vandana Yojana – Providing partial compensation for the wage
loss in terms of cash incentives so that the woman can take adequate rest before and
after delivery of the first living child.
o Poshan Abhiyan – To reduce stunting, undernutrition, low birth weight, and anaemia
among children and women/adolescent girls.
• Pradhan Mantri Ujjwala Yojana (PMUY): To provide 8 Crore deposit free LPG connections
to women from BPL Households.
• Beti Bachao Beti Padhao (BBBP): Joint Initiative of Ministry of Women and Child
Development, Ministry of Health and Family Welfare and Ministry of Human Resource
Development to prevent gender biased sex selective elimination, ensure survival and
protection of the girl child, ensure education and participation of the girl child.
7.2.3. Initiatives for Education, Skilling and Training of Women
• National Policy for Skill Development and Entrepreneurship 2015: For training and skill
upgradation of women in traditional, new and emerging areas to promote women
employment in both organized /unorganized sectors.
• Deen Dayal Upadhyaya Grameen Kaushalya Yojana: To bridge the skill gap that prevents
India’s rural poor from competing in the modern market. Mandatory coverage of socially
disadvantaged groups (SC/ST 50%; Minority 15%; Women 33%).
• Vigyan Jyoti: To encourage the women to pursue science and to create a level-playing field
for the meritorious girls in high school to pursue Science, Technology, Engineering, and
Mathematics (STEM) in their higher education.
• Support to Training and Employment Programme for Women (STEP) - MWCD launched
this program in the year 1986, for training and employment for women below poverty line
in traditional sectors like agriculture, small animal husbandry, dairying, fisheries etc. where
women are employed on a large scale. Its basic aim is to upgrade skills of women for self
and wage employment.
• Sukanya Samruddhi Yojana: To motivate parents to open an account in the name of a girl
child to meet the requirement of higher education expense.

• Pradhan Mantri Mahila Shakti Kendra (PMMSK): Sub-scheme under the Umbrella Scheme Student Notes:
Pradhan Mantri Mahila ShashaktikaranYojana (PMMSY) to provides an interface for rural
women to approach the government for availing their entitlements and for empowering
them through training and capacity building.
• Project Cyber Shikshaa: Microsoft & Data Security Council of India (DSCI) in association
with MeitY have launched it for skilling women engineering graduates in the niche field of
Cyber Security.
• NARI portal: To serve as a single window access to information and services on various
women centric schemes/legislation.
7.2.4. Initiatives for Safety of Women
• Nirbhaya Fund: A dedicated non-lapsable corpus fund for implementation of initiatives
aimed at enhancing the safety and security of women in the country.
• Sexual Harassment electronic–Box (SHe-Box): An online complaint management system for
registering complaints related to sexual harassment at the workplace by women, including
government and private employees. Once a complaint is submitted to the SHe-Box portal, it
directly reaches the concerned authority having jurisdiction to take action in the matter.
• Swadhar Greh: This scheme aims to provide basic necessities to marginalised women and
girls who are living in difficult circumstances without any economic or social support. Under
this scheme women are provided with emotional support and counselling. The target group
is mainly women who are victim of violence or survivors of natural disaster, trafficked
women, and women without no families.
• Sakhi One Stop Centre (OSC): To facilitate access to an integrated range of services
including police, medical, legal, psychological support and temporary shelter to women
affected by violence.
• Women Helpline Scheme: To provide 24-hour emergency and non-emergency response to
women affected by violence including sexual offences and harassment both in public and
private sphere, including e family, community, workplace, etc.
• UJJAWALA: For the prevention of trafficking and providing support for rescue,
rehabilitation, reintegration and repatriation of women and child victims of trafficking for
commercial sexual exploitation in India. The Scheme is being implemented mainly through
NGOs to provide direct aid and benefit to the victims of trafficking.
• Cyber Crime Prevention against Women and Children (CCPWC): An online cybercrime
reporting portal launched to enable public to report complaints pertaining to child
pornography/ child sexual abuse material, rape/gang rape imageries or sexually explicit
content.
Investment in basic social infrastructure and services such as education, health, food security
and nutrition, social protection, legal empowerment and poverty alleviation programs, will
continue to be of paramount importance.
8. Conclusion
Empowerment of women is a socio-political ideal envisioned in relation to the wider
framework of women’s rights. It is a process that leads women to realise their full potential,
their rights to have access to opportunities, resources and choices with the freedom of decision
making both within and outside home. Empowerment would be achieved only when
advancement in the conditions of women is accompanied by their ability to influence the
direction of social change gained through equal opportunities in economic, social and political
spheres of life
Looking back at the last four decades we can say with a fair amount of certainty that women’s
position in Indian society has changed. This change has been to women’s advantage. There has
no doubt been a wider recognition of women’s rights, several steps taken towards equality
among genders, a greater sensitivity towards gender discrimination, etc.

The women’s movement comprising of autonomous women’s organisations, other women’s Student Notes:
groups, women’s studies centres, etc., have played no small role in the bringing about of this
change. Despite the current fragmentation, women’s groups have come together with one
concerted voice on certain issues such as violence, health, employment conditions including
wages, legal rights and law reform. The issues today are sexual harassment at the work place,
the violence of development, caste and communal violence, lobbying for increased political
participation of women in the highest levels of decision-making, etc. However, this change has
been at a gradual pace and has even affected certain sections more than others leaving yet
much to be desired.
Women empowerment in India is heavily dependent on many different variables that include
geographical location (rural/urban), educational status, social status (caste and class) and age.
Policies on women empowerment exist at national, state and local levels in many sectors
including health, education, economic opportunities, gender-based violence and political
participation. The scope and coverage of the schemes launched has been expanding that
include initiatives for economic and social empowerment of women and for securing gender
equality.
Way Forward
• An integrated approach is needed along with women-centric policy making where women
are not treated as passive beneficiaries but are seen as potential contributors to society.
• The political landscape and structures should facilitate women’s participation as both voters
and representatives.
• Along with legislations like the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention,
Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013, Maternity Benefit Act, social sensitization towards
the issues of women is important.
• Measures for increasing education levels should be balanced with the creation of jobs, the
development of responsible and sensitive workplaces, along with a positive change in the
stereotypical gender roles.
• India has shown a dedicated will to bring changes by pledging to achieve the Sustainable
Development Goals which include ideals of gender justice and women empowerment.
• Only with constructive planning and comprehensive changes at various levels of society can
the new emerging ‘women’ be able to realize her complete potential in India.

1. “Empowering women is the key to control population growth”. Discuss (2019)
2. What are the continued challenges for women in India against time and space? (2019)
3. ‘Women’s movement in India has not addressed the issues of women of lower social
strata. Substantiate your view. (2018)
4. How do you explain the statistics that show that the sex ratio in Tribes in India is more
favourable to women than the sex ratio among Scheduled Castes? (2015)
5. How does patriarchy impact the position of a middle-class working woman in India?
(2014)
6. Discuss the various economic and socio-cultural forces that are driving increasing
feminization of agriculture in India. (2014)
7. Why do some of the most prosperous regions of India have an adverse sex ratio for
women? Give your arguments. (2014)
8. Male membership needs to be encouraged in order to make women’s organization free
from gender bias. Comment. (2013)

1. Gender inequality is not a homogenous phenomenon but a collection of disparate

and interlinked problems. Discuss.
Approach:
• Beginning with an brief introduction of gender inequality the answer should explain
the various strands of gender inequality.
• Explore the interconnections between the inequality and its all-pervasive impact
including on Men, overall economy and society.
• Conclude by emphasizing on the need of taking a plural view of gender inequality.
Answer:
Gender inequality refers to unequal treatment or perceptions of individuals based on
their gender. It can persists in multiple forms and has all pervasive effects.
According to the formulation offered by Amartya Sen:
• The preference for boys over girls is reflective in Natality inequality and Mortality
inequality.
• Basic facility and Special opportunity inequality manifests in in health, education
and professional training.
• Professional inequality emerges via differential wages and quality of work.
• The Ownership inequality prevails via absence of claims to property by females.
• Household inequality, in terms of sharing the burden of housework and child care
along with derivative inequalities in employment and recognition outside.
The Global Gender Gap Index score published by the World Economic Forum for each
nation every year focuses on the relative gap between men and women in four
fundamental categories - economic participation, educational attainment, health and
survival, and political empowerment. Similarly, the Gender Inequality Index of the
UNDP, which captures the loss of achievement within a country due to gender
inequality, uses three dimensions: reproductive health, empowerment, and labor
market participation.
The effects of gender inequality, though primarily seen through the prism of
discrimination against women, can impoverish the lives of men as well. Gender
inequality hurts the interests not only of girls and grown-up women, but also of boys
and men, through biological connections. For instance The neglect of the care of girls
and of women in general would tend to yield more maternal undernourishment, and
through that more foetal deprivation and distress, underweight babies, and child
undernourishment. The children start deprived and stay deprived and increases
incidences of cardiovascular diseases etc. in adults.
Similarly in the sphere of economy the ill effects percolates throughout. The inherent
failure to recognize women as economic agents has economic costs. On the other hand,
financial independence allows access to greater decision making power and
opportunities According to the IMF India’s GDP can expand by 27% through gender
parity in workforce.
In the social sphere it hampers socio-economic diversification due to limited
participation. While new developments in popular culture are inhibited, cultural
stereotypes are sustained. In political sphere gender inequality undermines the
promise of democracy and good governance. True liberty and equality cannot be
achieved without addressing gender inequality.

As discussed above inequality between women and men can take very many different Student Notes:
forms. Thus the need is to take a plural view of gender inequality in order to address it
adequately.
2. Give an account of the factors which influence gender equality in basic education.
What can be done to bridge the existing gender gap in this context?
Approach:
• Give a detailed description of the factors which influence gender equality in basic
education.
• Then explain what steps should be taken to bridge the gender gap in basic
education.
Answer:
The interplay of socio-economic inequalities and gender relations creates a complex
web that impedes girl education.
Several factors are impeding the education of girls.
• Economic disparities: Below poverty line households and top quartile households
have high gender disparities.
• Social inequalities: Girls are doubly affected by the absence of effective early
childhood education programmes as they are invariably burdened with the
responsibility of caring for younger siblings.
• Distance norms go against girls as they are often not allowed to go out of the
village for schooling.
• Cultural beliefs: Norms like early marriages discourage girl education.
• Regional characteristics: Rural – urban differences in enrolment, attendance and
completion of female education.
• Poor infrastructure, teacher abseentism and over-crowded classrooms are some
other discouraging factors.
Steps to be taken to bridge Gender Gap
• Access to Education: Equitable education access to tribals, marginalized, SCs and
STs would help improve girl education in these communities.
• Better infrastructure in the schools especially toilets for girls can reduce dropout
rates.
• Technology can be used to provide better access to education through several
programmes – GIAN, SWAYAM and National Digital Library.
• Addressing the issues like working adolescents unable to access basic education
through schemes like SABLA.
• Improving teacher education programmes and increased presence of women
teachers can increase girl education rates.
• Tracking children to understand the factors that lead to increased dropout rates –
Digital Atlas by UNESCO and Ministry of Women and Child is identifying
geographical locations where gender parity index are poor.
• Policy formulation must link the local dynamics of girl child – at home, school and
community. Schemes such as “Beti Bachao, Beti Padhao” and Sukanya Samridhi
Account have been launched.
It is necessary to formulate a comprehensive policy for girls' education that goes
beyond the school years and shift the focus from mere parity to gender equality.

3. The role of women since independence has not been confined to issues of women Student Notes:
alone, rather they have played an important role in the issues related to peasants,
tribals, farmers, trade unions and environment. Discuss.
Approach:
• In a brief introduction, provide a background of women emerging as important
actors in their own right through participating in the struggles for issues related to
them.
• Following that, enumerate the examples of women’s participation in peasant,
tribal, trade union and environmental movements in which women and women
organizations played a key role.
Answer:
Dramatic changes have taken place in the legal, political, educational and social status
of women since independence. This can be largely attributed to the advocacy of
women’s issues by women’s organizations, grass roots movements as well as political
parties. Thus, women have been active participants in the movements and
organizations advocating causes linked to them.
This has further enabled them to become important participants in issues related to
various sections of society:
• Women played major role in diverse issues. In the Tebhaga peasant movement in
Bengal in 1946–47, women had organized themselves on a separate platform of the
Nari Bahini and they ran shelters and maintained lines of communication.
• In another major Communist peasant struggle of that time in the Telangana area of
Hyderabad state from 1946 to 1950, women’s participation was also quite
significant.
• Among the tribal people too women played a key role. For instance in the Shahada
tribal area of Dhulia district in Maharashtra in 1972, the movement for drought
relief and land, in which the Bhil tribal women were very prominent culminated in a
militant anti-liquor campaign
• Women were active participants in the anti-price rise movement of 1973-75 as
well as the Nav Nirman movement in Gujarat.
• The founding of a women’s wing of the Textile Labour Association (TLA), in the form
of SEWA (Self Employed Women’s Association) in Gujarat, is an important example
of women’s participation in the trade unions. SEWA took up women in the
unorganized sector who worked as vendors and hawkers and at home in the
putting-out system and organized them into a union which along with collective
bargaining provided training, credit and technical help.
• In the field of environment the role of women, was key in Chipko movement in
1974, named after the the actions of women who hugged trees in order to prevent
them from being cut down by timber contractors.
• The Bhopal Gas Peedit Mahila Udyog Sangathan played the leading role in the
effort to secure justice for the victims of the chemical gas leak in the Union Carbide
factory in Bhopal in 1984.
• In politics women have emerged as keen voter group and through one-third
reservation in panchayats they have been able to exert important influence in
governance at grass roots level.

4. Fertility rates in India are more closely related to education levels and the socio- Student Notes:
economic development within a state, than to religious beliefs. Elaborate. Enumerate
the steps that can be taken to achieve population stabilisation.
Approach:
• Introduce factors that influence fertility rates including religious, social and
economic factors
• Highlight why socio-economic realities like education impact fertility rates more
• Highlight efforts undertaken by the government and some steps that can be further
taken.
Answer:
India was the first country to start family planning in 1952, however, still it is the second
most populous country in the world. To stabilize the population growth, National
Population Policy (NPP) 2000 set the target of achieving Total Fertility Rate (TFR) of 2.1
by 2010, the target we missed. Though, TFR declined from 3.6 in 1991 to 2.3 in 2013,
India is yet to achieve replacement level of 2.1.
In spite of family planning initiatives, TFR is higher than 3 in some districts of BIMARU
states.
Socio-economic Reasons
While many may attribute such high rates of fertility in these states owing to cultural
norms and religious factors, but high incidence of birth rates are directly related to
socio-economic parameters of a community:
• High TFR rate is accompanied with high incidents of early marriage of women under
18 years of age. For example, UP and Bihar.
• High TFR rate is accompanied with low literacy rates and vice-versa. For example,
high TFR in UP and Bihar, while very low in southern states.
• High TFR rate is accompanied with high incidents of poverty, as parents see their
children as economic asset. For example, high TFR in BIMARU states.
• TFR rate is lower for women who are part of formal workforce. Even participation
of males in formal employment restricts TFR.
• Social status of females and prevalence of dowry affects the TFR. In regions where
such trend is present, parents having girl child produce more children in hope of
having boy.
• TFR rate is lower in those states where women empowerment index is relatively
higher, because it has direct bearing on reproductive decisions and use of
contraceptives. For example, lower TFR in Kerala, TN while higher in northern
states.
Steps already undertaken
• Scheme for Home delivery of contraceptives by ASHAs at doorstep of beneficiaries.
• Scheme for ASHAs to ensure spacing in births (launched in 2012), under which
ASHAs provide family planning counselling to newly married couples.
• Compensation for sterilisation has been enhanced for states with high TFR.
• Beti Bachao Beti Padhao scheme for education, growth and nurture of female child.
It would also prevent child marriages.
• Some social welfare schemes provide benefits only to two children of the family.
Way Ahead:
• Increase awareness against child marriages and enhance community participation
in preventing it.

• Provide informed reproductive services to women to restore gender balance, by Student Notes:
reforming the sterilization programs and giving more choices to women.
• Focus on women’s empowerment and women education.
• Focus on right-based approach to reproductive health to address the special and
unmet needs of women and adolescent girls.
5. In the Global Wage Report of International Labour Organisation, India has the worst
levels of gender wage disparity. Comment. Enumerate briefly the factors that
contribute to the existing gender pay gap in India.
Approach:
• Briefly state some of the findings of Global Wage Report with regard to India.
• On the basis of these facts, decipher the possible reasons which contribute to
gender pay gap in India.
• Also suggest some measures, which would help ameliorate the existing gender pay
gap.
Answer:
Gender pay gap refers to the difference in earnings between women and men in the
paid employment and labor market for the same amount of work. It is generally
expressed as a percentage of men’s earnings and is often used as a statistical tool to
measure the levels of social inclusion in a country.
As per the Global Wage Report 2016-17, India has among the worst levels of gender
wage disparity with the gap exceeding 30 per cent, which means that women are paid
30 per cent less than men in hourly wages in India in the similar job profiles.
According to the report, women in India make up 60% of the lowest earning paid wage
labour but just 15% of the highest paid wage earners. This despite the fact that the
2011 Census showed that among recent graduates in their early 20s, there are now
more female doctors and teachers than male, and there are now more female post-
graduates in non-technical fields than men.
Gender gap pay is pervasive both at the bottom as well as in the top bracket of wage-
earners. Not only women are paid less, there were fewer women in highly paid
occupations.
Factors that contribute to such high levels of gender gap in India:
• Occupational segregation
o Rate of female participation in the paid labor market is generally low, and is
primarily concentrated in rural areas in the agricultural sector towards less
productive economic activities.
• Cultural and biological barriers
o Status and caste based segregation of labour has been a common feature in
India, especially in society which scores high on patriarchy.
o Spatial movement of the women is tied up with the movement of their family
members (especially husband), which is not so much pervasive in the case of
men.
• Educational and training
o Literacy rate for women in India has been far lower than the literacy rate for
men.
o Investment in education and training has also been strongly in favor of men as
they are brought up with the expectation of being bread earners for the whole
family.

• Career choices Student Notes:
o Women tend to choose less lucrative subjects, enter lower-paying professions
and stay towards the bottom rungs of the career ladder, which negatively
affects their earnings.
o For instance, since the majority of those who studied nursing were women, this
profession is over-represented among women.
• Amount of unpaid/undervalued work
o According to a Human Development Report, women spend about two-thirds of
their working time on unpaid work, while men spend only one-fourth of their
time towards unpaid labor.
o For instance, Care work is undervalued because it may be seen as a natural
female attribute rather than a skill to be acquired.
• Ineffective implementation of laws
o Though Equal Remuneration Act (1976) was passed with the right intent of
providing equal remuneration to men and women workers in all matters
relating to employment opportunities, but it has failed to change the ground
realities even after four decades.
Equity in the gender pay can only be ensured truly by political, social and economic
empowerment of women. Various skilling initiatives like STEP (Support to Training and
Employment Programme for Women) and entrepreneurial aids such as MUDRA Yojana,
Rashtriya Mahila Kosh among others are some of steps in the right direction.
In addition to unequal pay, the unequal representation of women also needs to be
addressed since women constitute almost half the Indian population (about 48% of the
total), but their representation in the work force amounts to only about one-fourth of
the total.
This will cumulatively help realise the ideals contained in Article 39 of the Constitution
which envisages that 'states should ideally direct their policy towards securing equal
pay for equal work for both men and women' in the longer term.
6. Portrayal of stereotypical sensational images of women not only reduces their

identity to a mere object of desire but also reinforces the patriarchal structure of the
society. Discuss with examples.
Approach:
• Introduce by giving the current status of women i.e. how they are portrayed.
• With examples provide the true picture of different sectors which portray women
as commodities.
• Discuss how it reinforces patriarchy.
• Conclude by providing a solution to this problem.
Answer:
It is said that there is no tool for development more effective than the empowerment
of women but many a times this empowerment gets disguised when women are
portrayed on various forums in either of the two characters - as an object of desire or
as their all-pervasive stereotypical roles.
Literature and media are two streams which portray women in different yet similar
light. Though the recognition of women’s identity in literature and media is similar to
each other but both claim to redefine the women’s position in their own ways.
Literature promises a holistic representation of women’s self, lending them an enviable

comparable status with men. On the one hand women is portrayed as divine in our Student Notes:
classical literature, on the other hand, poets like Harivanshrai Bachchan and Mirza
Ghalib identify the romantic glory associated with women. However, media believes in
only exposing their physical domains to make them commercially viable.
Advertisements in particular reinforce this notion. For ex- deodorant ads have explicit
sexual suggestions, even ads relating to men undergarments show woman. Another
aspect of advertisements is its act of creating a world of perfection where women
remain pretty angels sans any blemishes or scars on their body. It casts precarious
psychological impact on women not being an “ideal women” created in the ads.
Hindi and particularly regional cinema also reinforces women‘s traditional role as wife
and mother mostly. The women are made to look alluring and appealing to attract
sections of the audience. Defining women as sex objects has become the leading
representation in the media. Women are presented as sexual objects to be enjoyed by
men, which in turn leads to false consciousness.
Such representations reinforce patriarchal structure in a society, in the sense that they
are believed to be less competent even after being equal or more qualified and also
less paid than their male counterparts.
This representation of women is based on the gender discrimination. Right now
dissemination of feminist sensitivity is the only remedy for effecting the desirable
change.
However, things are improving a little bit and signs of change are seen in certain recent
instances such as women march against President elect Trump for his remarks
admitting to sexual misconduct and harassment allegations against him, women in
progress ad campaign which shows independent women along with their emotional
side, example of Roshni Misbah – “hijabi biker” from delhi. All these shows a ray of
hope for a better future for women.
7. The relegation of women to private sphere of life is the main cause behind gender
inequality and exploitation in India. Discuss.
Approach:
• Give a brief introduction about gender inequality.
• Highlight the discriminatory division of labour in an inherently patriarchal society
like India that pushes women into the private spheres of life i.e.
domestic/household work.
• Discuss how this relegation leads to gender inequality and exploitation of women.
• Conclude with a brief discussion on the importance of addressing both private and
public patriarchy to achieve gender equality.
Answer:
Gender inequality signifies a form of socially constructed and predefined gender roles
that defy the notion of equal value of the roles of women and men. It has deep cultural
and historical roots in India’s socio-cultural fabric. India has historically been a
patriarchal society where men dominate and exercise control over women both within
and outside the family. It is argued that relegation of women to private spheres of life is
the main cause behind gender inequality and discrimination in India.
Women have traditionally been restricted to the private spheres of life through
compulsory domesticity. The segregation of roles is biased in favour of men by
confining women within the premises of the house. While role of women consist of

tending to family needs such as child rearing, men were assigned the task of protecting Student Notes:
the family and providing for their economic needs.
Depriving women the economic role of earning livelihood leads to loss of personal
autonomy for women. This has a cascading effect across various dimensions like access
to quality education, skill development, employability, control over one's sexuality,
representation across positions of power etc. These socially and culturally created
differences shift the balance of power in favour of men.
Gender role stereotyping is still prevalent wherein women are subjected largely to the
secondary labour market comprising of low paying jobs. Their growth at workplace is
affected by an invisible glass ceiling. Gender wage gap is widely acknowledged reality as
is objectification of women and violence against women. All these affect women
empowerment adversely and diminish their developmental prospects.
However, private patriarchy in India is declining due to the adoption of liberal values of
modernization and globalization, rise in feminist movements, gender progressive
policies etc. Consequently, women are being given more rights and their employment
rates and public participation is increasing.
The intrinsic values of gender equality are incontestable. There are significant gains to
be made if women acquire greater personal agency, assume political power and attain
public status. It is hence imperative upon both the government and the civil society to
collectively eliminate gender inequality so that this half of our population gets its due.
8. Discuss why women continue to bear an uneven burden of the terminal methods of
family planning in India. What can be done to address this unevenness?
Approach:
• Discuss the reasons for reluctance of Indian men to undergo sterilisation.
• Suggest strategies to improve the gender balance in the sterilisation process.
• Conclude by citing some current initiatives and the way forward.
Answer:
The latest National Health Mission report has flagged the “uneven burden” women
bear in family planning. As per the report, women account for more than 93 per cent of
sterilisations in the country, even though male sterilisation is regarded as safer, quicker
and easier.
There are several reasons for reluctance of Indian men to undergo sterilisation:
• Paucity of knowledge about appropriate and alternate contraceptive methods.
• Myths and misconceptions like sterilisation leading to loss of virility.
• Social taboo and sheer logistical limitations.
• Non availability and untimely access to male sterilisation services.
• Poor access to information and counselling on available methods of contraception
and their associated side effects.
• Reluctance of the women health workers at the village level to discuss the socio-
culturally sensitive issue of sterilisation with men.
Suggestions
• Countrywide campaign to promote the adoption of vasectomy, break gender
stereotypes, dispel myths and position men as responsible partners in family
planning.
• Providing incentives for vasectomy.

• Enhanced access to male sterilisation services; promoting “No Scalpel Vasectomy”. Student Notes:
• Ensuring quality care in family planning services through PPP.
• Strengthening community based distribution of contraceptives.
• Mobilizing a cadre of village-level health workers to build awareness and
acceptability of family planning as done in Bangladesh.
Recognizing this trend, the Government has taken initiatives like Mission Parivar Vikas
to ensure availability of contraceptive products to clients at all levels of health system.
Similarly, Vasectomy Fortnight initiative is being used to raise awareness about male
sterilisation and encourage men to participate in the process of family planning.
There is an urgent need to adopt a gender transformative health strategy which not
only recognizes women’s reproductive rights but also shifts family planning focus from
female sterilisation to male sterilisation.


POPULATION AND ASSOCIATED ISSUES Student Notes:
Contents
1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 2
1.1. Malthusian Theory of Population Growth .......................................................................... 2
2. Understanding ‘Demography’ .................................................................................................... 2
3. Determining Population Trends ................................................................................................. 3
4. Population Characteristics.......................................................................................................... 3
4.1. Distribution and Density of Population ............................................................................... 3
4.1.1. Distribution of Population in India ............................................................................... 4
4.1.2. World Distribution of Population ................................................................................. 5
4.2. Factors Influencing the Distribution of Population ............................................................. 5
4.2.1. Geographical Factors .................................................................................................... 5
4.2.2. Economic Factors ......................................................................................................... 6
4.2.3. Social and Cultural Factors ........................................................................................... 6
4.2.4. Political Factors ............................................................................................................ 6
4.3. Determinants of Population Change ................................................................................... 7
4.3.1. Fertility ......................................................................................................................... 7
4.3.2. Mortality .................................................................................................................... 10
4.3.3. Migration .................................................................................................................... 12
4.4. Trends in Population Growth ............................................................................................ 13
4.4.1. Projected growth in the world population ................................................................. 13
4.4.2. Trends in Growth of Indian Population ...................................................................... 14
5. Theory of Demographic Transition ........................................................................................... 16
5.1. Demographic Dividend ...................................................................................................... 17
5.2. Optimum Population ......................................................................................................... 18
6. The population pyramid (The age-sex pyramid) ...................................................................... 19
6.1. Expanding Population ....................................................................................................... 19
6.2. Constant Population .......................................................................................................... 19
6.3. Declining Population ......................................................................................................... 19
6.4. Regional variations in age-structure pyramid ................................................................... 20
7. Population composition ........................................................................................................... 21
7.1. Age Composition ............................................................................................................... 21
7.1.1. Dependency Ratio ...................................................................................................... 22
7.2. Sex composition ................................................................................................................ 22
7.3. Transgender composition .................................................................................................. 22
7.4. Divyang composition ......................................................................................................... 23
7.5. Literacy composition ......................................................................................................... 23
7.6. Working Population Composition ..................................................................................... 24
7.7. Adolescents ....................................................................................................................... 27
7.8. Issues related to Youth ...................................................................................................... 27
7.9. National Youth Policy ........................................................................................................ 28
8. Population Issues ..................................................................................................................... 30
8.1. Population Problems of Underdeveloped Countries ........................................................ 30
8.1.1. Problems of Over-population ..................................................................................... 30
8.1.2. Problems of Under-Population .................................................................................. 33
8.2. Population Problems of Advanced Countries ................................................................... 34
9. Population Policies in India ...................................................................................................... 35
9.1. National Population Policy 2000 ....................................................................................... 36
9.2. Measures taken to control the population growth of India .............................................. 39
10. Previous Year UPSC GS Mains Questions ............................................................................... 40

Student Notes:
1. Introduction
India’s population, by numbers, may overtake the population of China by 2027 (as per the
projections made by UN’s Population Division), to make India the most populous nation of the
world.
Such a large population invariably puts pressure on a country’s limited resources and is also
responsible for many socio-economic problems in the country. Hence it is often seen as a
liability, as it can act as a major hindrance to development and the quality of life of the people.
However, population numbers have their upsides as well, particularly when a large proportion
of this population belongs to the working age category. So, India is also considered a leading
nation in the world in terms of human power due to its young, educated and productive
population. They are contributing to the development of not only our country, but many other
countries as well. Therefore, in this context, population is an asset for the economy, the
greatest resource of the country rather than a liability.
1.1. Malthusian Theory of Population Growth

The English political economist Thomas Robert Malthus (1766-1834) postulated that while
human population grew in a geometric progression (i.e., like 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 etc.), the resources
(read agricultural base) grew at an arithmetic progression, and hence the resources would
never be sufficient to sustain the population growth and humanity was doomed to poverty,
unless some preventive measures were taken to check the population growth. He stated that
natural calamities were actually nature’s way of checking this unsustainable rise in human
population.
However, later on, researches did refute his theory stating that resources do not grow in a
modest arithmetic progression, but at a much higher rate due to technological innovations. The
experience of European countries provided the most effective refutation of his theory. In the
latter half of nineteenth century, and by the end of the first quarter of the twentieth century,
birth rates declined, and outbreaks of epidemic diseases were being controlled. Malthus’s
predictions proved false because both food production and standards of living continued to rise
despite the rapid growth of population.
2. Understanding ‘Demography’
The term ‘demography’ is of Greek origin and is composed of the two words, ‘demos’ (people)
and ‘graphein’ (describe), implying the description of people. Hence demography is the science
of the systematic study of population.
Demography studies the trends and processes associated with population including – changes
in population size; patterns of births, deaths, and migration; and the structure and composition
of the population, such as the relative proportions of women, men and different age groups.
There are different varieties of demography, including formal demography which is a largely
quantitative field, and social demography which focuses on the social, economic or political
aspects of populations.
Formal demography is primarily concerned with the measurement and analysis of the
components of population change. Its focus is on quantitative analysis for which it has a highly
developed mathematical methodology suitable for forecasting population growth and changes
in the composition of population.
Population studies or social demography, on the other hand, enquires into the wider causes
and consequences of population structures and change. Social demographers believe that
social processes and structures regulate demographic processes; like sociologists, they seek to
trace the social reasons that account for population trends.

3. Determining Population Trends Student Notes:
All demographic studies are based on the processes of counting or enumeration – such as the
census or the survey – which involve the systematic collection of data on the people residing
within a specified territory.
The practice of the collection of social statistics by the state is in itself much older, but it
acquired its modern form towards the end of the eighteenth century. The American census of
1790 was probably the first modern census.
In India, censuses began to be conducted by the British Indian government between 1867-72
(under British Viceroy Lord Mayo), and regular ten yearly (or decennial) censuses have been
conducted since 1881. Independent India continued the practice, and seven decennial censuses
have been conducted since 1951, the most recent being in 2011. It is conducted under the
Office of the Registrar General & Census Commissioner, India (ORGI) under the Ministry of
Home Affairs.
The Indian census is the largest such exercise in the world (China does not conduct regular
censuses).
Census: It is the procedure of systematically acquiring and recording information about the
members of a given population. The term is used mostly in connection with ‘national
population and door to door censuses’ taken every 10 years.
For example, the Economic Census in India is a Central Sector Scheme, with 100% Central
Assistance and is conducted in all the States and Union Territories of the country, in
collaboration with the State/UT Governments. The Economic Census data, over the years, has
provided a base for under taking follow up surveys by NSSO and other governmental and non-
governmental agencies to study the structure and composition of the various industrial sectors
and their contribution. It is undertaken by the Ministry of Statistics and Programme
Implementation.
Survey: The National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) in India is a unique setup to carry out
surveys on socio-economic, demographic, agricultural and industrial subjects for collecting data
from households and from enterprises located in villages and in the towns. It is a focal agency
of the Govt. of India (under the Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MOSPI))
for collection of statistical data in the areas which are vital for developmental planning.
4. Population Characteristics
The characteristics of a given set of population can be understood on the basis of the following
parameters:
4.1. Distribution and Density of Population

Patterns of population distribution and density help us to understand the demographic
characteristics of any area.
The term ‘Population Distribution’ refers to the manner in which people are spaced over the
earth’s surface and the term ’population density’ refers to the number of people living in each
unit of area (such as a square mile).
India has a total population of 121 crores (or 1.21 billion) according to Census, 2011. Further,
India’s population currently stands at 1.37 billion (2019, United Nations Population Division.),
which accounts for approx. 17% of the world’s population.
These 1.37 billion people are unevenly distributed over our country’s vast area of 3.28 million
square km, which accounts for 2.4 per cent of the world’s area. India's population density
therefore stands at 382 persons per square km.

Student Notes:
4.1.1. Distribution of Population in India

India’s Population Distribution by Density:
Density of population is expressed as number of persons per unit area. It helps in getting a
better understanding of the spatial distribution of population in relation to land. Population
density provides a better picture than total population especially when the population is
unevenly distributed.
The density of population in India (2011) is 382 persons per sq km. There has been a steady
increase of about 265 persons per sq km over the last 60 years as the density of population
increased from 117 persons/ sq km in 1951 to 382 persons/sq km in 2011.
..

The eastern region had the highest density of population of 625 persons per square km. Student Notes:
However, the North East had the lowest density at 176 persons per sq km.
The eastern region was followed by the central Indian region in terms of density (417). The
southern Region had a population density of 397, while the western region, 344 and the
Northern Region, 267.
In terms of increase, the population densities of the regions of Central India, Northern India and
Eastern India grew at a higher pace than the Western, North Eastern and Southern region.
4.1.2. World Distribution of Population
Broadly, 90 per cent of the world population lives in about 10 per cent of its land area.
According to World Population Prospects: 2015, the world population reached 7.3 billion as of
mid-2015
Continent/ country Total population Percentage population
Asia 4.4 billion 60%
Africa 1.2 billion 16%
Europe 738 million 10%
Latin America and the Caribbean 634 million 9%
Northern America 358 million 5%
Caribbean 39 million
China 1.4 billion 19%
India 1.3 billion 18%
In 2015, 50.4 per cent of the world’s population was male and 49.6 per cent is female. The
..
median age of the global population, that is, the age at which half the population is older and
half is younger, is 29.6 years. About one-quarter (26 per cent) of the world’s people is under 15
years of age, 62 per cent are aged 15-59 years, and 12 per cent are 60 or over.
4.2. Factors Influencing the Distribution of Population

4.2.1. Geographical Factors
• Availability of water: Water is the most important factor affecting survival. Water is used
for drinking, bathing and cooking – and also for cattle, crops, industries and navigation. So,
people prefer to live in areas where fresh water is easily available. That is why, river valleys
are amongst the most densely populated areas of the world. It is no wonder that
civilizations like the Indus and Mesopotamia developed at the banks of rivers, which
ensured adequate and assured water supply for settlement. Deserts have a low density of
population due to the scarcity of water. Only oases within the deserts are densely
populated and here also the population is limited by the availability of water.

• Landforms (Relief): People prefer Student Notes:
living on flat plains and gentle slopes.
This is because such areas are
favourable for the production of crops
and to build roads and industries. The
mountainous and hilly areas hinder
the development of transport
network and hence initially do not
favour agricultural and industrial
development. So, these areas tend to
be less populated. That is why, the
Ganga plains are among the most
densely populated areas of the world
while the mountains zones in the
Himalayas are scarcely populated.
Also, the thinness of the atmosphere
at latitudes above 4000m makes
breathing difficult and exertion very
fatiguing. Therefore only those high
plateaus where farming and communications have been relatively easy have settlements
and everywhere else the settlements are concentrated in the valleys.
• Climate and vegetation: Areas with very heavy rainfall or extreme and harsh climates have
low population. Extreme climates, such as a very hot or cold desert, make living very
uncomfortable and, at times, close to impossible. At the same time, rainforests are less
populated compared to grasslands. So, areas with a comfortable climate, where there is
not much seasonal variation, attract more people.
• Soils: People need food to survive and thrive. Agriculture is the primary source of such
food. Now, fertile soils are very important for agricultural and allied activities. Therefore,
areas which have fertile soils have more people living on them, as these can support
intensive agriculture.
4.2.2. Economic Factors
• Minerals: Areas with mineral deposits attract industries. Mining and industrial activities
generate employment. So, skilled and semi–skilled workers move to these areas making
them densely populated.
• Urbanisation: Cities offer better employment opportunities, educational and medical
facilities, better means of transport and communication. Good civic amenities and the
..
attraction of city life draw people to the cities. It leads to rural to urban migration and
cities grow in size. Mega cities of the world continue to attract large number of migrants
every year.
• Industrialization: Industrial belts provide job opportunities and attract large numbers of
people. These include not just factory workers but also transport operators, shopkeepers,
bank employees, doctors, teachers and other service providers.
4.2.3. Social and Cultural Factors
Some places attract more people because they have religious or cultural significance. For
example, the cities of Puri, Tirupati, Haridwar are densely populated.
4.2.4. Political Factors
In the same way – people tend to move away from places where there is social and political
unrest. For example, many refugee migrants in the East and the North East have crossed over
from Bangladesh and Myanmar.

Many-a-times, governments offer incentives or frame policies to facilitate the people to live/ Student Notes:
continue living in certain areas. Quite recently, the Bru/ Reangs- Tribes of Mizoram- who had
fled and settled in Tripura (and southern Assam), and became the most populous tribe there,
have been given a permanent resident status there (in Tripura) via the “four- corner
agreement”/ quadripartite agreement”, which was signed between the Centre, state
governments of Tripura and Mizoram and the Bru-Reang representatives, to facilitate their
permanent settlement in Tripura.
POPULATION GROWTH
The population growth or population change refers to the change in the number of inhabitants of a
territory over a specific period of time. This change may be positive or negative.
Population change in an area is an important indicator of economic development, social upliftment and
historical and cultural background of the region.
Growth of Population: The increase in population in a particular area between two points of time is
known as growth of population. For example, if we deduct the population of India in 1991 (84.63 crore)
from the population in 2001 (102.70 crore), we shall get the growth of population (18.07 crores) in
absolute terms.
Growth Rate of Population: It is the percentage change in population between two points of time. For
example, India’s population growth rate is around 1% per annum.
4.3. Determinants of Population Change

Three factors determine the change in the size of the population of any country: how many
persons are born, how many persons die, and how many persons are added to the population
after considering the number of persons leaving the country and the number of persons coming
into the country. The last of these factors, that is, migration does not play a large role in
determining population growth at the national level. However, it does have influence at local
and regional level. It, therefore, becomes necessary to consider in greater detail the other two
factors, that is, fertility and mortality.
4.3.1. Fertility
The fertility rate refers to the number of live births per 1000 women in the child-bearing age
group, usually taken to be 15 to 49 years.
But this is a ‘crude’ rate – it is a rough average for an entire population and does not take
account of the differences across age-groups. Differences across age groups can sometimes be
very significant in affecting the meaning of indicators. That is why demographers also calculate
age-specific rates.
..
“Replacement level fertility” is the total fertility rate—the average number of children born per
woman—at which a population exactly replaces itself from one generation to the next, without
migration. This rate is roughly 2.1 children per woman for most countries, although it may modestly
vary with mortality rates.
Total Fertility Rate: It refers to the total number of live births that a woman would have if she
lived through the reproductive age group and had the average number of babies in each
segment of this age group as determined by the age-specific fertility rates for that area.
Also, it is necessary here to differentiate between the terms ‘fecundity’ and ‘fertility’.
Fecundity refers to the physiological capacity to reproduce. Fertility, on the other hand, refers
to the actual reproductive performance of an individual or a group.
While there is no direct measurement of fecundity, fertility can be studied from the birth
statistics mentioned above.

Determinants of High Fertility Student Notes:
As per data given by the Niti Aayog for the year 2016, the TFR for Indian women stood at 2.3.
This is high and several factors contribute to the same:
a) Religious Ideologies
b) Universality of the institution of marriage.
c) Early marriage and early child-bearing.
d) Preference for sons ingrained in the Indian culture.
e) Lack of right of self-determination with reference to reproduction.
f) High infant and child mortality rates - (unsatisfactory health, low nutritional status and
poverty) also contribute to a large family size.
g) Economic, social, cultural as well as religious value of children in the Indian society.
h) Absence of adoption of methods of conception control.
None of these factors work in isolation. It is the combination of several factors that contribute
towards the high fertility rate in India.
Traditional Indian norms also tend to regulate the reproductive behavior of couples. For
example, breast-feeding is universally practiced in the Indian sub-continent and this has an
inhibiting influence on conception. Certain taboos are also practiced during the postpartum
period (i.e. the period following childbirth), when the couple is expected to abstain from sexual
activity. The practice of going to the parental home for delivery, specially the first one, common
in some parts of the country also ensures abstinence after childbirth leading to postponement
of the next pregnancy. Cohabitation is also prohibited on certain specified days in the month. It
is also common knowledge that a woman would be ridiculed if she continued to bear children
after she becomes a grandmother.
Implications of High Fertility
Apart from contributing in a big way to the population problem of the country, high fertility
affects the family and, in turn, society in many ways.
• Women are tied down to child-bearing and child-rearing for the best years of their
productive lives. They are, therefore, denied the opportunity to explore other avenues for
self-expression and self-development. This could lead to frustration.
• Excessive child-bearing affects their health and that of their children. Looking after a large
number of children puts a further strain on the slender physical and emotional resources of
such women.
• The burden of providing for a large family sits heavily on the bread-winner of the family.
The constant struggle to maintain a subsistence level is exhausting. To escape from the
..
problems of everyday life, men tend to take to drinking. This leads to further deterioration
of the economic and emotional well-being of the family.
• The children, often unwanted, unloved and neglected, are left to their own to make life
bearable. The children in large families often have to start working at a very early age to
supplement the slender financial resources of the family. They may even indulge in
delinquency. Hence they are denied the opportunity to go to school and get educated.
• The girl child is the worst sufferer in these circumstances. She is often not sent to school at
all, or is withdrawn from school at an early age to help her mother in carrying out domestic
chores and to look after her younger siblings when the mother is at work. Early marriage
pushes her into child-bearing, and the vicious cycle continues.
• The children, both boys and girls, in a large family are thus often denied the joys of
childhood, and are pushed into adult roles at a very early age.

FERTILITY RATE IN INDIA Student Notes:
As per Sample Registration System, during the period TFR has declined by 18.5 percent at the National
level. Among the bigger States/UTs, the decline varies from 27.3 percent in Jammu & Kashmir to 0.0% in
Kerala. All bigger States/UTs have shown decline in both rural and urban areas except in Kerala and in
the urban areas of Assam and Tamil Nadu, where the average TFR in 2016-18 is at par with that in 2006-
08.
..

4.3.2. Mortality Student Notes:
Measurement of Mortality
Out of many measures, the three basic measures of mortality are: the crude death rate, the
expectation of life at birth, and the infant mortality rate.
• Crude Death Rate: It is the ratio of the total registered deaths occurring in a specified
calendar year to the total mid-year population of that year, multiplied by 1000.
Expectation of Life at Birth: The average expectation of life at birth is a good measure of the
level of mortality because it is not affected by the age structure of the population. The term
“average expectation of life” or life expectancy represents the average number of years of life
which a cohort of new-born babies (that is, those born in the same year) may be expected to
live if they are subjected to the risks of death at each year, according to the age-specific
mortality rates prevailing in the country at the time to which the measure refers. This measure
is complicated to calculate but easy to understand.
The life expectancy at Birth in India was 67.3 years for male and 69.6 years for female in 2011-
2015.
India’s life expectancy at birth
An Indian born in 1950 could expect to live for 37 years, whereas today, India’s life expectancy at birth
has nearly doubled to 68 years. By 2050, it is projected to increase to 76 years. As a result, India’s
population will rise from 1.3 billion today to an estimated 1.7 billion by 2050, with a much larger elderly
share of around 340 million. Including the pre-retirement phase (i.e., population age 45+), the proportion
will rise to over 30%, or almost 600 million persons. Between 2011 and 2050, the number of oldest old
people of age 75 and above is expected to increase by 340%.
• Infant Mortality Rate: Infants are defined in demography as all those children in the first
year of life who have not yet reached age one. In countries like India, where health
conditions are poor, infant deaths account for a substantial number of all deaths. The infant
mortality rate is, therefore, often used as an indicator for determining the socio-economic
status of a country and the quality of life in it.
INFANT MORTALITY RATE IN INDIA
India's infant mortality rate (IMR) has improved very marginally from 33 per 1,000 live births in 2017 to
32 in 2018, according to data released by the Registrar General of India
Under the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs), target 4 related to the reduction of Child Mortality
by two-thirds between 1990 and 2015. In case of India, it translated into a goal of reducing Infant
mortality rate from 88 per thousand live births in 1990 to 29 by2015.
..
United Nations recently set the Sustainable Development Goals and Targets. The target for India is to
attain an Under 5 Mortality Rate of 25/1000 live births by 2030.
The reasons why the IMR remains high are:

• Socio-economic factors: The limitations of poverty, caste, low educational status and poor
literacy make it difficult for millions to access Healthcare.
• Early marriages: Around 45% girls in the age group 20-24 are married before the legal age
of 18, and 20% have already given birth at 18. Children born to minors are susceptible to
malnutrition. Also, minor girls are dominated by their husbands and in-laws; they cannot
advocate for their rights. For instance, Uttar Pradesh has the highest number of minors who
have become mothers and has the worst health care indicators in the country
• Skewed healthcare access: The private sector hospitals in India mainly cater to the urban
rich while the rural poor have no option but to visit local health centers. Many local health
centers do not have the necessary infrastructure such as beds, wards, drinking water

facilities, clean labor rooms for delivery, regular electricity. It is estimated that 47% of the Student Notes:
doctors’ vacancy remains unfilled due to budget constraints. These centers often have only
one doctor for more than 51,000 people.
• Lack of Immunization: In 2016, 2.4 million people died in India due to the same.
Immunization is quite a cost-effective way of reducing IMR. Yet, it remains low in India due
to which India has the record number of unvaccinated children in the world and has the
second-highest population of children that are not vaccinated for measles after Nigeria.
Millions of infants were saved from measles, polio, diarrhea, and pneumonia worldwide
with vaccines’ help. .
• Misuse of technology: In the 0-6 age group, the sex ratio decreased from 927 to 914 (2001-
2011). This was mainly due to the misuse of technology and laws.
• Political factors: Healthcare is a state subject, creating bottlenecks while framing policies
and spending the approved budget, as the latter is done by the centre. There is also a lack
of credible data to take effective policy decisions.
• Further, India hardly spends 1.5% of its GDP on Healthcare. According to UNICEF, 50% of all
deaths below five can be prevented by providing skilled health care at birth and quality
postnatal care for the mother and baby.
• Maternal Mortality Rate: The maternal mortality ratio represents the risk associated with
each pregnancy, i.e. the obstetric risk. Maternal death is the death of a woman while
pregnant or within 42 days of termination of pregnancy, irrespective of the duration and
site of the pregnancy, from any cause related to or aggravated by the pregnancy or its
management but not from accidental or incidental causes. It is measured as number of
maternal deaths per 100000 live births.
Maternal Mortality rate in India

The Maternal Mortality Ratio (MMR) in India has declined to 113 in 2016-18 from 122 in 2015-17 and
130 in 2014-2016, according to (the special bulletin on Maternal Mortality in India 2016-18, released by)
the Office of the Registrar General's Sample Registration System (SRS)
Under the Millennium Development Goal (MDG) 5, the target is to reduce Maternal Mortality Ratio
(MMR) by three quarters between 1990 & 2015. This translates to reducing the MMR from 560 in 1990
to 140 in 2015.
Some of the major reasons for a high MMR are:

• Poor infrastructure at the primary healthcare level: During pregnancy, adequate nutrition
is not provided and there are inadequate institutional deliveries. This is resulting in high
MMRs.
In India, only 18,000 district hospitals have institutional facilities. On average, 22 deliveries
..
take place per day. This means that there is not even a gap of one hour between surgeries.
• Socio-economic factors: The prevalence of child marriages is one such reason. The risk of
maternal mortality was found to be the highest for adolescent girls under 15 years of age
and complications in pregnancy and childbirth were higher among adolescent girls aged 10-
19 (compared to women aged 20-24) as per the WHO
• Further, the WHO found that a high number of maternal deaths reflected inequalities in
access to quality health services and highlighted the gap between rich and poor. The MMR
in low income countries in 2017 was 462 per 100 000 live births versus 11 per 100 000 live
births in high income countries.
• Women in less developed countries have, on average, many more pregnancies than women
in developed countries, and their lifetime risk of death due to pregnancy is higher. A
woman’s lifetime risk of maternal death is the probability that a 15 year old woman will
eventually die from a maternal cause. In high income countries, this is 1 in 5400, versus 1 in
45 in low income countries.

• Patriarchy: leads to the neglect of women during critical times such as pregnancy and after Student Notes:
child birth as well. The latter is particularly important, as a mother’s health after child birth
is also very important. 18% of the mothers suffer from gastro-intestinal diseases, because
they lactate with an empty stomach. Further, every third girl in India is suffering from
hysterical symptoms, mainly due to the deficiency of calcium and iron. As per SECC data,
only 12.08% families have female heads.
• Obstretic causes: As per studies, more than 50% of the maternal death are attributed to
the same. Such factors include hemorrhage, infection, and hypertensive disorders, ruptured
uterus, hepatitis, and anemia.
• Unplanned pregnancy and hence illegal abortions cause many deaths in the country.
Further, illegal induced abortion causes sepsis related deaths.
• Mass illiteracy is another cause. In the absence of literacy, people are not aware about the
good health facilities or the necessity of the same, the government schemes for the same
and the importance of institutional deliveries.
• Political factors: For instance, there is a dearth of finance. This directly impacts the
implementation of laws. Also, where funds were allocated they were not released. Further,
the monitoring of the implementation of policies and laws is also weak. No rigorous steps
for monitoring have been taken thus far.
High rates of infant and maternal mortality are an unambiguous indicator of backwardness and
poverty; development is accompanied by sharp falls in these rates as medical facilities and
levels of education, awareness and prosperity increase.
4.3.3. Migration
Apart from birth and death there is another way by which the population size changes. When
people move from one place to another, they move from place of origin to the place of
destination.
The place of origin shows a decrease in population while the population increases in the place
of destination.
Migration may be permanent, temporary or seasonal. It may take place from rural to rural
areas, rural to urban areas, urban to urban areas and urban to rural areas.
1. Immigration: Migrants who move into a new place are called Immigrants.
2. Emigration: Migrants who move out of a place are called Emigrants.
Migration may be interpreted as a spontaneous effort to achieve a better balance between
population and resources. People migrate for a better economic and social life. There are two
sets of factors that influence migration.
..
1. Push factors:- The place of origin may seem less attractive for reasons like unemployment,
poor living conditions, political turmoil, unpleasant climate, natural disasters, epidemics
and socio-economic backwardness.
2. Pull factors:- The place of destination may seem more attractive than the place of origin for
reasons like better job opportunities and living conditions, peace and stability, security of
life and property and pleasant climate.
Migration can be internal (within the country) or international (between the countries).
Internal migration does not change the size of the population, but influences the distribution of
population within the nation. Thus, migration plays a very significant role in changing the
composition and distribution of population.
Natural Growth of Population:
The rate of natural increase or the growth rate of population refers to the difference between the birth
rate and the death rate. When this difference is zero (or, in practice, very small) then we say that the
population has ‘stabilised’, or has reached the ‘replacement level’, which is the rate of growth required

for new generations to replace the older ones that are dying out Actual Growth of Population=Births – Student Notes:
Deaths + in Migration – out Migration
Positive Growth of Population: This happens when the birth rate is more than the death rate between
two points of time or when people from other countries migrate permanently to a region.
Negative Growth of Population: If the population decreases between two points of time it is known as
negative growth of population. It occurs when the birth rate falls below the death rate or people migrate
to other countries.
4.4. Trends in Population Growth

4.4.1. Projected growth in the world population
Currently, the world population is growing slowly than in the recent past. Ten years ago, the
world population was growing by 1.24 per cent per year. Today, it is growing by 1.18 per cent
per year, or approximately an additional 83 million people annually. The world population is
projected to increase by more than one billion people within the next 15 years, reaching 8.5
billion in 2030, and to increase further to 9.7 billion in 2050 and 11.2 billion by 2100.
• Most of the increase in world population can be attributed to a short list of countries. At
the country level, much of the overall increase between now and 2050 is projected to occur
either in high-fertility countries, mainly in Africa, or in countries with large populations.
During 2015-2050, half of the world’s population growth is expected to be concentrated in
nine countries: India, Nigeria, Pakistan, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Ethiopia, United
Republic of Tanzania, United States of America, Indonesia and Uganda, listed according to
the size of their contribution to the total growth.
• Africa is the fastest-growing major area. More than half of global population growth
between now and 2050 is expected to occur in Africa, which has the highest rate of
population growth among major areas, growing at a pace of 2.55 per cent annually in 2010-
2015.A rapid population increase in Africa is anticipated even if there is a substantial
reduction of fertility levels in the near future.
• Asia is projected to be the second largest contributor to future global population growth,
adding 0.9 billion people between 2015 and 2050, followed by Northern America, Latin
America and the Caribbean and Oceania, which are projected to have much smaller
increments.
• High Population growth in least developed countries (LDCs)-They are a group of 48
countries designated by the United Nations as such, of which 27 are in Africa. Most of them
have a high probability of at least tripling.
• Europe is projected to experience shrinking population: Europe is projected to have a
..
smaller population in 2050 than in 2015. Fertility in all European countries is now below
the level required for full replacement of the population in the long run (around 2.1
children per woman, on average), and in the majority of cases, fertility has been below the
replacement level for several decades.
• Increasing longevity around the world; progress against major challenges: Significant gains
in life expectancy have been achieved in recent years. Globally, life expectancy at birth
rose by 3 years between 2000-2005 and 2010-2015 (from 67 to 70 years). It further
increased to 72 years in 2016.
Under-five mortality, expressed as the probability of dying between birth and a child’s
fifth birthday, is an important indicator of development and the well-being of children.
Globally, deaths among children under age five fell from 71 per 1,000 live births in 2000-
2005 to an estimated 50 per 1,000 in 2010-2015. Absolute declines were particularly large
in Sub-Saharan Africa (142 to 99 per 1,000) and in the least developed countries (125 to 86
per 1,000). The reduction of under-five mortality received intense global attention as the
target of Millennium Development Goal 4

• Populations in many parts of the world are still young; opportunity for demographic Student Notes:
dividend: In Africa, children below the age of 15 accounted for 41 per cent of the
population in 2015 and young persons aged 15 to 24 accounted for another 19 per cent.
Latin America and the Caribbean and Asia, have similar percentages of youth (17 and 16 per
cent, respectively). In total, these three regions were home to 1.7 billion children and 1.1
billion young persons in 2015
Proportions of children in many countries of these regions are projected to decline further
in the near-term future, while the size and the proportion of populations in the prime
working ages can be expected to grow. Countries with a relatively high ratio of working to
dependent populations have the possibility of benefitting from a “demographic dividend,”
provided that appropriate labour market and other policies allow for a productive
absorption of the growing working-age population and for increased investments in the
human capital of children and youth.
• Globally, population aged 60 or above is the fastest growing: As fertility declines and life
expectancy rises, the proportion of the population above a certain age rises. This
phenomenon, known as population ageing, is occurring throughout the world. By 2050, all
major areas of the world except Africa will have nearly a quarter or more of their
populations aged 60 or over.
Population ageing is projected to have a profound effect on the number of workers per
retiree in various countries, as measured by the Potential Support Ratio (PSR), defined as
the number of people aged 20 to 64 divided by the number of people aged 65 and over.
Lower PSRs put fiscal pressures on the health care systems as well as on the old-age and
social protection systems of many countries.
4.4.2. Trends in Growth of Indian Population
The growth of Indian population has been witnessing a decreasing trend. It is significant that
the percentage decadal growth during 2001-11 has registered the sharpest decline since
Independence. It declined from 23.87% for 1981-1991 to 21.54% for the period 1991-2001, a
decrease of 2.33 percentage points. For 2001-2011, this decadal growth became 17.64%, a
further decrease of 3.90 percentage points.
Similarly, the average exponential growth rate for 2001-2011 declined to 1.64% per annum
from 1.97% per annum during 1991-2001. The average annual exponential growth rate during
1981-1991 was 2.16.
The Phases of Population Growth In India
There are four distinct phases of growth identified within this period:
..
PHASE I
The period from 1901-1921 is referred to as a period of stagnant or stationary phase of growth
of India’s population, since in this period growth rate was very low, even recording a negative
growth rate during 1911-1921 (– 0.03%) due to the influenza epidemic during 1918–19 which
killed about 12.5 million persons or 5% of the total population of India at that time. (Estimates
of deaths vary, and some are much higher. Also known as ‘Spanish Flu’, the influenza pandemic
was a global phenomenon).
Both the birth rate and death rate were high, keeping the rate of increase low.
Poor health and medical services, illiteracy of people at large and inefficient distribution system
of food and other basic necessities were largely responsible for a high birth and death rates in
this period.

PHASE II Student Notes:
The decades 1921-1951 are referred to as the period of steady population growth. An overall
improvement in health and sanitation throughout the country brought down the mortality rate.
At the same time better transport and communication system improved the food distribution
system (scholars like Amartya Sen and others have shown that famines were not necessarily
due to fall in foodgrains production; they were also caused by a ‘failure of entitlements’, or the
inability of people to buy or obtain food).
However, the most important reason for the decline in the death rate post 1921 was an
increased levels of control over famines and epidemic diseases.
Particularly, before 1931, both death rates and birth rates were high, whereas, after 1931, the
death rates fell sharply. This is impressive at the backdrop of Great Economic Depression, 1920s
and World War II.
The crude birth rate remained high in this period (it only fell slightly).This is because the birth
rate is a sociocultural phenomenon that is relatively slow to change. Largely, increased levels of
prosperity bring about a fall the birth rates. Once infant mortality rates decline, and there is an
overall increase in the levels of education and awareness, family sizes begin to fall.
So, the period witnessed a higher growth rate than the previous phase. Between 1901–1951
the average annual growth rate did not exceed 1.33%, a modest rate of growth.
PHASE III
The decades 1951-1981 are referred to as the period of population explosion in India, which
was caused by a rapid fall in the mortality rate but a high fertility rate of population in the
country. The average annual growth rate touched 2.2 percent during 1961-1981. Since then
although the annual growth rate has decreased it remains one of the highest in the developing
world.
It is in this period, after independence, that developmental activities were introduced through a
centralised planning process and the economy started doing well, ensuring the improvement of
living condition of people at large. Consequently, there was a high natural increase and higher
growth rate. Besides, increased international migration from neighbouring countries
contributed to the high growth rate.
PHASE IV
Post 1981 till the present, the growth rate of the country’s population though remained high,
started slowing down gradually. A downward trend of crude birthrate is held responsible for
such a population growth. This was, in turn, affected by an increase in the age of marriage,
..
improved quality of life, particularly education of females in the country.

According to the Economic Survey 2018–19, India’s total birth rate was 22.4, among them rural
birth rate was 22.4 and urban birth rate was 17.3. The highest birth rate in India is of Uttar
Pradesh (25.9) and Bihar (26.4), and they will also account for about half (50%) of the additions
to the Indian population upto the year 2041. Uttar Pradesh alone is expected to account for a
little less than one quarter (22%) of this increase.
The growth rate of population is still high in the country, and it has been projected by World
Development Report that population of India will touch 1,350 million by 2025.
The analysis done so far showed the average growth rate. But the country also has a wide
variation in growth rates from one area to another, which is discussed below

Student Notes:
5. Theory of Demographic Transition

The demographic transition theory is a generalized description of the changing pattern of
mortality, fertility and growth rates as societies move from one demographic regime to another.
The term was first coined by the American demographer Frank W. Notestein in the mid-
twentieth century, but it has since been elaborated and expanded upon by many others.
The theory suggests that population growth is linked to overall levels of economic development
and that every society follows a typical pattern of development-related population growth.
There are four stages to the classical demographic transition model:
Stage 1: Pre-transition
The first stage is that of low population growth in a society that is under-developed and
technologically backward. Growth rates are low because both the death rate and the birth rate
are very high, so that the difference between the two (or the net growth rate) is low which is
characterized by high birth rates, and high fluctuating death rates.
..
Stage 2: Early transition

This is a transitional stage of movement from a backward to an advanced stage. During the
early stages of the transition, the death rate begins to fall. As birth rates remain high, the
population starts to grow rapidly. This ‘population explosion’ happens because death rates are
brought down relatively quickly through advanced methods of disease control, public health,
and better nutrition. However, it takes longer for society to adjust to change and alter its
reproductive behaviour (which was evolved during the period of poverty and high death rates)
to suit the new situation of relative prosperity and longer life spans.
In India too, the demographic transition is not yet complete as the mortality rate has been
reduced but the birth rate has not been brought down to the same extent( In fact there exists a
demographic divide in India with Southern states showing advanced stage of demographic
transition)

Stage 3: Late transition Student Notes:
In this stage, the fertility rate declines and tends to equal the death rate. Birth rates begin to
fall due to various fertility factors such as access to contraception, increases in wages,
urbanization etc. As a result, the rate of population growth decelerates.
Stage 4: Post-transition
Post-transitional societies are characterized by low birth and low death rates. In fact, birth
rates may drop to well below replacement levels. So, population growth is negligible, leading to
a phenomenon of shrinking population (like in Japan and Germany)
5.1. Demographic Dividend

..
Demographic dividend occurs when the proportion of working people in the total population
is higher than the dependent population (age groups 0-15 years and 60 years and above)
because this indicates that more people have the potential to be productive and contribute to
growth of the economy. Such changes in the age structure due to the demographic transition
lower the ‘dependency ratio’, or the ratio of non-working age to working-age population, thus
creating the potential for generating growth.
However, this benefit is temporary because the larger pool of working age people will
eventually turn into non-working old people.
India is in this stage of demographic dividend, where more than 63% of the population is in the
age group of 15-59 years..
At the National level, the age group 15-59 contributes 63.2 percent in rural areas and 67.9
percent population in urban areas. In rural areas the percentage varies from 57.9 in Bihar to
69.3 in Telangana. In urban areas the same varies from 61.7 in Bihar to 71.3 percent in Andhra
Pradesh.

It is projected that by 2020 the average age of India’s population will be the lowest in the world—around Student Notes:
29 years compared to 37 years in China and the United States of America, 45 years in West Europe, and
48 years in Japan. Consequently, while the global economy is expected to witness a shortage of young
population of around 56 million by 2020, India will be the only country with a youth surplus of 47 million
(Report on Education, Skill Development and Labour Force (2013-14) Volume III, Labour Bureau,
But this potential can be converted into actual growth only if the rise in the working age group
is accompanied by increasing levels of education and employment. If the new entrants to the
labour force are not educated then their productivity remains low. If they remain unemployed,
then they are unable to earn at all and become dependents rather than earners. Thus, changing
age structure by itself cannot guarantee any benefits unless it is properly utilised through
planned development.
Strategies exist to exploit the demographic window of opportunity that India has today. But
India’s recent experience suggests that market forces by themselves do not ensure that such
strategies would be implemented. Unless a way forward is found, we may miss out on the
potential benefits that the country’s changing age structure temporarily offers.
According to the United National population research, during the last four decades the countries of Asia
..
and Latin America have been the main beneficiaries of the demographic dividend. Advanced countries
of Europe, Japan and USA have an ageing population because of low birth rates and low mortality rates.
Neither the least developed countries nor the countries of Africa have as yet experienced favourable
demographic conditions according to the research by UN population division. China’s one child policy has
reversed the demographic dividend it enjoyed since the mid 1960s according to a World Bank global
development report.
5.2. Optimum Population

The size, distribution and structure of the population within the country must be viewed in
relation to its natural resources and the techniques of production used by its people. The extent
to which resources are used and the way in which they are used determines whether an area is
under- or overpopulated. A country is said to have an optimum population when the number of
people is in balance with the available resources. Optimum conditions can only be maintained if
the exploration of new resources or the development of other forms of employment keeps
pace with increases in population.

If the population becomes too large then the “law of diminishing returns” begins to operate. Student Notes:
This implies that up to a certain point an increase in the number of people working on the land
leads to a marked increase in production. Once the optimum population has been reached, a
further increase may increase production but at a decreasing rate, so that output per capita
declines. As more people become dependent on the same resource base each individual will
become poorer. On the other hand if there are not enough people to develop all the resources
of an area its standard of living may remain lower than it could be, were its full potential
realized.
For example in terms of present day technology, Central Asia may be considered under
populated. But in the past, Central Asia was inhabited by pastoralists who knew nothing of
modern technology. The resources which they were capable of exploiting were often
overstrained, so much in fact that the waves of Central Asian peoples invaded surrounding
areas in search of land and spread as far as eastern Europe, India and northern China. Thus the
region was over-populated during that period.
Under population and overpopulation therefore must be considered mainly in terms of the
stage of development of the country concerned. An advanced country can be considered as one
where agriculture is efficient, industry, communications, trade and commerce, and social
services are well developed and the resources of the country are fully utilized. There is no real
shortage of labour but unemployment is small.
6. The population pyramid (The age-sex pyramid)

The age-sex structure of a population refers to the number of females and males in different
age groups. A population pyramid is used to
show the age-sex structure of the population.
The shape of the population pyramid reflects
the characteristics of the population. The left
side shows the percentage of males while the
right side shows the percentage of women in
each age group. The following three diagrams
show different types of Population Pyramids.
6.1. Expanding Population

The age-sex pyramid in such a case is a
triangular shaped pyramid with a wide base
and is typical of less developed countries.
These have larger populations in lower age
..
groups due to high birth rates.
6.2. Constant Population

Here, the age-sex pyramid is bell shaped and
tapered towards the top. This shows birth
and death rates are almost equal leading to a
near constant population.
6.3. Declining Population

This pyramid has a narrow base and a tapered
top showing low birth and death rates. The
population growth in developed countries is
usually zero or negative.

Population pyramid of India through years Student Notes:
These pyramids show the effect of a gradual fall in the birth rate and rise in the life expectancy.
As more and more people begin to live in an older age, the top of the pyramid grows wider. As
relatively fewer new births take place, the bottom of the pyramid grows narrower. But the birth
rate is slow to fall, so the bottom doesn’t
change much between 1961 and 1981. The
middle of the pyramid grows wider and wider
as its share of the total population increases.
This creates a ‘bulge’ in the middle age
groups that is clearly visible in the pyramid
for 2026. This is what is referred to as the
‘demographic dividend’.
6.4. Regional variations in age-

..
structure pyramid
As with fertility rates, there are wide regional
variations in the age structure as well. While
a state like Kerala is beginning to acquire an
age structure like that of the developed
countries, Uttar Pradesh presents a very
different picture with high proportions in the
younger age groups and relatively low
proportions among the aged. India as a whole
is somewhere in the middle, because it
includes states like Uttar Pradesh as well as
states that are more like Kerala.

The following diagram shows the estimated population pyramids for Uttar Pradesh and Kerala Student Notes:
in the year 2026. Note the difference in the location of the widest parts of the pyramid for
Kerala and Uttar Pradesh. The bias towards younger age groups in the age structure is believed
to be an advantage for India. Like the East Asian economies in the past decade and like Ireland
today, India is supposed to be benefitting from a ‘demographic dividend’. This dividend arises
from the fact that the current generation of working-age people is a relatively large one, and it
has only a relatively small preceding generation of old people to support. But there is nothing
automatic about this advantage – it needs to be consciously exploited through appropriate
policies.
7. Population composition
Population composition gives the description of population defined by characteristics such as
age and sex, place of residence, ethnic characteristics, tribes, language, religion, marital status,
literacy and education, occupational characteristics, etc.
7.1. Age Composition

The age structure of the population refers to the proportion of persons in different age groups
relative to the total population. The age structure undergoes a shift in response to changes in
levels of development and the average life expectancy. Initially, poor medical facilities,
prevalence of disease and other factors make for a relatively short life span. Moreover, high
infant and maternal mortality rates also have an impact on the age structure.
With development, quality of life improves and with it the life expectancy also improves. This
changes the age structure. Consequently, smaller proportions of the population are found in
the younger age groups and larger proportions in the older age groups. This is also referred to
as the ageing of the population.
The population of a nation is generally grouped into three broad categories:
Children (generally below 15 years): They are economically unproductive and need to be
provided with food, clothing, education and medical care.
Working Age (15-59 years): They are economically productive and biologically reproductive.
They comprise the working population.
Aged (Above 59 years): They can be economically productive though they and may have
retired. They may be working voluntarily but they are not available for employment through
recruitment.
..

7.1.1. Dependency Ratio Student Notes:
The dependency ratio is a measure comparing the portion of a population which is composed
of dependents (i.e., elderly people who are too old to work, and children who are too young to
work) with the portion that is in the working age group, generally defined as 15 to 59 years. The
dependency ratio is equal to the population below 15 or above 60, divided by population in the
15-59 age group; the ratio is usually expressed as a percentage.
A rising dependency ratio is a cause for worry in countries that are facing an aging population,
since it becomes difficult for a relatively smaller proportion of working-age people to carry the
burden of providing for a relatively larger proportion of dependents. On the other hand, a
falling dependency ratio can be a source of economic growth and prosperity due to the larger
proportion of workers relative to non-workers. This is sometimes referred to as the
‘demographic dividend’, or benefit flowing from the changing age structure. However, this
benefit is temporary because the larger pool of working age people will eventually turn into
non-working old people.
7.2. Sex composition

Sex composition is a very significant indicator of the quality of population of a country as a
human resource. In fact, primarily it is understood on the basis of sex ratio.
The Sex Ratio refers to the number of females per 1000 males in a given area at a specified
time period.
The Child Sex Ratio is the sex ratio in the age group 0-6 years (child) in a given area at a
specified time period.
Natural Advantage v/s Social Disadvantage
Females have a biological advantage over males as they tend to be more resilient than males
yet this advantage is cancelled out by the social disadvantages and discriminations that they
face.
..
7.3. Transgender composition

During Enumeration of Census 2011, for the first time three codes were provided i.e. Male-1,
Female –2 and others -3. In case the respondent wished to record neither '1' nor '2', then
enumerator was instructed to record sex as 'other' and give code '3'. Still, it is important to note
that the Census on India does not collect any data specifically on 'transgender'. Thus, the

category of 'other' would not only include 'transgender' but also any person who desires to Student Notes:
record sex under the category of 'other'. It is also possible that some transgenders would have
returned themselves either male or female depending upon their choice. The population of
'other' as per Census 2011 is 4,87,803 (0.04% of the total population).
7.4. Divyang composition

The 2011 census shows 207.8 lakh households having disabled persons in the country
constituting 8.3 percent of the total households. Total households having disabled persons
show an increase of 20.5 lakhs from last census.
Out of the total disabled population of 2.68 crores in Census 2011, 1.46 crores (54.5%) are
literates and the remaining 1.22 crores (45.5%) are illiterates. One decade ago, the percentage
of literates among disabled population was 49.3% and the remaining 50.7% were illiterates.
7.5. Literacy composition

Literacy as a prerequisite to education is an instrument of empowerment. The more literate the
population the greater the consciousness of career options, as well as participation in the
knowledge economy. Further, literacy can lead to health awareness and fuller participation in
the cultural and economic well-being of the community.
Literacy levels have improved considerably after independence and almost two-thirds of our
population is now literate. But, literacy rate has struggled to keep pace with the rate of growth
of the Indian population. It varies considerably across gender, across regions, and across social
groups.
As can be seen, female literacy has been rising faster than male literacy, partly because it
started from relatively low levels.
Literacy rates also vary across different social groups – historically disadvantaged communities
like the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes have lower rates of literacy, and rates of female
literacy within these groups are even lower.
Regional variations are still very wide, with states like Kerala approaching universal literacy,
while states like Bihar are lagging far behind.
For the urban population, the literacy rate is 79.9 % at the national level. Many States/UTs have
achieved a literacy rate higher than this- Kerala, Lakshadweep, Mizoram, Goa, and Delhi have
achieved literacy rates of 88 % to 96 %. Rajasthan, Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Jammu & Kashmir
and Uttar Pradesh rank amongst the last five states.
Also, the literacy rates for rural population are the highest in Kerala, followed by Lakshadweep,
..
Mizoram, Goa, and Delhi.

Fourteen States/ Uts have recorded less than 60 percent rural Literacy rate. Jammu & Kashmir,
Dadra & Nagar Haveli Arunachal Pradesh, Jharkhand & Bihar have less than 50 percent literacy
rate
The inequalities in the literacy rate are especially important because they tend to reproduce
inequality across generations. Illiterate parents are at a severe disadvantage in ensuring that
their children are well educated, thus perpetuating existing inequalities.
EDUCATIONAL CHALLENGES
• While only 74 per cent literacy has been achieved as per Census 2011, there has been marked
improvement in female literacy. Male literacy at 82.1 per cent is still higher than female literacy at
65.5 per cent but the latter has increased by 10.9 percentage points compared to 5.6 percentage
points for the former.
• According to the DISE (District Information System for Education), total enrolment in primary
schools increased from 134 million to 137 million in 2011- 12 and then declined to 132 million in

2013-14 while upper primary enrolment grew from 51 million to about 67 million. This is in line with Student Notes:
the changing demographic age structure.
• India has achieved near universal enrolment and enhanced hard and soft infrastructure (schools,
teachers, and academic support staff).
• However, the overall standard of education is well below global standards. PISA
(Programme for International Student Assessment) 2009 results ranked Tamil Nadu and Himachal
Pradesh 72 and 73 out of 74 participants, higher only than Kyrgyzstan, exposes the gaps in our
education system. PISA, which measures the knowledge and skills of 15-year-olds with questions
designed to assess their problem-solving capabilities, rates these two states at the bottom, with the
scores in mathematics and science falling way behind the OECD (Organisation for Economic
Cooperation and Development) average. India did not participate in PISA 2012.
• ASER (Annual Status of Education Report) findings reported about low levels of learning amongst
the 5 to 16 age group in rural India since 2005. The worrying fact is that these are floor level tests
(basic 2-digit carry-forward subtraction and division skills), without which one cannot progress in the
school system.
• The policy prescription lies in shifting attention away from inputs to outcomes and focusing on
building quality education and skill development infrastructure
• With the changing demography and declining child population, the inadequacy of human capital at
the base of the pyramid leading to a huge backlog in basic skills could become a big impediment in
India’s growth.
7.6. Working Population Composition

The population of India according to their economic
status is divided into three groups, namely; main
workers, marginal workers and non-workers.
Standard Census Definition
Main Worker is a person who works for at least 183
days in a year.
Marginal Worker is a person who works for less
than 183 days in a year.
Work participation rate is defined as the percentage of total workers (main and marginal) to
total population.
It is observed that in India, the proportion of workers (both main and marginal) is only 39 per
cent (2001) leaving a vast majority of 61 per cent as non-workers. This indicates an economic
status in which there is a larger proportion of dependent population, further indicating possible
existence of large number of unemployed or under employed people.
..
The proportion of working population, of the states and Union Territories show a moderate
variation from about 25 per cent in Goa to about 53 per cent in Mizoram. The states with larger
percentages of workers are Himachal Pradesh, Sikkim, Chhattisgarh, Andhra Pradesh,
Karnataka, Arunachal Pradesh, Nagaland, Manipur and Meghalaya. Among the Union
Territories, Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu have higher participation rate.
It is understood that, in the context of a country like India, the work participation rate tends to
be higher in the areas of lower levels of economic development since number of manual
workers are needed to perform the subsistence or near subsistence economic activities.
The occupational composition of India’s population (which actually means engagement of an
individual in farming, manufacturing trade, services or any kind of professional activities)
comprises of a large proportion of primary sector workers compared to in the secondary and
tertiary sectors. About 58.2 per cent of total working population are cultivators and agricultural
labourers, whereas only 4.2% of workers are engaged in household industries and 37.6 % are
other workers including non-household industries, trade, commerce, construction and repair

and other services. As far as the occupation of country’s male and female population is Student Notes:
concerned, male workers out-number female workers in all the three sectors.
The number of female workers is relatively high in primary sector, though in recent years there
has been some improvement in work participation of women in secondary and tertiary sectors.
It is important to note that the proportion of workers in agricultural sector in India has shown a
decline over the last few decades (66.85% in 1991 to 58.2% in 2001).
Consequently, the participation rate in secondary and tertiary sector has registered an increase.
This indicates a shift of dependence of workers from farm-based occupations to nonfarm based
ones, indicating a sectoral shift in the economy of the country. The spatial variation of work
participation rate in different sectors in the country is very wide. For instance, the states like
Himachal Pradesh and Nagaland have very large shares of cultivators.
On the other hand states like Andhra Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Orissa, Jharkhand, West Bengal
and Madhya Pradesh have higher proportion of agricultural labourers. The highly urbanised
areas like Delhi, Chandigarh and Puducherry have a very large proportion of workers being
engaged in other services. This indicates not only availability of limited farming land, but also
large scale urbanisation and industrialisation requiring more workers in non-farm sectors.
..

Student Notes:
..
TABLE: State/UT-wise usual status (adjusted), Workforce Participation Rates (%) in the rural and
urban areas in the country during 2011-12
LABOUR FORCE PARTICIPATION IN INDIA
The Economic Survey (2015-16) states that the proportion of economically active population
(15-59 years) has increased from 57.7 per cent to 63.3 per cent during 1991 to 2013, as per
Sample Registration System (SRS) data for 2013.

• The Fourth Annual Employment-Unemployment Survey conducted by the Labour Bureau Student Notes:
during the period January 2014 to July 2014 has shown that the Labour Force Participation
Rate (LFPR) is 52.5 % for all persons.
• However, the LFPR for rural areas stands at 54.7% which is much greater than that for
rural areas i.e. 47.2 %.
• The LFPR for women is significantly lower than that for males in both rural and urban
areas.
• As per the Survey, the Unemployment Rate is 4.7 % in rural areas and 5.5% in urban
areas. The total unemployment rate reported is 4.9% as per the Labour Bureau Survey.
These figures are much higher than the all India unemployment rates of the National
Sample Survey Office (NSSO, 2012-11) which reported unemployment rate of 2.3% for rural
areas, 3.8% for Urban Areas and 2.7% for India as a whole.
7.7. Adolescents
An important aspect of population growth in India is the growth of its adolescents. At present
the share of adolescents i.e. up to the age group of 10-19 years is about 21 per cent (2011).
The adolescent population, though, regarded as the youthful population having high potentials,
but at the same time they are quite vulnerable if not guided and channelized properly. There
are many challenges for the society as far as these adolescents are concerned, some of which
are lower age at marriage, illiteracy – particularly female illiteracy, school dropouts, low intake
of nutrients, high rate of maternal mortality of adolescent mothers, high rates of HIV/AIDS
infections, physical and mental disability or retardation, drug abuse and alcoholism, juvenile
delinquency and committing of crimes etc.
In view of these, the Government of India has undertaken certain policies to impart proper
education to the adolescent groups so that their talents are better channelized and properly
utilized.
The National Population Policy 2000 identifies them as an “under-served population group”,
because their needs have not been specifically addressed so far. The Policy describes various
strategies to address different needs of adolescents. These are:
(i) provide accurate information about physical, physiological, psychological and social
changes and developments that take place during adolescence;
(ii) develop the needed life skills to empower them to avoid risky situations and to attain
sound physical, mental and social health;
(iii) provide food supplements and nutritional services; and
(iv) make available the needed health and counseling services available to them.
7.8. Issues related to Youth

..
The National Youth Policy 2014 defines the age of youth as persons between the age 15-29
years. Youth in India today face various challenges related to employment, drug abuse, suicidal
tendencies, adverse impact of media and social-media and stress arising out of changing
societal structure especially due to emergence of nuclear families.
Employability Challenge- Over 30% of youth aged 15-29 in India are not in employment,
education or training (NEETs). This is more than double the OECD average and almost three
times that of China. NEET status of youths results due to not enough quality jobs being created
in the system and because youths have little incentives or face too high constraints to be in the
education and training systems.
Drug Abuse- Due to India’s close proximity with major opium growing areas of the region, India
is facing the serious menace of drug trafficking and as a spillover effect, drug abuse especially
among the youth is a matter of concern. Being signatory to all the three UN conventions and
SAARC convention, India has enacted Narcotics Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985

and Prevention of Illicit Trafficking of Narcotics Drug and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1988 Student Notes:
through which the country is addressing various aspects of drug problem.
Suicidal Tendencies- Though India’s suicide rate is the 12th highest in the world, the country is
unfortunately home to the highest number of suicides among people in the 15-29 age group –
35.5 in 100,000 people. It is significant that the highest number of suicides is reported from
states with a high literacy level. Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal, Kerala and Karnataka
report more than 53 percent of the national total.
Radicalization- Recent reports about a group of Indians joining the ISIS have raised concerns
about the possibility of an increasing number of young professionals joining global jihadist
groups. Second area of concern is the recent trend in India's domestic politics where radical
groups and ideologies are being propagated, causing greater polarization among communities
Political exclusion- Young people have been excluded from development programs and
activities in numerous ways. As an age cohort, youth are less likely to be involved in governance
and decision-making processes, as a result of economic, political, and procedural barriers that
prevent their participation. As the beneficiaries of services, youth are also likely to face
marginalization due to their membership in excluded demographic groups, including: women,
indigenous, disabled, LGBTQI, refugee, ethnic minority, migrant, and economically
impoverished. Often marginalized from local and national development gains, youth are
particularly vulnerable to economic shocks, social instability, and conflicts.
The World Programme of Action for Youth (WPAY), adopted by the United Nations General
Assembly in 1995, provides a policy framework and practical guidelines for national action and
international support to improve the situation of young people worldwide.
7.9. National Youth Policy

The vision of NYP-2014 is to empower youth to achieve their full potential, and through them
enable India to find its rightful place in the community of nations. For achieving this vision, the
Policy identifies five well-defined objectives and 11 priority areas and suggests policy
interventions in each priority area. The priority areas are education, skill development and
employment, entrepreneurship, health and healthy lifestyle, sports, promotion of social values,
community engagement, participation in politics and governance, youth engagement, inclusion
and social justice.
The focused approach on youth development and empowerment involving all stakeholders, as
envisaged in NYP-2014, would result in development of an educated and healthy young
..

Student Notes:
..
population, who are not only economically productive, but are also socially responsible citizens
contributing to the task of nation-building.
It will cover the entire country catering the needs of all youth in the age-group of 15-29 years,
which constitutes 27.5 per cent of the population according to Census-2011, that is about 33
crore persons. It will replace NYP-2003, to take care of developments since 2003 and future
policy imperatives.

The NYP-2014 proposes broad policy interventions for the youth consistent with the 12thPlan Student Notes:
priorities and does not propose any specific programme/ scheme, having financial implications.
All concerned Ministries/ Department would be requested to bring focus on youth issues within
the framework of their plans/ programmes/ schemes etc.
8. Population Issues
8.1. Population Problems of Underdeveloped Countries
There are underdeveloped countries where the level of technological development inhibits
agricultural efficiency and the establishment of industry even though the resources exist in the
country. Such countries have additional problems if they are overpopulated like China or India.
In these countries the modern industrial economy has been grafted on to a traditional
agricultural and the two have not been properly balanced. Another group of countries which
are underdeveloped are those which lack population, although they sometimes have advanced
societies and command modern technological methods. These countries, such as Brazil,
Colombia, Peru, Zaire or Russia have tremendous resources which cannot be fully because of
lack of population. Their problems are often accentuated by adverse climatic conditions.
8.1.1. Problems of Over-population
• Rapid population growth: Large populations increase rapidly especially in the absence of
family planning practices. This leads to a large population of young people who are
dependent on relatively small section of working population. At the same time the large
number of young people put extra strain on social services.
• Unemployment: In many underdeveloped countries industry is not well established and
there are few employment opportunities for unskilled workers. Unemployment is therefore
high. On the other hand there is a shortage of skilled workers because there are few
facilities for training. In overpopulated rural areas unemployment or underemployment is
also a major problem; people migrate to towns where it is often even more difficult to find
work. Moreover, the towns become overcrowded, making living conditions poor.
• Poor standards of living: Standards of health and hygiene and housing are low which leads
to health problems and malnutrition and the spread of diseases. Ignorance of people and
lack of financial resources further add to the problem.
• Under-utilization of Agricultural resources: Traditional methods of agriculture, outdated or
inadequate equipments. Lack of financial resources for improving farms, nonuse or misuse
of marginal agricultural land, such as highlands, may all help to keep agricultural production
much lower than its potential. Difficulties of rationalizing farming techniques and reforming
land tenure to give larger, more economic farms are aggravated by lack of capita and by
..
traditional attitudes of farmers who are often slow to adopt new ideas.
• Slow growth of industry: Apart from lack of capital which makes the actual exploitation of
resources difficult, the population factors are important. The labour force though large in
number is unskilled and has no background of industrial employment. Similarly, though a
large population should provide a good market for the finished goods, the majority of
people are poor and cannot afford to buy the products. To produce good cheaply for a small
market mechanized manufacture is most economical but this employs very few workers and
does not help the unemployment situation.
• Traditional attitudes militating against change: Traditional or religious attitudes may
militate against change or may make conditions worse. Birth-control is forbidden by
Catholic Church, for instance, and caste restrictions on occupations in India also help to
slow down development. Less important is the conservatism of rural people regarding
farming methods and the introduction of new crops (e.g. genetically modified crops). The
latter attitude can be modified by education but it is often hard to modify the religious
attitudes.

Declining Child Sex Ratio In India Student Notes:
Along with an expanding population, India is facing a serious concern in the form of a declining
child sex ratio.
SEX RATIO TRENDS IN INDIA

The Sex Ratio in the country has shown an improvement. As per the Census, sex ratio has increased from
933 females per thousand males in 2001 to 943 females per thousand males in 2011. State/UT-wise
details of sex ratio are annexed.
As per the Census, 2011 the child sex ratio (0-6 years) has shown a decline from 927 females per
thousand males in 2001 to 919 females per thousand males in 2011.
Some of the reasons for neglect of girl child and low child sex ratio are son preference and the belief that
it is only the son who can perform the last rites, that lineage and inheritance runs through the male line,
sons will look after parents in old age, men are the bread winners etc. Exorbitant dowry demand is
another reason for female foeticide/infanticide. Small family norm coupled with easy availability of sex
determination tests may be a catalyst in the declining child sex ratio, further facilitated by easy
availability of Pre-conception sex selection facilities.
Several factors may be held responsible for the decline in the child sex ratio including – severe
neglect of girl babies in infancy, leading to higher death rates; sex specific abortions that
prevent girl babies from being born; and female infanticide (or the killing of girl babies due to
religious or cultural beliefs). Each of these reasons point to a serious social problem, and there
is some evidence that all of these have been at work in India. Practices of female infanticide
have been known to exist in many regions, while increasing importance is being attached to
modern medical techniques by which the sex of the baby can be determined in the very early
stages of pregnancy. The availability of the sonogram (an x-ray like diagnostic device based on
ultra-sound technology), originally developed to identify genetic or other disorders in the fetus,
may be used to identify and selectively abort female foetus.
The regional pattern of low child sex ratios seems to support this argument. It is striking that
the lowest child sex ratios are found in the most prosperous regions of India. Punjab, Haryana,
Chandigarh, Delhi, Gujarat and Maharashtra are among the richest states of India in terms of
per capita incomes, and they are also the states with the lowest child sex ratios. So the problem
of selective abortions is not due to poverty or ignorance or lack of resources. For example, if
practices like dowry mean that parents have to make large dowry payments to marry off their
daughters, then prosperous parents would be the ones most able to afford this.
However, strikingly the sex ratio is lowest in the most prosperous regions. It is also possible that
as economically prosperous families decide to have fewer children – often only one or two now
– they may also wish to choose the sex of their child. This becomes possible with the availability
..
of ultra-sound technology, although the government has passed strict laws banning this
practice and imposing heavy fines and imprisonment as punishment. The Pre-Natal Diagnostic
Techniques (Regulation and Prevention of Misuse) Act, has been in force since 1996, and has
been further strengthened in 2003. However, in the long run the solution to problems like the
bias against girl child depends more on how social attitudes evolve, besides laws and rules.

Student Notes:
..

Student Notes:
..
8.1.2. Problems of Under-Population

• Uneven Distribution of Population: Average population densities for under populated
countries are low. Small populations increase slowly, even though birth rates are often high.
Immigration is an important source of people but it is usually to the towns and cities rather
that rural areas/countryside. At the same time cities with their better living conditions
attract people from the already sparsely settled countryside. Imbalance between town and
country is a major problem of under populated countries.

• Remoteness: It is difficult to increase settlement in sparsely populated areas because Student Notes:
people are unwilling to forego the amenities of the town. Where there are few people it is
uneconomic to provide elaborate communications, health, education or other facilities.
This in turn increases the unwillingness of people to settle in such areas.
• Under Utilization of resources: Lack of population makes it difficult for a country to
develop its resources to the full. Minerals will usually be extracted, especially precious
metals and petroleum, because the desire for wealth will overcome other considerations.
Agricultural resources are more difficult to develop because they require more and harder
work over a long period of years before they show a good return.
• Slow growth of Industry: This is due to shortage of labour, especially skilled labour in under
populated countries, e.g. in the South American and African countries. Imported skilled
labour raises the cost of industrial development. Moreover the small population does not
provide an adequate market even where the standard of living is high.
• Climatic Problems: Hostile climate or relief conditions make settlement difficult. Such
conditions obstruct development and are likely never to be fully overcome.
In under populated countries needs to be increased but this will only work if immigrants
possess the right skills and are prepared to live in sparsely populated areas. In the 19th century,
when the USA was settled people were prepared to develop the land because many of them
were landless peasants, but immigrants to under populated countries today generally prefer
town life. To open up under populated areas is both difficult and expensive and require huge
capital investments.
8.2. Population Problems of Advanced Countries
• Ageing Population: Due to low birth rate the proportion of young people in the population
is relatively small. Low death rate and high life expectancy mean that there is an ever-
increasing proportion of older people in the population. Many retire from active work in
their sixties and then become dependent on the working population. Provisions of pension
and other facilities, e.g. health services for elderly people pose financial challenges.
• Small Work force: As educational standards improve children remain longer at school and
join the workforce later. This, combined with the low birth rate, means that the labour force
expands only slowly while industrial and other employment opportunities continue to
multiply. Despite a high degree of mechanization in most industries many countries are
short of workers. Another problem is that the workforce is generally well educated and
skilled and there is a shortage of unskilled workers. Because the majority of workers are
skilled and the work force is relatively small wages are high.
• Rural Depopulation: Steady movement of population occurs from countryside to towns due
to the pull factors of city life. The fewer people in the countryside make it less economical
..
to provide services or do business. This creates disparity between towns and countryside.
• Urbanization: As towns expand, the pressure on transport, water supplies, sewage and
refuse disposal grows and creates problems. Smoke and chemical effluents from factories
produce air and water pollution. Traffic congestion and noise are other problems. A tension
created by urban life leads to far higher incidence of mental illness than in underdeveloped
countries. Urban sprawl is another problem; the expanding towns engulf land which would
otherwise be suitable for agriculture and thus reduce self-sufficiency in many countries.
Most advanced countries have areas where agriculture or industry could be improved or where
the population is too large. Similarly the underdeveloped countries all have large towns where
the problems are similar to those of urbanized societies everywhere. It is also important to bear
in mind the differences between under developed countries. Some have a much better
resource base or a smaller population, and these, such as Argentina, Mexico and Malaysia, are
much more likely to be able to overcome their problem than countries with few resources and a
large population with fixed traditional ideas.

Factors that affect population growth Student Notes:
The overarching factor that affects population growth is low socio-economic development.
(Link literacy and population rates- TFR)
• For example, Uttar Pradesh has a literacy rate of 56%; only 14% of the women receive
complete antenatal care. Uttar Pradesh records an average of four children per couple.
• In contrast, in Kerala almost every person is literate and almost every woman receives
antenatal care. Kerala records an average of two children per couple.
Other factors
• Infant mortality
o In 1961, the Infant Mortality Rate (IMR), deaths of infants per 1000 live births, was 115.
The current all India average is much lower at 57. However, in most developed
countries this figure is less than 5.
o IMR is the lowest at 15 in Kerala and the highest at 73 in Uttar Pradesh. Empirical
correlations suggest that high IMR leads to greater desire for children.
• Early marriage
o Nationwide almost 43% of married women aged 20-24 were married before the age of
18. This figure is as high as 68% in Bihar. Not only does early marriage increase the
likelihood of more children, it also puts the woman’s health at risk.
• Level of education
o Fertility rate usually declines with increase in education levels of women.
• Use of contraceptives
o Temporary vs Permanent- According to NFHS III (2005-06), only 56% of currently
married women use some method of family planning in India. A majority of them (37%)
have adopted permanent methods like sterilization.
• Other socio-economic factors
o The desire for larger families particularly preference for a male child also leads to
higher birth rates. It is estimated that preference for a male child and high infant
mortality together account for 20% of the total births in the country.
9. Population Policies in India

Population dynamics affect the developmental prospects of a nation as well as the health and
well-being of its people. This is particularly true of developing countries that have to face
special challenges in this regard.
Discussions on population growth and the need to adopt a population policy had begun in India
even before Independence. A Sub-Committee on population was set up by the National
..
Planning Committee appointed in 1938 by the Interim Government. This Committee, in its
resolution in 1940 said, “in the interest of social economy, family happiness and national
planning, family planning and a limitation of children are essential”.
In fact, India was perhaps the first country to explicitly announce such a policy in 1952. The
aim of the programme was to reduce birth rates “to stabilize the population at a level
consistent with the requirement of national economy”.
The population policy took the concrete form of the National Family Planning Programme. The
broad objectives of this programme have remained the same – to try to influence the rate and
pattern of population growth in socially desirable directions. In the early days, the most
important objective was to slow down the rate of population growth through the promotion of
various birth control methods, improve public health standards, and increase public awareness
about population and health issues.
The Family Planning Programme suffered a setback during the years of the National Emergency
(1975-76). Normal parliamentary and legal procedures were suspended during this time and

special laws and ordinances issued directly by the government (without being passed by Student Notes:
Parliament) were in force.
During this time the government tried to intensify the effort to bring down the growth rate of
population by introducing a coercive programme of mass sterilization. Here sterilization refers
to medical procedures like vasectomy (for men) and tubectomy (for women) which prevent
conception and childbirth. Vast numbers of mostly poor and powerless people were forcibly
sterilized and there was massive pressure on lower level government officials (like school
teachers or office workers) to bring people for sterilization in the camps that were organized for
this purpose. There was widespread popular opposition to this programme, and the new
government elected after the Emergency abandoned it.
The National Family Planning Programme was renamed as the National Family Welfare
Programme after the Emergency, and coercive methods were no longer used. The programme
now has a broad-based set of socio-demographic objectives.
India evolved a comprehensive national population policy in April 1967. This policy came about
realizing that the population explosion was a result of poverty, and hence it should be dealt
with in any plans for a better life and standard of living. So, in 1976, the first National
Population Policy was formulated and tabled in Parliament. In this policy, clear demographic
goals were defined, and several programs were initiated in order to integrate family planning
with the overall strategy of socioeconomic development. The government opined small families
to be synonymous with happy and healthy families. However, the statement was neither
discussed nor adopted.
After that, a National Health Policy was brought out in 1983. This policy also stressed upon the
need for ‘securing the small family norm, through voluntary efforts. It sought to ultimately
achieve the objective of population stabilization. After this, the Parliament emphasized the
need for a separate National Population Policy
This was followed by the National Population Policy in 2000. It encompassed a new set of
guidelines.
9.1. National Population Policy 2000

The National Population Policy 2000 has
made a qualitative departure in its approach
to population issues. It does not directly lay
emphasis on population control. It states
that the objective of economic and social
development is to improve the quality of
..
lives that people lead, to enhance their well-

being, and to provide the opportunities and
choices to become productive assets
(resources) in the society. Stabilizing
population is an essential requirement for
promoting sustainable development. The
immediate objective of the NPP 2000 is to
address the unmet needs for contraception,
health care infrastructure, and health
personnel, and to provide integrated service
delivery for basic reproductive and child
health care. The medium term objective was to bring the total fertility rate (TFR) to
replacement levels by 2010 through vigorous implementation of inter-sectoral operational
strategies. The long term objective was to achieve a stable population by 2045 with sustainable
economic growth, social development, and environmental protection.

Student Notes:
..
Total Fertility Rate at Replacement Level: It is the total fertility rate at which newborn girls
would have an average of exactly one daughter over their lifetimes. In more familiar terms,
every woman has as many babies as needed to replace her. It results into zero population
growth.
Stable Population: A population where fertility and mortality are constant over a period of
time. This type of population will show an unvarying age distribution and will grow at a
constant rate. Where fertility and mortality are equal, the stable population is stationary.
The history of India’s National Family Welfare Programme teaches us that while the state can do
a lot to try and create the conditions for demographic change, most demographic variables
(especially those related to human fertility) are ultimately matters of economic, social and
cultural change.

Appraisal of National Population Policy 2000 Student Notes:
In pursuance of the National Population Policy-2000, Government has taken a number of
measures under Family Planning Programme and as a result, Population Growth Rate in India
has reduced substantially which is evident from the following:-
• The percentage decadal growth rate of the country has declined significantly from 21.5%
for the period 1991-2001 to 17.7% during 2001-2011.
• Total Fertility Rate (TFR) was 3.2 at the time when National Population Policy, 2000 was
adopted and the same has declined to 2.3 as per Sample registration Survey (SRS) 2013
conducted by the Registrar General of India.
• The Total Fertility Rate (TFR) has declined from 2.9 in 2005 to 2.2 in 2017 (SRS).
• 25 out of 37 States/UTs have already achieved replacement level fertility of 2.1 or less.
• The Decadal growth rate has declined from 21.54% in 1999-2000 to 17.64 % during 2001-
11.
• The Crude Birth Rate (CBR) has declined from 23.8 to 20.2 from 2005 to 2017 (SRS).
• The Teenage birth rate has halved from 16 % (NFHS III) to 8 % (NFHS IV).
In spite of the perceptible decline in Total Fertility Rate (TFR) from 3.6 in 1991 to 2.3 in 2013,
India is yet to achieve replacement level of 2.1. Twenty four states/UTs have already achieved
replacement level of TFR by 2013, while states like UP and Bihar with large population base still
have TFR of 3.1 and 3.4 respectively. The other states like Jharkhand (TFR 2.7), Rajasthan (TFR
2.8), Madhya Pradesh (TFR 2.9), and Chhattisgarh (TFR 2.6) continue to have higher levels of
fertility and contribute to the growth of population.
NPP-2000: The Way Forward
NPP-2000 cannot be solely judged a success or failure on the basis of Fertility rates alone. Total
fertility rates ignore the larger mission of NPP-2000, namely the promise of high quality
reproductive healthcare. While southern states like Kerala and Andhra Pradesh are successfully
prioritizing proper implementation and women’s health, the vast majority of states continue to
compromise reproductive health with poor service.
The solution to poor implementation is clear: state governments and other administrators of
NPP-2000 need to prioritize reproductive health at every level of the family planning program.
To do so, the family planning program must expand. Large scale networks are a crucial piece of
this recommendation. By formalizing the relationships among Panchayats, NGOs, grassroots
organizations, and state officials, the family planning program will likely garner greater support
and transparency. The Ministry of Health and Family Welfare should take steps to attract health
care workers and doctors to the family planning field. In addition, staff must be properly trained
..
and held accountable for their work. Competitive pay should be offered to family planning
professionals so as to maintain high quality services in the long-term.
Further, transportation limitations must be addressed in order to reach men and women of
disadvantaged populations (i.e. slum residents, tribal castes, and rural residents). Finally, men
must be included in discussions of family planning practice. Ample evidence suggests that
husbands make decisions related to family planning and healthcare, yet data from the most
recent Demographic and Health Survey (2005) reveal that men are less knowledgeable of
contraceptive methods than their female partners. Collaborative family planning decisions
made by men and women are likely to yield fertility outcomes which satisfy both partners.
Thus, administrators of the National Population Policy (2000) should take steps to educate men
about the benefits of family planning.
What families lack is education, information, and adequate access to contraceptives. If the
National Population Policy (2000) is to eliminate the unmet contraceptive needs of all Indians,
implementation of the family planning program must reflect an appreciation of family
preferences and high quality healthcare.

What else should a future population policy address? Student Notes:
Apart from achieving the basic demographic goals, a future population policy must also address
the skewed female and child sex ratio which is spreading from urban into rural areas.
Discriminatory social barriers like the absence of women’s ownership rights over land and
property are responsible for the continuing son preference.
Second important area that a future population policy must address relates to migration. The
Census 2011 has given the picture of interstate and intrastate migration triggered by
employment, business, education, marriage and other variables. Unplanned migration to the
metros and large cities puts pressure on the infrastructure, housing and water availability and
creates insider-outsider tension. If this is factored into the population policy, it would make for
more foresight and greater coordination, and avoid the inevitable outcome of mushrooming
slums and unplanned habitations.
Next comes the ageing factor. The growing population of the elderly and the increase in life
expectancy accompanied by chronic diseases has the potential to deflect resources from the
primary task of providing education and skill development. Dependency ratios are increasing
rapidly while the joint family system has disintegrated. The market of caregivers is today
unregulated, expensive and undependable. The business opportunity to match the growing
needs of this population cohort after factoring in their growing disability needs to be a part of
the population policy.
A population policy that protects our demographic assets while preparing for difficult
challenges that lie ahead will protect future generations from catastrophic consequences.
9.2. Measures taken to control the population growth of India

On-going interventions
• More emphasis on Spacing methods like IUCD.
• Availability of Fixed Day Static Services at all facilities.
• Quality care in Family Planning services by establishing Quality Assurance Committees at
state and district levels.
• Improving contraceptives supply management up to peripheral facilities.
• Demand generation activities in the form of display of posters, billboards and other audio
and video materials in the various facilities.
• National Family Planning Indemnity Scheme’ (NFPIS) under which clients are insured in the
eventualities of deaths, complications and failures following sterilization and the providers/
accredited institutions are indemnified against litigations in those eventualities.
• Compensation scheme for sterilization acceptors - under the scheme MoHFW provides
..
compensation for loss of wages to the beneficiary and also to the service provider (& team)
for conducting sterilisations.
• Increasing male participation and promotion of Non Scalpel Vasectomy.
• Emphasis on Minlap Tubectomy services because of its logistical simplicity and
requirement of only MBBS doctors and not post graduate gynecologists/surgeons.
• Accreditation of more private/NGO facilities to increase the provider base for family
planning services under PPP.
New Interventions under Family Planning Programme
• Scheme for Home delivery of contraceptives by ASHAs at doorstep of beneficiaries: The
govt. has launched a scheme to utilize the services of ASHA to deliver contraceptives at the
doorstep of beneficiaries.
• Scheme for ASHAs to ensure spacing in births: Under this scheme, services of ASHAs to be
utilised for counselling newly married couples to ensure delay of 2 years in birth after
marriage and couples with 1 child to have spacing of 3 years after the birth of 1stchild.

• Boost to spacing methods by introduction of new method PPIUCD (Post-Partum Intra Student Notes:
Uterine Contraceptives Device.
• Introduction of the new device Cu IUCD 375, which is effective for 5 years.
• Emphasis on Postpartum Family Planning (PPFP) services with introduction of PPIUCD and
promotion of minilap as the main mode of providing sterilisation in the form of post-
partum sterilisation to capitalise on the huge cases coming in for institutional delivery
under JSY.
• Compensation for sterilisation acceptors has been enhanced for 11 High Focus States with
high TFR.
• Scheme for provision of pregnancy testing kits at the sub-centres as well as in the drug kit
of the ASHAs for use in the communities to facilitate the early detection and decision
making for the outcome of pregnancy.
• RMNCH Counselors (Reproductive Maternal New Born and Child Health) availability at the
high case facilities to ensure counseling of the clients visiting the facilities.
• FP 2020- Family Planning Division is working on the national and state wise action plans so
as to achieve FP 2020 goals. The key commitments of FP 2020 are as under :
o Increasing financial commitment on Family Planning whereby India commits an
allocation of 2 billion USD from 2012 to 2020.
o Ensuring access to family planning services to 48 million (4.8 crore) additional women
by 2020 (40% of the total FP 2020 goal).
o Sustaining the coverage of 100 million (10 crore) women currently using contraceptives.
Reducing the unmet need by an improved access to voluntary family planning services, supplies
and information. In addition to above, Jansankhya Sthirata Kosh/National Population
Stabilization Fund has adopted the following strategies as a population control measure:-
• Prerna Strategy: JSK has launched this strategy for helping to push up the age of marriage
of girls and delay in first child and spacing in second child the birth of children in the
interest of health of young mothers and infants. The couple who adopt this strategy
awarded suitably. This helps to change the mindsets of the community.
• Santushti Strategy: Under this strategy, Jansankhya Sthirata Kosh, invites private sector
gynaecologists and vasectomy surgeons to conduct sterilization operations in Public Private
Partnership mode. The private hospitals/nursing home who achieved target to 10 or more
are suitably awarded as per strategy.
• National Helpline: JSK also running a call centers for providing free advice on reproductive
health, family planning, maternal health and child health etc.
• Advocacy & IEC activities: JSK as a part of its awareness and advocacy efforts on population
stabilization, has established networks and partnerships with other ministries, development
partners, private sectors, corporate and professional bodies for spreading its activities
..
through electronic media, print media, workshop, walkathon, and other multi-level
activities etc. at the national, state, district and block level.

1. Review the population policy of the Govt. of India giving the distinguishing features. (2001)
2. Outline the main targets fixed in the National Population Policy 2000. What have been the
follow up measures to this policy? (2002)
3. Define Sex ratio in the population of India. What is its present status? (2002)
4. Critically examine whether growing population is the cause of poverty OR poverty is the
mains cause of population increase in India. (2013)

1. Census 2011 indicates that there is a stark north-south divide with respect to the
ongoing demographic shifts in India. Explain this phenomenon and discuss its policy
implications for both northern and southern states?
Approach:
• Explain the difference between demographic shift taking place in northern and
southern states. For instance as per recent data, one in every 3 children in 0-14 is
from UP or Bihar. On the other hands southern states have stabilized their
population long back and are now seeing a rapid rise in their old age population.
• Policy implications such as – northern states need to invest more on education, skill
building etc. While southern ones due to their ageing population should invest
more on healthcare, pensions, insurance.
Answer:
There is a significant north-south divide on demographic growth in India as seen in the
2011 census.
• The southern states are showing faster decline in the population growth rate as
compared to the northern states. For instance as per recent data, one in every 3
children in 0-14 is from UP or Bihar. On the other hands southern states have
stabilized their population long back and are now seeing a rapid rise in their old age
population.
• As a result of this, there is scarcity of unskilled labor in the south which is currently
filled in by migration from other parts of the country.
• India will have extremely different structure of population across states; while in
some states the population age structure will be adult concentrated and will move
to old age, other states will have still more concentration of child and young
population. This implies that the governments need entirely different policies to
tackle issues in these contexts.
• It means that northern states need to invest more on education, skill building etc.
While southern ones due to their ageing population should invest more on
healthcare, pensions, insurance.
2. What are the reasons behind National Population Policy failing to check population
growth in India?
..
Approach:
• Straight forward question. Write down few of the reasons.
• Conclude with few suggestions.
Answer:
• India was the first country to launch a national programme on population in 1952.
In fact India’s quest for population stabilization began in 1951 with the formulation
of the first five year plan. Yet more than 60 years goals remain elusive.
• In India, there has not been an effective institutionalized mechanism to reduce
birth rate. On the other hand, efforts to bring down the death rate have been quite
successful. Improvement in conditions of health and hygiene has lowered the death
rate. The family planning movement gains national importance in such a situation
of imbalance development and population growth.
• Hence, the government for the first time formulated a policy( effort to regulate
economic and social conditions which are likely to have demographic

consequences) in 1976, with an aim to decrease birth rate, legalize abortion, check Student Notes:
the concentration of population, giving incentives and disincentives. But it
boomeranged because of its coerciveness, overzealous attitude and compulsory
sterilization.
• Further, the government with a revived approach to fight the menace of population
growth introduced the national population policy in 2000. It aimed at achieving
the objective of stable population by 2045, at a level consistent with the
requirement of sustainable economic growth, social development and
environmental protection. Its objective was to address the needs for contraception,
healthcare, infrastructure and health personnel and to provide integrated service
delivery for basic reproductive and child health care. The policy had set goals for
2010 with respect to IMR, MMR, TFR, institutional deliveries etc. but it failed to
achieve these targets.
• The reasons for the failure were lack of political will, lack of responsive policy, lack
of awareness, cultural inertia etc. hence government came up with the revised
population policy in 2010.
• The aim of the national policy was to impress upon the people the need for small,
planned families for their own good as well as for the wellbeing of their children.
The 20 point programme envisages family planning on voluntary basis as a people’s
movement. What is needed to inculcate awareness among the people through the
media and oral communication about the significance of the small family norm.
Female literacy and education can play a decisive role in bringing down the rate of
population growth.
• The following suggestions have been put forward to curb population growth:
o Group acceptance of small sized family.
o Personal knowledge about family planning methods.
o Ready availability of birth control devices and services.
• Hence, the crux of the population policy is the reduction of the national birth rate;
irrespective of social, cultural and economic milieu. Coercing people to adopt family
planning methods has not worked. Volition alone, created through awakening, can
be an effective measure.
3. How does economic development influence the demography of a society? Discuss in

the context of India.
Approach:
Basic theme of the question is relationship between economic development and
..
demographic changes. Answer can be approached in following ways:

• Explain briefly the general trend in demography with respect to economic growth in
India.
• Discuss in detail what demographic changes brought about by economic growth in
Indian society e.g. decreasing fertility rate, sex ratio etc.
Answer:
Economic development and demographic changes are intimately related with each
other. High level of economic development led to decline in fertility rate, population
growth, mortality rate and rise in life expectancy and literacy rate. Similarly, India have
experienced fundamental changes in population growth rate, fertility rate, life
expectancy and age structure in the process of economic development over the years.
Following are the nature of these changes:

• High level of economic growth (6-8 %) in last two decades favouring particular Student Notes:
regions have led to increasing concentration of population in urban areas. The ratio
of urban population have consistently rose to 31 percent in 2011 giving rise to
increased population density in urban areas.
• There is a steep decline in overall population growth rate from 24.5% in 1981 to
17.6% in 2011. This decline corresponds with increasing level of economic growth
and rise of service sector.
• The growing literacy rate from 54% in 1991 to 74% in 2011 can be attributed to
increasing economic development as demand for skill force and opportunities for
employment increases.
• Slow economic growth in rural economy in recent decades have led to large scale
migration leading to change in demographic structure of urban and rural areas.
• With the increasing level of economic development and growth of health services,
changing food pattern, the life expectancy of population is continuously increasing
in India.
• India is witnessing rise in proportion of working age population (15-64) called as
demographic dividend which is considered both the result of economic condition
of society and have implications for economic development.
• The participation of workers in labour market have increased over the years with
the growth of new sectors of the economy like in service sector.
4. How does an age structure changing towards a lower 'dependency ratio' creates a
demographic advantage or 'dividend'? Explain in the context of India.
Approach:
• Firstly, define dependency ratio and demographic dividend and bring out a brief
picture of India in the context.
• Then elaborate on how a low dependency ratio creates a demographic advantage.
• Also discuss the concerns and conclude by emphasizing on the initiatives taken and
some future efforts to fully realize the benefits of demographic dividend for India.
Answer:
Dependency ratio refers to the number of children aged 0 to 14 years plus the number
of persons aged 65 years or above per 100 persons aged 15 to 64 years. Reduction in
dependency ratio is the result of declining birth rates and rise in average life term
generally in the 3rd stage of demographic transition model. It creates a situation
..
wherein the ratio of working population to the total population is high –also termed as
the ‘demographic dividend’.
According to census 2011, more than 63% of the population in India is in the age group
of 15-59 years. Dependency ratio has reduced in all the States and UTs though there are
variations among states (e.g. Kerala, Goa, and Himachal Pradesh have higher old age
dependency).
A lower dependency ratio is a source of economic growth and prosperity in the
following ways:
• Creates a large labor force in the economy - This is subject to adequate human
development, skill development, gender-equality and creation of job opportunities.
• Increases the savings of individuals and the Nation as a whole - More people in
the working age group creates wealth in households. Falling birth rates reduce the
overall expenditure required to provide basic necessities for the under 14 age
group (which is yet to be productive). This translates into more savings for the

household. Savings rate will get a boost if adequate financial inclusion is ensured Student Notes:
and social security nets are put in place. An increased national saving will help in
allocation of resources to priority areas like infrastructure development.
• Increases per capita GDP - It translates into better living standards for the
population.
• Creates Gender Parity – A reduction in dependency ratio invariably follows a
declining fertility rate. Low fertility will imply that more resources will be allocated
to a child in a household which will translate into better human development
indicators. It also ensures higher participation of women in the workforce, lower
health expenditure per household and better health outcomes for women. This is
subject to creation of a society free from evils of female-foeticide and which
provides equal opportunities to both the genders.
Various steps have been taken by the Government to reap the benefits of the
favourable age structure in India. For example: Skill India Mission for improving
employability, Jan Dhan Yojana for Financial Inclusion, Beti Bachao Beti Padao for
improving the child sex ratio, Pradhmantri Beema schemes for providing social security
net etc.
It is to be remembered that demographic dividend in India is just a window of
opportunity which will eventually close as the larger pool of working age people
eventually turns older. Hence it is imperative to create enabling conditions to reap its
full benefits.
5. India was one of the first countries to explicitly announce an official population
policy in 1952. Critically analyse various aspects of the population policy of the
country over the years.
Approach:
• Introduction to the answer should breifly define population policy. Also, briefly
contextualize evolution of the population policy beginning with the National Family
Planning Programme in 1952.
• Provide the features of the population policy as it has evolved over the years in
terms of different approaches adopted and important policy documents such as the
National Population policy 2000. Critical analysis could be presented through the
achievements and failures of the policies over the year.
• Conclude on a positive note acknowledging the progress made as well as the
ingoing efforts.
..
Answer:
A population policy is one which seeks to influence various demographic variables, such
as rate and pattern of growth, birth rate, mortality rate and more. Population was
identified as a strategic component of the development plan in independent India. This
led to the introduction of National Family Planning Programme in 1952 which was
mainly aimed at controlling the rate of growth of population through the means of birth
control methods.
• During the National Emergency, efforts to control population intensified.
Unfortunately, coercive methods, such as forcible mass sterilization, were used
which caused resentment amongst the people towards the population policy.
• Subsequently the programme was renamed as National Family Welfare Program,
wherein the focus shifted to controlling population through welfare of the people.
The coercive methods to control population were dropped and broad-based socio-
demographic objectives were adopted instead.

• A new Set of guidelines were formulated as part of the National Population Policy, Student Notes:
2000. It set forth targets to be achieved by 2010, which were holistic in nature,
covering wide areas which impacted public health and pattern of population
change.
• The overall performance has been less than satisfactory, both in terms of
implementation and achieving targets. The focus areas, initially, were too narrow,
such as population control by contraception and sterilization. Rather, the focus
should have been on socio-economic factors which cause high rate of population
growth. The targets of NPP, 2000 remain unachieved even in 2015.
• That being said, there have been many significant achievements in the fifty years
since the formation of the first policy. There have been reductions in the Crude
Birth Rate, Infant Mortality Rate (IMR) and a vast improvement in the life
expectancy. The population has stabilized as the Total Fertility Rate reduced to
below 3, but it has taken too long to achieve.
Over the decades, the population policy has undergone transformation in terms of
policy and actual programme implementation and currently being repositioned to not
only achieve population stabilization goals but also promote reproductive health and
reduce maternal, infant & child mortality and morbidity.
Recent steps such as National Rural Health Mission, will certainly improve our
performance in achieving the targets. India should take inspiration from neighbors like
Sri Lanka with better record on population parameters.
6. Fertility rates in India are more closely related to education levels and the socio-
economic development within a state, than to religious beliefs. Elaborate. Enumerate
the steps that can be taken to achieve population stabilisation.
Approach:
• Introduce factors that influence fertility rates including religious, social and
economic factors
• Highlight why socio-economic realities like education impact fertility rates more
• Highlight efforts undertaken by the government and some steps that can be further
taken.
Answer:
India was the first country to start family planning in 1952, however, still it is the second
most populous country in the world. To stabilize the population growth, National
..
Population Policy (NPP) 2000 set the target of achieving Total Fertility Rate (TFR) of 2.1
by 2010, the target we missed. Though, TFR declined from 3.6 in 1991 to 2.3 in 2013,
India is yet to achieve replacement level of 2.1.
In spite of family planning initiatives, TFR is higher than 3 in some districts of BIMARU
states.
Socio-economic Reasons
While many may attribute such high rates of fertility in these states owing to cultural
norms and religious factors, but high incidence of birth rates are directly related to
socio-economic parameters of a community:
• High TFR rate is accompanied with high incidents of early marriage of women under
18 years of age. For example, UP and Bihar.
• High TFR rate is accompanied with low literacy rates and vice-versa. For example,
high TFR in UP and Bihar, while very low in southern states.

• High TFR rate is accompanied with high incidents of poverty, as parents see their Student Notes:
children as economic asset. For example, high TFR in BIMARU states.
• TFR rate is lower for women who are part of formal workforce. Even participation
of males in formal employment restricts TFR.
• Social status of females and prevalence of dowry affects the TFR. In regions where
such trend is present, parents having girl child produce more children in hope of
having boy.
• TFR rate is lower in those states where women empowerment index is relatively
higher, because it has direct bearing on reproductive decisions and use of
contraceptives. For example, lower TFR in Kerala, TN while higher in northern
states.
Steps already undertaken
• Scheme for Home delivery of contraceptives by ASHAs at doorstep of beneficiaries.
• Scheme for ASHAs to ensure spacing in births (launched in 2012), under which
ASHAs provide family planning counselling to newly married couples.
• Compensation for sterilisation has been enhanced for states with high TFR.
• Beti Bachao Beti Padhao scheme for education, growth and nurture of female child.
It would also prevent child marriages.
• Some social welfare schemes provide benefits only to two children of the family.
Way Ahead:
• Increase awareness against child marriages and enhance community participation
in preventing it.
• Provide informed reproductive services to women to restore gender balance, by
reforming the sterilization programs and giving more choices to women.
• Focus on women’s empowerment and women education.
• Focus on right-based approach to reproductive health to address the special and
unmet needs of women and adolescent girls.
7. Statistics show that child sex ratio is declining though there is an increase in overall
sex ratio. Discuss the reasons that explain this trend. What measures have been
taken by the government to correct this trend?
Approach:
• Introduce the statement briefly.
•
..
Discuss the reasons for rising overall sex ratio and declining child sex ratio in India.
• Highlight the measures taken by the government.
Answer:
The sex ratio is an important indicator of gender balance in the population. Historically,
the sex ratio has been slightly in favour of females. In last two decades, the sex ratio in
India has increased from 927 in 1991 to 940 in 2011. However, the disturbing trend is
that the Child Sex ratio has declined consistently to all time low at 918 females for 1000
males in India.
Reasons for rising overall sex ratio in India
• Improved health interventions through schemes such as Janani Suraksha Yojana
helped in reducing maternal mortality in India.
• Increase in female literacy rates eventually leads to their better employability,
independence and empowerment

• Government agencies in collaboration with NGOs raised awareness about skewed Student Notes:
sex ratio in India.
Reasons for declining child sex ratio in India
• The differential treatment of girl babies by severely neglecting them in infancy,
leading to higher death rates of girl child
• Sex specific abortions, due to higher preference to male child, prevent girl babies
from being born
• Female infanticide (or the killing of girl babies) due to religious or cultural beliefs
• Availability of sonogram technology by which the sex of the baby can be
determined in the very early stages of pregnancy is used to identify and selectively
abort female foetuses
• It is also possible that as economically prosperous families decide to have fewer
children – often only one or two now – they may also wish to choose the sex of
their child. It has been found that child sex ratio is much lower in the prosperous
regions of India.
Steps taken by government to arrest declining child sex ratio
• The government passed Pre-Conception and Pre-natal Diagnostic Techniques
(Regulation and Prevention of Misuse) (PCPNDT) Act 1996 banning prenatal sex
screening and female foeticide.
• Beti Bachao, Beti Padhao campaign was launched by the government to generate
awareness and improve the efficiency of the welfare services meant for women.
• Sukanya Samriddhi Account scheme is about opening a new account for the girl
child
• The Girl Child Protection Scheme is aimed at preventing the gender discrimination
and eliminates the negative attitudes and practices against the girl child.
• Aapki Beti, Humari Beti launched in the Haryana government where a sum of Rs.
21000 would be deposited by the state government in the account of every new
born girl.
Way forward
Owing to these initiatives, Haryana state reported rise in child sex ratio. Even though
these laws, rules and schemes can help, social attitude needs to be reformed in long
run to address problems of bias against girl children.
..
8. Care for the elderly is fast emerging as a critical element of both public and private
concern. Discuss in the context of India’s increasing population of the elderly.
Approach:
• Give a brief overview of the increasing elderly population in India.
• State the challenges faced by them that need to be addressed in the public sphere.
• Similarly, mention the obstacles faced by them that need attention in the private
sphere.
Answer:
According to 2011 Census, India has nearly 104 million elderly persons (i.e. having age
60 years or above). Elderly population has increased by about 35% from 2001 to 2011.
Their population is expected to rise rapidly due to increased life expectancy, improved
standard of living and medical advancement. The United Nations Population Fund
report states that the number of elderly people in India will triple by 2050.

The elders face several challenges that need immediate attention. In the public sphere, Student Notes:
the issues are:
• Infrastructure: They need better access to physical infrastructure and
transportation facilities.
• Healthcare: Existing gaps in the geriatric medical ecosystem need to be bridged
such as limited manpower, ill-developed health infrastructure, lack of insurance etc.
• Lack of social support: Social security facilities provided by the government such as
old age homes are in dilapidated conditions. Further, most facilities like day care
centres, counseling centers etc. are in urban areas and are inaccessible for the
elderly population in rural areas.
• Decaying physical and mental capacities: Due to aging factors, elderly face physical
weakness and emotional stress.
• Physical violence and abuse: There are growing incidences of violence and abuse
against elderly, sometimes by their own kith and kin.
Various programmes/legislations such as Integrated Programme for Older Persons,
Indira Gandhi Old Age Pension Scheme, the Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and
Senior Citizens Act, 2007 etc. have been introduced by the government to provide for
the welfare of senior citizens. However, there is a need to enhance the capacity of
government agencies to effectively implement these welfare measures.
Also, in the private sphere, the elderlies face the following:
• Increasing nuclearization of families and ensuing insecurity: With such changes,
the elderly are getting exposed to emotional, physical and financial insecurity.
• Psychological problems: These include feeling of powerlessness, inferiority,
depression, uselessness, isolation etc.
• Stigma: They face problems such as dementia, incontinence, widowhood etc.,
which sometimes lead to their stigmatization.
In order to address the above private sphere challenges, family and community
members should behave sensitively and they should ensure that the elderlies are not
marginalized and their day-to-day challenges are minimized by a strong support system.
Conclusively, care for the elderly is emerging as a critical element of both private and
public concern and collaborative efforts by family members, community and state are
required to alleviate their problems. Additionally, wisdom of their age should be reaped
with suitable programs.
..


..
URBANIZATION Student Notes:
Contents
1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 2
2. Urbanization and Associated phenomenon ............................................................................... 2
2.1. Urban Agglomeration .......................................................................................................... 3
2.2. Outgrowth ........................................................................................................................... 3
2.3. Over-Urbanization ............................................................................................................... 3
2.4. Sub-Urbanization................................................................................................................. 3
2.5. Counter-Urbanization.......................................................................................................... 5
2.6. Census Towns ...................................................................................................................... 5
3. Process of Urbanization ............................................................................................................. 5
4. Social effects of Urbanization..................................................................................................... 5
4.1. Family and kinship ............................................................................................................... 6
4.2. Urbanization and Caste ....................................................................................................... 6
4.3. Urbanization and the Status of Women .............................................................................. 6
5. Problems of Urbanization in India .............................................................................................. 7
5.1. Unplanned urbanization ..................................................................................................... 7
5.2. Housing and Inflated Land Prices ........................................................................................ 7
5.3. Creation of Slums ................................................................................................................ 8
5.4. Over Crowding..................................................................................................................... 8
5.5. Water supply, Drainage and Sanitation ............................................................................... 8
5.6. Transportation and Traffic ................................................................................................... 8
5.7. Pollution .............................................................................................................................. 9
5.8. Decreased Group Solidarity ................................................................................................ 9
5.9. Rural urban divide ............................................................................................................... 9
5.10. Urban Crimes .................................................................................................................... 9
5.11. Waste Generation & Waste Management Issues ............................................................. 9
6. Major Programmes Currently in the Area of Urban Development .......................................... 10
7. Way Forward ............................................................................................................................ 11
7.1. Improved Governance ....................................................................................................... 11
7.2. Inclusive Cities ................................................................................................................... 11
7.3. Financing ........................................................................................................................... 12
7.4. Planning............................................................................................................................. 12
7.5. Local capacity building ...................................................................................................... 12


Urbanization (or the growth of urban settlement),is the process of becoming urban, moving to
cities, changing from agriculture to other pursuits common to cities, such as trade,
manufacturing, industry and management, and corresponding changes of behavior patterns
An increase in the size of towns and cities leading to growth of urban population is the most
significant dimension of urbanization. In ancient times there have been great many cities such
as Rome or Baghdad, but ever since industrialization and increasing industrial production, cities
have grown phenomenally and now urbanization is very much part of our contemporary life.
Urbanization in India was mainly a post-independence phenomenon, due to adoption of mixed
system of economy by the country, which gave rise to the development of private sector. It has
been taking place at an increasingly fast rate in India. The following table shows the increase in
urban population from Pre independence till date:
According to a survey done by UN state of World Population Report, by 2030, 41% of the Indian
population will reside in urban areas and also as per “World Cities Report 2016 – Urbanisation
and Development: Emerging Futures”, India’s urban population is expected to become 55
percent of the total population by 2050.
2. Urbanization and Associated phenomenon

There is no common definition of what constitutes an urban settlement. As a result, the
definition employed by national statistical offices varies widely across countries, and in some
cases has changed over time within a country. The criteria for classifying an area as urban may
be based on one or a combination of characteristics, such as: a minimum population threshold;
population density; proportion employed in non-agricultural sectors; the presence of
infrastructure such as paved roads, electricity, piped water or sewers; and the presence of
education or health services.
In this section, we will discuss different definitions and phenomenon associated with the urban
areas. It includes Census definition of urban areas, Urban Agglomeration, Over-Urbanization,
Sub Urbanization, Counter Urbanization and Census towns.

In 1961 census, 'town' was defined and determined on the basis of number of empirical tests: Student Notes:
• a minimum population of 5000
• a density of not less than 1,000 per square mile,
• three-fourth of the occupations of the working population should be outside of agriculture.
• the place should have a few characteristics and amenities such as newly founded industrial
areas, large housing settlements and places of tourist importance and civic amenities.
2.1. Urban Agglomeration

This term was introduced in 1971 census. Often large railway colonies, university campuses,
port areas, military camps etc come up outside the statutory limits of the city or town but
adjoining it. Such areas may not themselves qualify to be treated as towns but if they form a
continuous spread with the adjoining town, it would be realistic to treat them as urban. Such
settlement has been termed as outgrowths, and may cover a whole village, or part of a village.
Such towns together with their outgrowths have been treated as one urban unit and called
'urban agglomeration'.
According to Census of India, 2001, an urban agglomeration is a continuous urban spread
constituting a town and its adjoining outgrowths (OGs), or two or more physically contiguous
towns together with or without outgrowths of such towns. An Urban Agglomeration must
consist of at least a statutory town and its total population should not be less than 20,000 as
per the 2001 Census.
2.2. Outgrowth
According to Census 2001, an Out Growth (OG) is has been defined as a viable unit such as a
village or a hamlet or an enumeration block made up of such village or hamlet and clearly
identifiable in terms of its boundaries and location. Some of the examples are railway colony,
university campus, port area, military camps, etc., which have come up near a statutory town
outside its statutory limits but within the revenue limits of a village or villages contiguous to the
town.
An outgrowth possesses urban features like infrastructure and amenities such as pucca roads,
electricity, taps, drainage system for disposal of waste water etc. educational institutions, post
offices, medical facilities, banks etc. and is physically contiguous with the core town of the
Urban Agglomeration. In the 2011 Census, 475 places with 981 outgrowths have been
identified as Urban Agglomerations as against 384 Urban Agglomerations with 962 outgrowths
in 2001 Census.
2.3. Over-Urbanization
Over-urbanization is a phenomenon wherein the level of urbanization surpasses the level of
industrialization. In an over urbanized area, population growth outstrips its job market and the
capacity of its infrastructure. This phenomenon can also be referred as Urbanisation without
Industrialisation. E.g. Mumbai, Kolkata, Delhi are some of the over urbanized cities.
2.4. Sub-Urbanization
It is closely related to over-urbanization of a city. Over a period of time, people from the Over-
Urbanized area start moving towards the fringe area around the cities. Such areas around the
cities gradually start developing asan urban area. This phenomenon is known as Sub
Urbanisation.

Student Notes:
There are several factors which leads to the process of Sub-urbanisation such as :
1. High cost of living in over urbanized area,
2. Development of transport facility around the horizons of over urbanized area,
3. New Work culture that does not necessitate the physical presence on every day.
4. inclusion of surrounding areas of towns within its municipal limits
Delhi is a typical example; wherein the all the above mentioned factors have led to the
development of sub urbanized area. E.g. Ghaziabad, Faridabad, Meerut etc.

2.5. Counter-Urbanization Student Notes:
It is a demographic and social process whereby people move from urban areas to rural areas. It
first took place as a reaction to inner-city deprivation and overcrowding. Counter urbanization
occurs when some large cities reach a point where they stop growing further or actually begin
to decrease in size as their population start moving into suburban areas or smaller cities
thereby leapfrogging the rural-urban fringe. There are instances which show that the
phenomenon of counter urbanization is occurring in India.
2.6. Census Towns

In 2011, a new definition of census town has been developed. This urban classification of
'census towns' helps differentiate between India's small farming communities and the larger
market town-type settlements that are experiencing rapid and haphazard growth.
To be classified as a census town, a village must fulfil three criteria;
• it need at least 5,000 inhabitants,
• a density of 400 people per sq. km, and
at least three quarters of its male working population must be "engaged in non-agricultural
pursuits".
3. Process of Urbanization
Urbanization as a structural process of change is generally related to industrialization but it is
not always the result of industrialization. Urbanization results due to the concentration of large-
scale and small scale industrial ,commercial, financial and administrative set up in the cities;
technological development in transport and communication, cultural and recreational activities.
The excess of urbanization over industrialization that makes it possible to provide employment
for all persons coming to urban areas is, in fact, what sometimes leads to over urbanization.
In India, a peculiar phenomenon is seen: industrial growth without a significant shift of
population from agriculture to industry and growth of urban population without a significant
rise in the ratio of the urban to the total population. While in terms of ratio, there may not be a
great shift from rural to urban activities, but there is still a large migration of population from
rural areas to urban areas. This makes urban areas choked; while at the same time there is lack
of infrastructural facilities to cope with this rising population.
In context of India, the process of urbanization is seen as a socio-cultural process, economic
process and a geographical process.
• As a socio-cultural phenomenon, it is a melting pot of people with diverse ethnic, linguistic
and religious backgrounds.
• As an economic process, the city is a focal point of productive activities. It exists and grows
on the strength of the economic activities existing within itself.
• Under the geographical process, it deals with migration or change of location of residence
of people and involves the movement of people from one place to another.
The process of urbanization has thus been associated with important economic and social
transformations, which have brought greater geographic mobility, lower fertility, longer life
expectancy and population ageing.
4. Social effects of Urbanization

Urbanization has far reaching effects on larger societal process and structures. Following are
some of the sections-

4.1. Family and kinship Student Notes:
Urbanization affects not only the family structure but also intra and inter-family relations, as
well as the functions the family performs. With urbanization, there is a disruption of the bonds
of community and the migrant faces the problem to replace old relationships with new ones
The relationships of community living tend to become impersonal, formal and goal oriented.
I.P. Desai (1964) showed that though the structure of urban family is changing, the spirit of
individualism is not growing in the families. He found that 74 percent families were residentially
nuclear but functionally and in property joint, and 21 percent were joint in residence and
functioning as well as in property and 5 percent families were nuclear.
Aileen Ross (1962) in her study of 157 Hindu families belonging to middle and upper classes in
Bangalore found that
• about 60 percent of the families are nuclear
• the trend today is towards a break with the traditional joint family form into the nuclear
family form into the nuclear family unit.
• Small joint family is now the most typical form of family life in urban India.
• Relations with one’s distant kin are weakening or breaking.
4.2. Urbanization and Caste

• It is generally held that caste is a rural phenomenon whereas class is urban and that with
urbanization, caste transforms itself into class. But it is necessary to note that the caste
system exists in cities as much as it does in villages although there are significant
organizational differences.
• Caste identity tends to diminish with urbanization, education and the development of an
orientation towards individual achievement and modern status symbols. It has been
pointed out that among the westernized elite, class ties are much more important than
caste ties.
• However, caste system continues to persist and exert its influence in some sectors of urban
social life while it has changed its form in some other sectors. Caste solidarity is not as
strongin urban areas as in the rural areas. Caste panchayats are very weak in cities. There
exists a dichotomy between workplace and domestic situation and both caste and class
situations co-exist.
4.3. Urbanization and the Status of Women

• Women constitute an important section of rural urban migrants. They migrate at the time
of marriage and also when they are potential workers in the place of destination. While
middle class women get employed in white collar jobs and professions, lower class women
find jobs in the informal sector. Women are also found in the formal sector as industrial
workers.
• Many positive developments took place in the socio economic lives of women as a result of
increasing urbanization. Increasing number of women have taken to white-collar jobs and
entered different professions. These professions were instrumental in enhancing the social
and economic status of women, thereby meaning increased and rigorous hours of work,
professional loyalty along with increased autonomy. Average age of marriage of girls is
higher in urban areas.
• However, the traditional and cultural institutions remaining the same, crises of values and a
confusion of norms have finally resulted. The personally and socially enlightened woman is
forced to perform dual roles - social and professional. Also, Urbanisation has not brought
about any radical change in the traditional pattern of arranged marriage with dowry. Urban
women want new opportunities but old securities as well.

• The status of urban women, because of being comparatively educated and liberal, is higher Student Notes:
than that of rural women. However in the labour market, women continue to be in a
disadvantaged situation.
5. Problems of Urbanization in India

The patterns of urbanization in India has been marked by regional and interstate diversities,
large scale rural to urban migration, insufficient infrastructural facilities, growth of slums and
other allied problems. Some of the major problems of urbanization faced in different parts of
India are as follows:
5.1. Unplanned urbanization

Various factors responsible for the process of urbanization like migration, better economic
opportunities led to settling down of people either in already densely populated cities or the
fringe areas around the cities. This rapid urbanization leads to the development of cities
without any urban planning and eventually that becomes unsuitable for living. It poses a serious
threat to the development in terms of delivery of services and living conditions. Also, rapid
urbanization forces government to build cities which actually lacks proper infrastructure, public
facilities and employment opportunities.
5.2. Housing and Inflated Land Prices

It is one of the most intense problems which have emerged due to increased urbanization.
Overpopulation puts a lot of pressure on limited urban land area. This problem is particularly
more severe in those urban areas where there is large invasion of jobless or underemployed
immigrants. The major factors for housing problems are lack of building materials and financial
resources, insufficient expansion of public utilities into sub-urban areas, and lack of enough
transportation to sub-urban areas where most of the available land for new construction is to
be found.

5.3. Creation of Slums Student Notes:
There is acute shortage of housing in urban areas and much of the available accommodation is
of sub-standard quality. This problem has worsened over the years due to rapid increase in
population, fast rate of urbanization and proportionately inadequate addition to the housing
stock.
With large scale migration to urban areas many find that the only option they have is
substandard conditions of slums. Slums are characterized by sub-standard housing,
overcrowding, lack of electrification, ventilation, sanitation, roads and drinking water facilities.
They have been the breeding ground of diseases, environmental pollution, demoralization and
many social tensions.
As per the census 2011, 17% of the urban population in India lives in slum which is expected to
increase rapidly considering the huge migration from rural to urban area. Notably, this
percentage is even higher in some of the cities. For e.g., the ratio is more than 50% in Greater
Mumbai.
5.4. Over Crowding

In major cities in India like Mumbai, Kolkata, Pune and Kanpur, somewhere between 85% and
90% of households live in one or two rooms. In some households, five to six persons live in one
room. Over-crowding encourages deviant behavior, spreads diseases and creates conditions for
mental illness, alcoholism etc. One effect of dense urban living is people’s apathy and
indifference.
5.5. Water supply, Drainage and Sanitation

No city has round the clock water supply in India. Intermittent supply results in a vacuum being
created in empty water lines which often suck in pollutants through leaking joints. Many small
towns have no main water supply at all and are dependent on the wells. Drainage situation is
equally bad. Because of the non-existence of a drainage system, large pools of stagnant water
can be seen in city even in summer months.
Removing garbage, cleaning drains and unclogging sewers are the main jobs of municipalities
and municipal corporations in Indian cities. There is a total lack of motivation to tackle the basic
sanitation needs of the cities. The spread of slums in congested urban areas and lack of civic
sense among the settlers in these slums further adds to the growing mound of filth and
diseases. Diseases like dengue, malaria, typhoid, flu and respiratory ailments are on the rise in
most of the urban centres.
5.6. Transportation and Traffic

Absence of planned and adequate arrangements for traffic and transport is another problem in
urban centres in India. Majority of people use buses and tempos, while a few use rail as transit
system. The increasing number of two-wheelers and cars make the traffic problem worse. They
cause air pollution as well. Moreover, the number of buses plying the metropolitan cities is not
adequate and commuters have to spend long hours to travel.
The design and maintenance of city roads is a major challenge in Indian cities. The roads are
notorious for being pedestrian-unfriendly, poorly surfaced, congested, and constantly dug up.
An important and urgent transformational reform is to draw up national design standards and
contracting standards for city roads to address these challenges.
The flow of traffic also needs special attention in Indian cities. Unlike western cities, motorized
vehicles in India change lanes with high frequency and in unpredictable ways. This creates
unnecessary traffic jams and delays.
Metro rails can be an efficient source of public transportation in many cities. The success of
some initial metro projects has led to demands for the same in other cities.

5.7. Pollution Student Notes:
Our towns and cities are major polluters of the environment. Several cities discharge 40 to 60
percent of their entire sewage and industrial effluents untreated into the nearby rivers. Urban
industry pollutes the atmosphere with smoke and toxic gases from its chimneys. All these,
increase the chances of disease among the people living in the urban centres. According to
UNICEF, lakhs of urban children die or suffer from diarrhea, tetanus, measles etc. because of
poor sanitary conditions and water contamination. As a long-term remedy, what is needed is
using new techniques of waste collection, new technology for garbage-disposal and
fundamental change in the municipal infrastructure and land-use planning.
5.8. Decreased Group Solidarity

Residential areas in cities all over the world are segregated on the basis of primordial identities.
This segregation causes tension and gives rise to spatial pattern of communal violence. Cities
have seen increased incidences of crime due to inadequate social infrastructure like education,
employment, skill development etc.
Unplanned urbanization has led to rise of slums which are socially isolated from the society and
as a result there are increased incidences of pathological behavior. This isolation impacts the
cognitive development of children. Feeling of relative deprivation in the absence of basic
amenities increases the crime rates.
Also, resource rich states attract more migrants and eventually this gives rise to regionalism. In
recent times this has become a major reason of social conflicts.
5.9. Rural urban divide

As skilled population move to cities and considering the trend of the increased urbanization,
government focus has also shifted from rural to urban area. Consequently, rural areas have
started witnessing social changes like transformation of workforce (feminization), changes in
land relations, absence of leadership etc.
The above is not an exhaustive list of the problems of urbanization. A whole lot of other
problems including increasing rate of crime in the cities, increasing old age population and
absence of social security for them, enhanced role and sphere of market has led to the poor
and marginalized suffering the most. Studies have also shown that stress levels are found high
in cities, which in turn has deleterious impact on the health of the people.
5.10. Urban Crimes

Urbanization in India has not only been fast but also unplanned. This leads to an imbalance in
resource availability that manifests itself in dearth of space, shelter, food and basic amenities
for the rising population leading to competition, rivalry, insecurity and crimes. As per National
Crime Records Bureau (NCRB), in 19 selected Metropolitan cities with population more than 2
million, the Crimes under IPC (Indian Penal Code) and SLL (Special and Local Laws), witnessed
an increase of 7.3% and 5.2% respectively in 2016 over 2015. These include heinous crimes
such as murder, rape, kidnapping and abduction, and robbery.
5.11. Waste Generation & Waste Management Issues

Urbanization directly leads to waste generation, and its unscientific waste handling causes
health hazards and urban environment degradation. Increase in urbanization, changing
lifestyles and consumerism is going to further complicate Solid Waste Management which is
already a mammoth task in India. Financial constraints, institutional weaknesses, improper
choice of technology and public apathy towards Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) have made this
situation worse.

6. Major Programmes Currently in the Area of Urban Student Notes:
Development
• Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana - Housing for All (HFA) (Urban Mission) was launched in June
2015 to provide housing to all in urban areas by 2022.
• Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation (AMRUT)- launched with the
objective to provide hard infrastructure for universal coverage of piped drinking water,
sewerage and green spaces and parks. AMRUT also incentivizes governance reforms in the
cities.
• Developing Smart Cities-Launched in June 2015, Smart Cities Mission aims at driving
economic growth and improving the quality of life through area based development and
city-level smart solutions. The mission would convert 100 existing cities into smart cities
• Swachh Bharat Mission (Urban)-Launched on 2nd October 2014, Swachh Bharat Mission
(SBM) (Urban) is the key mission driving the campaign to make our cities clean. The mission
aims to eliminate open defecation in all statutory towns by 2nd October 2019. It also
proposes to eradicate manual scavenging, introduce modern and scientific solid waste
management, induce behavioural change with respect to healthy sanitation practices and
generate awareness for sanitation and its link to public health, augment the capacity of
ULBs and create an enabling environment for the private sector in waste management.
• Deen Dayal Antodaya Yojana– National Urban Livelihood Mission (DAY – NULM)-aims at
creating opportunities for skill development leading to market based employment and
helping the poor to set up self-employment ventures. This Mission’s interventions are
implemented through five key components:
1. Social Mobilization and Institutional Development (SMID);
2. Self-Employment Programmes (SEPs);
3. Employment through Skill, Training & Placement (EST&P);
4. Shelter for Urban Homeless (SUH); and
5. Support to Urban Street Vendors (SUSV).
• National Heritage City Development & Augmentation Yojana (HRIDAY) Mission was
launched in January 2015 with an aim to rejuvenate the heritage cities, with special
attention to others issues such as sanitation, tourism, and livelihood. The Mission is
targeted for completion by November 2018. The HRIDAY mission will be concluded in 12
heritage cities as per the Detailed Project Reports.
• Urban transport - All the interventions in the urban transport by the Ministry of Urban
Development such as Bus Rapid Transit System (BRTS), urban transit infrastructure or
financing of metro rail projects etc, are carried out as per the provisions of National Urban
Transport Policy, 2006.
• Pooled Finance Development Fund Scheme: The Central Government launched the Pooled
Finance Development Fund (PFDF) Scheme to provide credit enhancement to ULBs to
access market borrowings based on their credit worthiness through State-Level-Pooled
Finance Mechanism. The broad objectives of this scheme are to facilitate development of
bankable urban infrastructure projects; to facilitate Urban Local Bodies to access capital and
financial markets for investment in critical municipal infrastructure , to reduce the cost of
borrowing to local bodies and to facilitate development of Municipal Bond Market.
• North Eastern Region Urban Development Programme (NERUDP) - The North Eastern
Region Urban Development Programme (NERUDP) Phase-I is being implemented by the
Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD) with the financial assistance from Asian
Development Bank (ADB). It covers capital cities of 5 North Eastern States viz. Agartala
(Tripura), Aizawl (Mizoram), Gangtok (Sikkim), and Kohima (Nagaland). The project covers
priority urban services viz.
(a) Water Supply, (b) Sewerage and Sanitation, and (c) Solid Waste Management.

7. Way Forward Student Notes:
India needs to work on several areas to manage its unplanned urbanization: Inclusive cities,
funding, planning, capacity building and low-income housing.A political process must also be
started where the urban issues are debated with evolution of meaningful solutions:
7.1. Improved Governance

Governance forms an integral part of Urbanization. Governance is the weakest and most crucial
link which needs to be repaired to bring about the urban transformation so urgently needed in
India. Financing the large sums required to meet the investment needs of urban infrastructure
is crucially dependent on the reform of institutions and the capacity of those who run the
institutions for service delivery and revenue generation. It is seen that large expenditures on
Indian cities and towns have to be combined with better governance structures, strong political
and administrative will to collect taxes and user charges, and improved capacity to deliver.
Cities must be empowered, financially strengthened, and efficiently governed to respond to the
needs of their citizens and to contribute to the growth momentum. Following are the areas
where governance needs to be improved further:
1. Strengthening Municipalities: The municipal entities need to be strengthened as local
governments with ‛own’ sources of revenue, predictable formula-based transfers from
state governments, and other transfers from the Government of India and state
governments to help them discharge the larger responsibilities assigned to them by the
74th Constitutional Amendment. Improved tax revenues combined with rational user
charges will enable cities to leverage their own resources to incur debt and also access
new forms of financing through public private partnership (PPP). NITI Aayog’s suggestions
are also on the same line, A well-run ULBs should have the power to raise financial
resources including through municipal bonds. Indian cities also need to overhaul their
municipal staffing and introduce appropriate skills to achieve administrative efficiency
2. Creation of Waste to Energy plants: To speed up the process of cleaning up municipal
solid waste, NITI Aayog suggests the creation of an authority at the Centre to spread the
use of Waste to Energy plants. Such an authority may be called Waste to Energy
Corporation of India (WECI) and placed under the Ministry of Urban Development. WECI
may set up world class Waste to Energy plants through PPP across the country. It can play a
key role in fast-tracking coverage of waste to energy plants across 100 smart cities by 2019.
3. Strict enforcement of traffic rules: It can be done through fines in case of violations. It will
induce behavioural change and could greatly reduce both the travel time and pollution.
Facilitating new age technology cab aggregators: Incentives may be created to encourage
vehicle-sharing systems such as Ola and Uber. This will reduce the number of vehicles on
the road reducing both congestion and pollution.
4. National metro rail policy: It will ensure that metro projects are not considered in
isolation, but as part of a comprehensive plan of overall public transportation. Further, the
policy should provide clear guidelines on various aspects of metro projects, such as
planning, financing, PPP, etc.
7.2. Inclusive Cities

The poor and lower income groups must be brought into the mainstream in cities. Regulations
intended to manage densities and discourage migration both limit the supply of land and
require many households to consume more land than they would choose. This drives urban
sprawl and pushes up the price of land and the cost of service delivery for all. High standards
for parking, coverage limits, setbacks, elevators, road widths, reservations for health centres,
schools etc. (often not used) prevent the poor from choosing how much to consume of the
costliest resource (urban land) to put a roof over their heads, and comply with legal
requirements.

7.3. Financing Student Notes:
Devolution has to be supported by more reforms in urban financing that will reduce cities’
dependence on the Centre and the states and unleash internal revenue sources. Consistent
with most international examples, there are several sources of funding that Indian cities could
tap into, to a far greater extent than today: Monetizing land assets; higher collection of
property taxes, user charges that reflect costs; debt and public-private partnerships (PPPs); and
central/state government funding. However, internal funding alone will not be enough, even in
large cities. A portion has to come from the central and state governments.
7.4. Planning
India needs to make urban planning a central, respected function, investing in skilled people,
rigorous fact base and innovative urban form. This can be done through a “cascaded” planning
structure in which large cities have 40-year and 20-year plans at the metropolitan level that are
binding on municipal development plans. Central to planning in any city is the optimal
allocation of space, especially land use and Floor Area Ratio (FAR) planning. Both should focus
on linking public transportation with zoning for affordable houses for low-income groups. These
plans need to be detailed, comprehensive, and enforceable.
7.5. Local capacity building

A real step-up in the capabilities and expertise of urban local bodies will be critical to
devolution and improvement of service delivery. Reforms will have to address the development
of professional managers for urban management functions, who are in short supply and will be
required in large numbers. New innovative approaches will have to be explored to tap into the
expertise available in the private and social sectors.
Over the longer term, India needs to introduce more fundamental changes to turn our cities
into 21st century spaces. We need to introduce spatial planning that simultaneously addresses
developmental needs of metropolitan, municipal and ward-level areas. We need to genuinely
devolve power to urban local bodies and financially empower them.
The outcome of the Rio+20 United Nations Conference on Sustainable Development, “The
future we want”, recognized both the plight of the urbanpoor and the need for sustainable
cities as matters of great urgency for the United Nationsdevelopment agenda. Time has come
toforge a new model of urban development thatintegrates all facets of sustainable
development, to promote equity, welfare and shared prosperity in an urbanizing world.

1. Discuss the various social problems which originated out of the speedy process of
urbanization in India. (2013)
2. Smart cities in India cannot sustain without smart vilages. Discuss this statement in the
backdrop of rural urban integration. (2015)
3. With a brief background of quality of urban life in India, introduce the objectives and
strategy of the ‘Smart City Programme.” (2016)

1. Give an account of the factors driving people to migrate from the countryside to
urban areas even if it entails living in slums. Highlight some important facts about
slums unique to India. Also discuss some strategies which can be adopted for
transforming India's slums.
Approach:
• Introduce upon Rural-Urban migration in India and resultant growth of slums.
• Discuss the factors that drive people to migrate to cities and even live in slums.
• Discuss the important facts about slums unique to India.
• Discuss strategies to transform India’s slums.
Answer:
Urbanization accompanied by large scale migration leads to mushrooming slums.
India's slum population will constitute roughly 9% of the total projected national
population of 1.28 billion in 2017.
Driving factors
• A Higher and More Stable Income: Productive employment opportunities in an
urban centre likely generate a higher and more consistent personal disposable
income than in the place of origin – likely a rural, farming centre.
• Social Mobility for the Next Generation: Raising children in an urban environment
creates a higher “option value” for the next generation. Typically, cities offers a
wider choice of education and employment opportunities.
• Distress Migration: Political disturbances and inter-ethnic conflicts forces people
away from their homes. People also migrate to urban areas in the aftermath of
major natural disasters.
• No other option except slums: Poor migrant families are unable to afford decent
housing and transportation cost which forces them to settle in slum areas in the
city near to their work place.
Unique Facts
• Unprecedented Scale: No country has or is facing the issue of slums on the scale at
which India is. By 2017, India is expected to have over 100 million people living in
slums and another 10 million migrants moving to the cities each year.
• Political Clout Cuts Both Ways: India’s slum-dwellers are fully enfranchised and
actively vote for national and local leaders who they feel will protect their
interests. Slum-dwellers’ today know they represent a strong and highly influential
vote and politicians know that delivering things of value to this constituency plays
an important part in their ability to win their vote.
• No Control: Some other developing countries have more effective political tools to
control urban migration. However, India’s democracy which assures the free
movement of people throughout the country prevents any such controls from being
even remotely feasible.
Strategies for Transformation
A viable solution to transform the slums would have to take a holistic view dealing with
India’s larger macro challenges. Such a solution should include the following
strategies:
• Rural Re-Visioning and Investment: There is need to create other cities as counter-
magnets so that the migration to major cities like Mumbai can be arrested.

Infrastructure, employment opportunities and the overall quality of life in India’s Student Notes:
small towns and rural areas should be improved.
• Industrial Revolution and Continued Development: The solution to slums is not to
reverse industrialisation or to try and contain urbanisation, but indeed to press
forward with it more aggressively so that businesses can afford to provide jobs to
slum-dwellers and pay them a proper wage.
• Slum Architecture: Building high-quality, low-cost, multi-storied, diverse formats in
the current slum areas such that these become integrated with the rest of the city.
• Sustainable Continuous Dynamic Infrastructure Provisioning: The government
needs to create a framework for gradual and continuous upgrading of slum
infrastructure.
2. Whereas the UN Habitat report calls cities “the highest pinnacles of human creation”,
the moot question is what form the cities of developing world should take. In context
of this statement, examine the contending strategies of urbanisation, with respect to
India.
Approach:
• In the introduction briefly explain the context in the statement and provide the
reason for a careful consideration of the shape cities would take in developing
world.
• Further delineate the strategies involving large and small cities as models of
urbanisation.
• Conclude by underlining the optimal combination required for future urban growth.
Answer:
Cities have been termed as pinnacles of human creation owing to their historic role and
future potential as sites of human collaboration, engines of growth and vehicles of
social mobility. The UN habitat estimates that by 2050 2/3rd of the global population
would reside in cities. According to the World Bank 90 % of the urban growth would
occur in the developing world. Thus, the inevitability of urbanization and concerns of
sustainability call for greater attention to cities in the developing world.
In this context cities in India have largely grown organically and in an unplanned
manner, this has led to pressure on the resources at disposal. Similarly the tier two
cities would be expanding in the future. Thus, India requires strategies suited to both
traditional urban centers as well as future ones:
• Megacities and Concentred Urbanisation: Cities like Mumbai or Delhi are examples
of megacities (10 million or more population) and Concentred Urbanisation. They
have attracted large number of immigrants and over the years have proven to be
engines of growth. However, these cities have increasingly become dependent on
resources from outside and face pressure of density over land resources, housing
and public amenities. As such they would require strategies of urban renewal and
rejuvenation.
• Smaller Cities and Distributed Urbanisation: The growth of a number of tier two
cities is a future trend for India. This would require Distributed urbanization where
a large number of cities are developed simultaneously. United States which has
many medium-sized cities with population in the range 1.5-5 million. These are
easily manageable, minus the problems of large cities, and provide services to
surrounding countryside as well. By functioning in a typical ‘hub-and-spoke’ model
these cities can complement each other in terms of services and resources. With
the right resources, they can provide better services and environment for its

inhabitants. The 12th plan also leaned towards this trend which is reflective of Student Notes:
India’s federal structure as well.
Learning from international experience, models such as Transport Oriented
Development (TOD) with dense core district of high rises such as in Hong Kong can be
adopted. Similarly, many argue that the Houston or Atlanta Models i.e. population
spreading further away from the core should be avoided.
There are strategies suited for both small and large cities. A rapidly urbanising India
needs cities that are planned and inclusive hubs with enough fiscal resources and
institutional decentralisation.
3. Rather than being a transitory phenomenon of fast-growing economies, today's slums

pose deeper, persistent structural problems and represent major policy challenges.
Discuss in the context of India.
Approach:
• Discuss how slums have become a persistent issue.
• Enumerate policy challenges in this context.
• Conclude with government efforts, SDG 11 and other recommendations.
Answer:
Slums have often been defined by developmental theories as a transitional
phenomenon characteristic of fast-growing economies. But these theories are being
proven wrong as slums have become a persistent problem. Millions of households find
themselves trapped in slums for generations. According to 2011 census, around 17.4 %
urban Indian households live in slums. (Slum population is projected to increase from
93.1 million in 2001 to 104.7 million in 2017).
Today’s slums pose a deeper, persistent structural problem caused by multiple market
and policy failures, poor governance and management hindering investment, and poor
and unsanitary living conditions. Issues include:
• The slum region is marked by lack of adequate living space, insufficient provision of
public goods, and the poor quality of basic amenities like clean drinking water and
sanitation. All of which lead to extremely poor health and diminishing human
capital not only for the slum dwellers but for the vicinity as well.
• Congestion, environmental mismanagement, degradation of natural resources.
• Poor education and opportunities, increased incidence of crime, vulnerability of
women, substance abuse, crowding and depersonalisation and other social and
humanitarian problems.
• Other issues relate to displacement of population from settlements, unregulated
encroachment cases such as Kathputli Colony in Delhi.
Policy challenges
• Tackling rural urban migration–It is closely relate to factors like globalisation and
lack of income opportunities in rural areas. Experts estimate that by 2050 approx.
60 % of the population shall live in cities. This invariably requires complimentary
schemes to develop smart villages on the lines of smart cities.
• Developing social security nets for slum dwellers in cities.
• Sustainable urban development-Making cities safe and sustainable means ensuring
access to safe and affordable housing, upgrading slum settlements, ensuring basic
necessities like clean drinking water, health clinics and toilets. It also includes
reducing vulnerability of women and elderly.

• Employment generation-need to create opportunities for migrants and avenues for Student Notes:
skill development.
• Capacity building in urban local bodies- This will include devolution of authority,
ensuring availability of funds (for example through Municipal bonds, devolving
taxes like entertainment tax etc.) and developing human resources.
• Affordable housing- With rising cost of land there exist an urgent need to develop
affordable housing for slum dwellers. One of the major components of “Housing for
All by 2022” is to utilize in-situ slum rehabilitation, through which the government
has devised a strategy to incentivize private developers to use land as a resource.
The policy also includes a slum upgradation component.
As SDG-11 talks about making cities sustainable, it is imperative that Government
initiatives such as AMRUT, SMART cities etc. must extend the benefits of these
initiatives to slum dwellers who are currently excluded from the benefits of social and
economic security.
4. While suburbanisation is a common phenomenon in most urbanising countries, it is

occurring at a relatively early stage of India’s urban development. Enumerating the
reasons behind this development, highlight the challenges it is creating for Indian
cities.
Approach:
• Give a brief introduction about suburbanisation phenomenon in most urbanising
countries.
• Enumerate the reasons as to why it is occurring at a relatively early stage of India’s
urban development.
• Highlight the challenges it is creating for Indian cities and ways to tackle them.
Answer:
A 2013 World Bank report, “Urbanization beyond Municipal Boundaries”, found that
suburban areas are generating higher economic growth and employment than the city.
Although “suburbanization” is a worldwide phenomenon, it usually occurs in middle to
advanced stages of development. In India, it’s happening much more quickly than
expected.
Reasons:
• Suburbs are seen as safer and cheaper place to live and raise a family due to lower
population density, lower crime, and a more stable population.
• Increasing land prices and office rents have pushed companies to suburban areas.
• With increased incomes, people have the ability to pay more for travel and
commute longer distances to work and back home.
• Indian cities impose quite draconian land use regulations, rent control system and
building height restrictions on their cities leading to excessive suburbanization.
• Suburban municipalities offer tax breaks and regulatory incentives to attract
industrial land users to their area.
• The development of robust and sophisticated infrastructure is possible only in the
peripheries of the city where land is available in plenty and the cost of acquisition is
low.
Growth of urban agglomerations poses many economic, ecological and institutional
challenges which are as follows:
• Access to – and the quality of – water, sanitation, and electricity is much worse in
the urban periphery than at the core.

• Access to quality and affordable health and education services. Student Notes:
• With commercialization of agricultural land and encroachment on forest areas
ecosystem of the region is threatened.
• Unplanned urbanisation and uncontrolled encroachment of natural water storage
and drainage systems has spelt disaster.
• The fiscal deficit grows as a result of suburbanization, mainly because in less
densely populated areas, property taxes tend to be lower.
• Proponents of containing suburbanization argue that it leads to urban decay and a
concentration of lower income residents in the inner city.
Third and fifth five year plans advised urban planning to adopt regional approach and
to create metropolitan planning regions to take care of the growing areas outside
administrative city limits.
Way Forward:
• Address the lacunae in the current rural-urban categorization system. This would
ensure that new areas come under municipality limits and enjoy municipal services.
• Affordable and modern housing within already developed area with intelligent use
of space.
• Provide efficient services and reform governance structures to boost overall
economic development.
• Use zoning and other land use regulations to create development patterns that
make active transportation, in the form of walking and cycling, practical for shortest
of trips.
• Assuring that development is spread out fairly city-wide so that issues of
accessibility to housing and work don’t arise.
• Ensuring that tax incentives given by one suburb do not penalize other suburbs or
the central city.
Inadequacy of cities to provide affordable and quality options has resulted in
suburbanization. We need to improve existing urban amenities while simultaneously
addressing the problems of suburban sprawls.
5. Magnitude of India’s urbanisation is not unusual but the pattern is. In this context,
examine the issues in the governance of cities in India. Also suggest the reforms
required to make Indian cities dynamos of competitive sub-federalism.
Approach:
• Briefly, explain the magnitude and pattern of urbanisation in India.
• List the issues in the governance of cities in India and elaborate them.
• Suggest the reformative steps required to make Indian cities dynamos of
competitive sub-federalism.
• Conclude your answer.
Answer:
Urbanization defines the trajectory of development. In India, urbanisation is rapidly on
the rise as 31.16 percent of population lives in urban areas. According to United
Nations report, India is expected to add an extra 300 million new urban residents
by 2050. The magnitude of urbanization in India is usual and in line with transition
phase seen in a developing country. However, the pattern of urbanization is haphazard
and lopsided marked with severe governance deficit.

Issues in governance Student Notes:
• Poor governance capacities
o The involvement of multiple authorities leading to overlapping of functions.
o Fragmentation of responsibility and service delivery across a large number of
institutions.
o Lack of uniformity in the implementation of e-governance initiatives leading to
unavailability of basic information.
• Infrastructure deficits
o Productive urbanisation requires efficient public services delivery. But every
Indian city lacks basic facilities. For e.g. lack of water and power supply, public
transport, education, healthcare etc.
o Development of infrastructure requires funds but ULB’s have a poor record in
raising sufficient resources.
• Inadequate finances
o ULBs are responsible for the development of urban areas, but there is lack of
devolution of functional and financial powers. Some states have not even
allowed the municipalities to levy property taxes.
o Due to poor property tax collection, the property tax potential remained
unexploited across ULB’s.
o Then there are problems of low coverage, low tax rates, low collection
efficiency and lack of indexation of property values, making property tax a non-
buoyant source of revenue.
• ULBs in India are not equipped to generate reliable data which will enable
monitoring at the micro level — the basis for arriving at relevant macro-level policy
choices.
• Lack of accountability measures by which the ULBs can be held accountable for
their performance.
• Lack of adequate quantity and quality of capable functionaries available to ULBs.
• Lack of planned development leads to haphazard growth, which in turns leads to
proliferation of slums and associated problems.
Suggested reforms
• State government needs to cede power and share resources with local bodies.
Here, State Finance Commissions should also play a vital role by allocating more
resources.
• Ensure efficient collection of existing tax base by adopting the latest satellite based
techniques to map urban properties in order to tap the full potential of property
tax.
• Regular and reliable fiscal and economic performance database linked with grants
to local bodies could help in ensuring transparency.
• NITI Aayog should also compile actual comparative indices of municipalities’
performance annually.
• The ULBs should be provided with capable manpower in adequate numbers, by
creating an independent specialised cadre.
• There should be an annual audit of the performance of ULBs, along with regular
organisation of Ward Sabhas for increasing accountability.
• Any development plan should include all aspects of infrastructure development to
make it viable providing services to every section and sector.
• Initiatives like Swachhta Dashboards: platform that show information on cities
across the country based on their cleanliness.
• Promoting financing options like municipality bonds.

Way Forward Student Notes:
The government should devolve more powers and provide sufficient resources to local
bodies; also put proper checks and balances to ensure transparency and accountability,
thereby, enabling cities to become an effective instrument for competitive federalism
and competitive sub-federalism.
6. Rapid ubanization not only requires addressing the deficits in urban areas but also
addressing those that are created because of it in rural areas. Comment. Also,
evaluate the success of government programmes to reduce the stress on rural
population because of urbanization.
Approach:
• Give a brief account of urbanization and its resultant impact.
• Discuss its outcomes for rural areas.
• Mentioning few schemes evaluate the success of these programmes.
• Conclude by briefly mentioning remedial suggestions.
Answer:
As per census data, 31% of Indian population lived in urban areas in 2011. It is expected
to reach 50% in the next decade or so. This is the result of both rural push & urban pull
factors. But, this has brought along several problems like growth of slums,
homelessness, unemployment, poverty, pollution, shortage of resources, crimes, drug
trafficking, prostitution, beggary and psychological problems like alcoholism, depression
and stress.
While the focus has been to remedy these urban malaises, what is often neglected is
the resultant negative impact of urbanization on rural areas. Some of these are:
• Out-migration of youth and consequent decline in economic productivity of these
regions.
• Declining investment in agriculture and allied activities, reducing employment
avenues and aggravating rural poverty.
• Breakdown of rural families and separation of spouses and children resulting in
psychological problems.
• Feminization of agriculture and increase in vulnerability of females to caste based
and sexual crimes.
• Increasing urban-rural gap in per capita income and living standards.
• Exacerbation of rural-urban differential due to urban bias of planners & policy
makers.
• Decline in traditional arts and crafts of rural areas.
• Adoption of urban culture in rural areas leading to erosion of unique local cultural
traits.
To address these deficits, government launched several programmes including:
• RURBAN mission to provide urban facilities and infrastructure in rural areas such as
roads, hospitals, electricity and digital infrastructure.
• Schemes to boost agriculture and allied activities like those of irrigation, insurance,
institutional credit and agricultural extension.
• Employment schemes like MGNREGA and promoting rural entrepreneurship
through PMEGP.
• Promotion of agro industries through Mega Food Parks, Agricultural Export Zone
and SAMPADA.

Such programmes are helping in bridging the rural-urban gap and providing for socio- Student Notes:
economic betterment of rural masses. For instance, the share of rural 18-year-olds in
schools and colleges had gone up to 70% from 25% between 2016 and 2001. Though,
rural programmes have been the focus of every government since independence, yet it
has not been able to address the problem of poverty, unemployment and poor status of
physical and social infrastructure. Even now, a very large proportion of the BPL
population of India lives in villages and rural India.
In this regard, the need of the hour is employment decentralization, stemming of
migration etc. via suitable industrial policies, strengthening of PRIs and legal
frameworks for land titling, farm-based activities’ promotion and access to credit and
also reliable and affordable energy. These will help bridge the rural-urban deficit.


IMPACT OF GLOBALIZATION ON INDIAN SOCIETY Student Notes:
Contents
1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 2
2. Impact of Globalization on Indian Culture ................................................................................. 3
2.1. Homogenization versus Glocalization of culture ................................................................. 3
2.2. Revival of Culture ................................................................................................................ 4
3. Impact of Globalization on Women in India .............................................................................. 4
3.1. Positive impact of Globalization on women ....................................................................... 4
3.2. Negative impact of Globalization on women ...................................................................... 5
4. Impact of Globalization on Youth in India .................................................................................. 5
4.1. Positive impact of Globalization on youth .......................................................................... 6
4.2. Negative impact of Globalisation on youth......................................................................... 6
5. Impact of Globalization on Family.............................................................................................. 7
6. Impact on Caste System ............................................................................................................. 7
7. Economic Impact of Globalization.............................................................................................. 8
7.1. Impact of Globalization on Employment in India .............................................................. 10
7.2. Impact of Globalization on Informal sector ...................................................................... 11
7.3. Impact of Globalization on Agriculture ............................................................................. 11
8. Globalization and Environment ................................................................................................ 12
8.1. Ways in Which Globalization Affects Environment ........................................................... 12
8.2. Ways in Which Environment Affects Globalization ........................................................... 13
9. Impact of globalisation on the State and its institutions ......................................................... 13


Globalization is a process of increasing interdependence, interconnectedness and integration

of economies and societies to such an extent that an event in one part of the globe affects
people in other parts of world.
The effect of globalization is far reaching. It affects us all but affects us differently. Thus, while
for some it may mean new opportunities, for others the loss of livelihood.
e.g.- Women silk spinners and twisters of Bihar lost their jobs once the Chinese and Korean silk
yarn entered the market. Weavers and consumers prefer this yarn as it is somewhat cheaper
and has a shine.
Loss of opportunities for Indian fishing vessels, loss of livelihoods of women fish sorters, dryers,
vendors etc because of entry of large fishing vessels into Indian waters.
In Gujarat, women gum collectors, who were picking from the ‘julifera’ (Baval trees), lost their
employment due to the import of cheaper gum from Sudan. In almost all cities of India, the rag
pickers lost some of their employment due to import of waste paper from developed countries.
It is obvious that globalization is of great social significance. However, there are,sharply divided
views about the impact of globalization regarding its effect. Someargue that while many in the
more privileged section may benefit, the condition of a large section of the already excluded
population worsens. There are yet others who argue that globalization is not a new
development at all.

2. Impact of Globalization on Indian Culture Student Notes:
There are many ways that globalization affects culture. Over the ages India has had an open
approach to cultural influences and has been enriched because of this. The last few decades
have seen major cultural changes leading to fears that our local cultures would be overtaken.
Thus there are heated debates in our society not just about political and economic issues but
also about changes in clothes, styles, music, films, languages, body language. The debate is
not new and 19th century reformers and early nationalists also debated on culture and
tradition. The issues today are in some ways the same, in some ways different. What is perhaps
different is the scale and intensity of change.
2.1. Homogenization versus Glocalization of culture

A central contention is that all cultures will become similar, that is homogeneous. Others argue
that there is an increasing tendency towards glocalisation of culture. Glocalisation refers to the
mixing of the global with the local. It is not entirely spontaneous. Nor is it entirely delinked
from the commercial interests of globalization. It is a strategy often adopted by foreign firms
while dealing with local traditions in order to enhance their marketability. In India, we find that
all the foreign television channels like Star, MTV, Channel V and Cartoon Network use Indian
languages. Even McDonald sells only vegetarian and chicken products in India and not its beef
products, which are popular abroad. McDonald’s goes vegetarian during the Navaratri festival.
In the field of music, one can see the growth of popularity of ‘Bhangra pop’, ‘Indi pop’, fusion
music and even remixes.
There is another phenomenon associated known as Grobalisation which has been coined by
Ritzer(2004). It refers to what he calls “growth imperatives pushing organisations and nations
to expand globally and to impose themselves on the local geographies there”. For Ritzer,
Globalization is the sum total of ‘glocalization’ and ‘grobalization’.
Homogenization of Culture
• Family structure: Joint family has been adversely affected due to globalization (discussed in detail
later). There has been an increase in nuclear families. This can be clearly manifested in the
increasing number of old age homes that are present now.
• Food: Opening up of food joints like McDonalds, KFC across the country, there has been a
homogenization of food available across the country, but there has also been heterogenization in
food. Old restaurants are now replaced by Mc. Donald’s. Fast food and Chinese dishes have
replaced juice corners and Parathas.
• Consumerism: Borrowing of money has become more acceptable now as compared to the past.
Taking loans is very common due to increasing access to financial institutions
• Entertainment: In place of old cinema halls, multiplex theatres are coming up.
• Language: Use of English has increased manifold in urban areas, this has led to a homogenization in
language across the country. The rural areas have, however, been less affected by it. The 2011
Census showed English is the primary language—mother tongue—of 256,000 people, the second
language of 83 million people, and the third language of another 46 million people, making it the
second-most widely spoken language after Hindi
Glocalization of Culture
• Food: India has its unique cuisine, but the cuisines of foreign countries have become more easily
available, they are modified to suit the taste buds of Indians (like Paneer Tikka Burger in
McDonalds). This has led to a wide variety of food being available, leading to heterogenization
• French, German and Spanish are taught to students right from school level along with indigenous
languages, this is an exemplification of hybridization of culture
• Movies: Popularity of foreign movies has increased, Hollywood, Chinese, French and Korean
movies are quite popular among the urban youth. Along with this, dubbing of these foreign movies

in local languages is testimony of increased glocalization. Furthermore, there has been a rising Student Notes:
acceptance and popularity of OTT platforms which showcase content from across the world.
• Festivals: celebrations of Valentines’ day, Friendship day are examples of change in cultural values
related to festival. However, along with these new days, traditional festivals are celebrated with
equal enthusiasm.
• Marriage: Importance of marriage, as an institution, is decreasing.There has been an increase in
divorce, increase in live-in relationships, and single parenting is increasing. Marriage used to be
considered as bonding of the souls; but today marriage is becoming professional and contractual.
However, despite change in forms of marriage, it has not declined as an institution.
2.2. Revival of Culture

• Revival of Yoga in the country as well as in the international level. This can be seen in the
popularity of the ‘Art of Living’ course by Ravi Shankar, or the celebration of International
Yoga day across the world
• There has been a revival of ayurvedic medicines in the country as well as outside it
• Due to increasing uncertainty by inter-linkage with the outside world, there has been
religious revivalism. This can be manifested in the use of religion to attract voters, or
mobilizing people on the basis of religion.
• Increasing demand for local handicraft products in global market: such as Chikenkari or
bandhani.
• Due to increasing global tourism, locals are making efforts to preserve their diversity and
revive their traditions.
All these changes have led to drastic changes to Indian culture, though most of these changes
are confined to the urban areas, but the rural areas are fast catching up. We can see that the
western culture is influencing the Indian culture, but it is not replacing it, rather there is a
mixture of both cultures.
It is to be noted that culture cannot be seen as an unchanging fixed entity that can either
collapse or remain the same when faced with social change. What is more likely even today is
that globalization will lead to the creation of not just new local traditions but global ones too.
3. Impact of Globalization on Women in India

Globalization affects different groups of women in different places in different ways. On the one
hand it may create new opportunities for women to be forerunners in economic and social
progress on the other it may take away job opportunities by providing cheaper avenues in the
form of assembly line production or outsourcing.
With the advent of global communication networks and cross-cultural exchange there seems to
be a change in the status of women albeit not to a very large extent. Globalization has indeed
promoted ideas and norms of equality for women that have brought about awareness and
acted as a catalyst in their struggle for equitable rights and opportunities.
However, Globalization may exacerbate gender inequality in a patriarchal society, especially in
the developing world. In the economic realm it may lead to further marginalization of women in
the informal labor sector or impoverishment through loss of traditional sources of income.
According to a United Nations Development Fund for Women’s report, over the past two
decades the process of globalization has contributed to widening inequality within and among
countries
3.1. Positive impact of Globalization on women

• Increased opportunities for women - Opened up broader communication lines and brought
more companies as well as different worldwide organizations into India- this provides more
opportunities for women who are becoming a larger part of the workforce

• Independence and self confidence - With new jobs for women, there are opportunities for Student Notes:
higher pay, which raises self-confidence and brings about independence. Also, due to
increased urbanization, Women in urban areas have become more independent and self-
sufficient. This has been manifested through inter-caste marriages, single mothers, live-in
relationships.
• Development of entrepreneurial attitude - The lower middle class is experiencing a shift in
the way family relations worked. Traditionally women stayed at home taking care of
domestic needs and children. Now most of the women are setting out of their private
spaces to earn a living. For example: Self-Employed Women’s Association (SEWA) in India is
a union of women laborers willing to work hard and seize any work opportunities they
might get
• Spread of Feminist movement - Feminist movement has spread to India due to
globalization, making women more vocal about their ideas. Recently, the fourth wave of
feminism that seeks equality and prevention of discrimination at workplace manifested in
the “Me Too” campaign across the world & in India.
• Improvement in education and health care facility - Globalization has led increase in
education of women, it has led to an improvement in health care facilities, leading to
reduction of MMR and IMR
• Skills and vocational training - Different non-profit organizations have been brought
to India from around the globe. These organizations have given women the skills they need
to advance, such as literacy and vocational skills.
• Impact on rural women - The women in rural settings have been influenced by globalization
through media and through numerous intervention programs like non-profit organizations,
increasing self-confidence of women and motivating them to fight for their rights
• Cultural change - Changes in attitude of women- more acceptance of western clothes,
dating has become common in urban areas, increased use of contraception in rural as well
as urban areas.
3.2. Negative impact of Globalization on women

• Issues related to employment and workplace -Though employment opportunities for
women are increasing, they are mostly crowded in low paying jobs, have less social security.
Exploitation of women in work place has emerged as a new issue
• Dual responsibility - Women are suffering two fold. As women in developing countries
move into the work force, their domestic responsibilities are not alleviated. Women work
two full time jobs.
• Commodification of women - Globalization has occurred with the persistence of patriarchal
mindset of Indians, this has led to problems for women like commodification of women,
use of social media to harass women, increase in violence against women.
• As consumers, women are increasingly facing a consumer culture which reduces them to
commodities and as producers, women are exposed to work exploitation and occupational
hazards
• Additionally, prostitution, abuse and dowry related suicides are on the increase despite
globalization.
4. Impact of Globalization on Youth in India

Globalization offers clear economic opportunities and benefits, but comes with substantial
social costs that often appear to affect young people disproportionately, given their tenuous
transitional status within an uncertain and rapidly evolving global context.
The majority of India’s population is young. The population growth among youth is one of the
most critical factors in the way India responds to globalization. Indian youth are fuelling both
positive and negative perceptions given to globalization. They are embracing globalization in a
way that the previous generation never imagined.

Student Notes:
4.1. Positive impact of Globalization on youth

• Education and Enterprise : The primary ambition of young Indians from the smallest
villages to the largest cities is to ''become rich.'' Young people hope to achieve this goal
through enterprise and education. The most highly regarded careers like civil service,
engineering, and medicine are giving way to high-paying jobs in high tech and the media.
• Becoming a Global teenager: In addition to the dynamic, global, economic forces effecting
India, globalization has brought change to India’s rich culture. Youth see themselves as
global teenagers. They belong to a much bigger community than the community they were
born into. The younger generation is embracing western popular culture and incorporating
it into their Indian identity. There is a subtle and powerful hybridization of western and
Indian values occurring – particularly evident among Indian youth.
• Cultural change: Present day youth, with its more materialistic ambitions and more globally
informed opinions, are gradually abandoning the austere ways and restricted traditional
Indian markets. Youth demand a more cosmopolitan society that is a full-fledged member
of the global economy.
• Attitude towards religion: Most religious activities are becoming irrelevant to the youth.
They want to see changes in religion. They are not internalizing traditional ideas; rather,
they are merely tolerating them. Though they do find some indirect value with religion.
4.2. Negative impact of Globalisation on youth

• Increased urban poverty: Economic globalization has led to increased urban poverty as
people move from the rural areas to the cities in search of opportunity. Youth make up the
large majority of urban migrants. But youth face a high level of unemployment in urban
centres. Young migrants are pushed and pulled into the cities only to find a stressed local
economy. In the absence of critical infrastructure many youth suffer from the
mismanagement of scarce resources, corruption, and sometimes natural calamities that
devastate overpopulated areas. Religious, civic and ethnic conflicts also undermine
economic prosperity available in cities, which often directly involve young people.
• Consumerist attitude: Consumerism has permeated and changed the traditional beliefs and
practices of the Indian people. The traditional Indian dress is declining, especially among
urban youth, in favour of new fashions from the west. Buying the latest cars, televisions,
electronic gadgets, and trendy clothes has become quite popular. The younger poor
population is particularly susceptible to the allure of expensive products seen in
advertisements and when they cannot respond to these ads, they get frustrated.
• Status of youth in family: Globalization also is changing family institutions, and the nuclear
family is increasingly the norm. Youth are not as close to their grandparents as were earlier
generations and spend less time with the older generation resulting in loss of wisdom
handed down from generation to generation.
Increased cases of depression and suicide: Globalization has led to an increase in uncertainty
among youth; this underlying instability may serve to magnify the tensions and lack of control
they experience on a daily basis. Uncertainty is because of the breakdown of traditional norms,
weakening of social relations like that of family and marriage, uncertainty in career due to
market economy. This has led to an increase in cases of depression and suicide among the
youth. The evaluation of the effects of globalization is as a mixed bag, both good and bad.
Economic globalization has improved study and job opportunities and provided greater
employment opportunities. But it has also made the poor even poorer. But importantly, there
is no going back from globalisation. The youth enjoy having the opportunity to be modern,
progressive, and be a part

5. Impact of Globalization on Family Student Notes:
Traditionally, in India, the basic unit of society was not individual but the joint family. Ever since
independence, Indian Society has undergone and continues to undergo great change in every
walk of life. Family is becoming progressively weak due to globalization and individualism is
growing rapidly.
Structure of the family
• Disintegration of joint family - Increasing mobility of younger generation in search of new
employment and educational opportunities has weakened the family relations. It has led to
disintegration of the joint family. Gradual change in family structure from joint/extended
families to nuclear family pattern.
• New forms of family are emerging: for example Single parent households, live-in
relationship, female headed households, dual-career family (both husband and wife are
working), same sex couples etc.
Functions of the family
• The family bonding and ties have started loosening due to physical distance as it rendered
impracticable for family members to come together as often as earlier. This affected the
earlier idealized notion of 'family' as the caring and nurturing unit for children, the sick and
elderly.
• With more women joining the workforce system, the care of aged within families has
declined.
• Finding partners: younger generations have started depending on internet marriage sites
like 'Shadi.com, Bharat Matrimony' etc. Family involvement in finding a groom / bride is
reducing. However, the tradition of arranged marriages is still relevant in Indian society.
• Traditionally family served the role of providing education to the younger generation.
However this role has been taken over by the specialized institutions due to growing
division of labour and specialization of the work.
• However, despite changes in the functions of the family, even today there are certain
functions still specific to family i) Primary socialization of children, ii) Agency of social
control
Inter-personal relations
• Traditional authority structure has changed. The head of the family- father/grandfather
have started losing their authority to the bread winner of the family.
• In nuclear families, there has been a change in marital rules and distributions of powers.
• Total subordination of women to men and strict disciplinarian role of father towards
children are changing.
• Individualism in younger generation is increasing, many of them don’t believe in total
surrender of their individual interests to family interests.
• However, due to penetration of technology connectivity with extended kins has improved.
6. Impact on Caste System

The traditional caste system is based on the principles of Purity and pollution. It had following
characteristics:
1. Hierarchy
2. Separation of contact
3. Occupational division of labour

Due to globalization, there have been changes in the traditional caste system in following ways: Student Notes:
• Weakening of caste system - Due to globalization, there has been expansion of economic
opportunities, education and liberal thoughts, which has resulted in weakening of the caste
system.
• Acceptance of Inter caste marriage - Inter caste marriages are becoming more common
and are being accepted gradually
• Caste free division of labour - Traditional division of labour was breaking down due to
industrialization; this was given a boost by globalization.
• Decreased feeling of casteism - Increasing use of modern communication facilities,
increased interaction between members of different castes has led to decrease in feeling of
Casteism.
• Secular pattern of living - Globalization has resulted into growing urbanization, which has
facilitated secular pattern of living and hence impacted “separation of contact” aspect of
caste system.
However, despite changes, caste system has shown immense resilience and still continues to
exist as one of the significant feature of Indian society.
7. Economic Impact of Globalization

Globalization has intensified interdependence and competition between economies in the
world market. This is reflected in Interdependence in regard to trading in goods and services
and in movement of capital & labour. As a result domestic economic developments are not
determined entirely by domestic policies and market conditions. Rather, they are influenced by
both domestic and international policies and economic conditions. Direction and depth of all
economic activities in India is now governed largely by global Economy.
Positive Impact includes
• Policies of Privatization and liberalization of economy, along with the process of
globalization, had a dramatic effect on Indian Economy which responded swiftly and
positively to these measures. The following table shows the impact of globalization on
growth:
Time period Pre 1991 (or, 1980s) 1991-92 to 2005-06 Since 2003-04
Average growth 5.29% 6.06% ~8.5%
• Increase in Innovation - Globalization has led to an increase in innovations in the economy

and has pushed the culture of start-ups in the country.
• Access to global capital reserves - via the stock market and international debt depending on
the economic potential of nations and their markets.
• More space to the private sector - Sharp reduction in industries reserved exclusively for
public sector Decision to go for disinvestment in public sector enterprises thus promoting
efficiency and merit.
• Development of tourism sector - Increase in tourism and development of tourist
destinations in India- leading to increase in foreign reserves
• Revolution in IT and Telecom sector - Vast expansion of sectors like IT, telecommunication
and aviation. A notable revolution has occurred in the telecom sector. In the pre reforms
era, this was entirely in the hands of the central government and due to lack of
competition, the call charges were quite high. Further, due to lack of funds with the
government, the government could never meet the demand for telephones. In fact, a
person seeking a telephone connection had to wait for years before he could get a
telephone connection.

• Customised and quality products - The biggest contribution of globalisation is in the field of Student Notes:
quality and development of products with various features to suit the Indians. Now wide
choices are available to select goods, which has led to better quality of products due to
greater competition.
• Improved access of health technology - Globalization has improved access to health
technology (medicines, vaccines and medical equipments and knowhow). This has led to
improvement of health care system. Improved education sector - Globalization has also
affected the education sector in India. Globalization has increased the demand for
education due to the economic payoffs of higher education to global, science based,
knowledge. University training has become more of a necessity to get good job in a
globalized world. Moreover, socio-political, demographic and democratic ideals increase
pressure on universities to provide access to groups that traditionally have not attended
universities. Opening Indian higher education to foreign competition will benefit education
sector further.
• Reduction in poverty - In theory, globalisation, by promoting economic growth in
developing countries, tends to reduce poverty. Some scholars have argued that ‘trade is
good for growth, growth is good for the poor and so trade is good for the poor’ (Dollar
and Kray, 2001). The empirical experience of developing countries generally supports this
proposition as the incidence of poverty declined significantly in many fast growing countries
like China, India and Vietnam. However, some critics have argued that the reduction of
poverty in China was only because of its exceptional growth—in fact, absolute poverty
increased in Sub-Saharan Africa and relative poverty has increased in a majority of
countries.
• Globalization has through greater exposure liberalized our attitudes, reduced our biases
and predispositions about people, situations and communities worldwide.
Negatives
• Vulnerability to global economic shocks - Indian Economy has become more vulnerable to
global shocks like East Asian crisis 1997, European crisis, Global Financial crisis (2007-08)
etc.
• Stiff competition to Indian corporate - Globalization has adversely affected many
established companies (like organisations manufacturing Ambassador Cars or Fiat cars etc)
which failed to face competition from established global players.
• Steep and fast reductions in custom duties have snatched large part of Indian market from
Indian Industry and passed it on to imports from established global players.
• Increase in unemployment - For its survival in the face of global competition, Indian
industry has transformed itself from labour intensive processes to Capital intensive
processes by adopting global technologies and automatic machinery. This has resulted in
high rate of unemployment in India. Unemployment is the biggest challenge for Indian
Government today.
• Formation of slums - Boost to urbanization and industrialization, which has also led to
unplanned growth of urban centres leading to formation of more slums.
• Spread of diseases - But globalization has also led to a greater threat of spread of
communicable diseases like Ebola, Covid 19.
• Consumerism - There has been a tremendous increase in consumerism for goods and
services.
We may call globalization, at best, a double edged weapon. It has helped Indian consumers to
enjoy all high Quality global brands. It did help Government of India to tide over its serious
foreign exchange problem, though temporarily, by enabling it to get loan from World Bank. But
critics cite serious erosion of control of Indian Government over its economy and the loss to
local Industry as setbacks.

7.1. Impact of Globalization on Employment in India Student Notes:
Globalization affects the employment situation through trade liberalisation, through

encouraging exports and imports and through increasing incentives for investment and
innovation. It also encourages FDI which supplements domestic investment and leads to higher
growth of the economy. Globalization, which is often combined with domestic liberalisation,
also results in reducing the power of trade unions and encourages informal contractualization
and lock outs.
No wonder, the advocates of globalization have always been of the firm view that globalization
would result in significant increases in labour intensive exports there by promoting
employment and income generation in developing countries. Simultaneously, larger flows of
FDI would result in increased investment in Greenfield areas and would lead to accelerated
direct and indirect employment and income growth in the developing countries.
In the Indian context of post economic reforms, the rate of growth of the economy and the rate
of growth of employment have accelerated, but the economy as also employment remains
undiversified. Both interpersonal and inter-regional income inequalities remain high and seem
to have increased. The quality of employment remains very poor for a major portion of
workers. The following points may be noted in Indian context:
• Globalization has resulted in casualization of labour. Global competition tends to
encourage formal firms to shift formal wageworkers to informal employment arrangements
without minimum wages, assured work or benefits. It encourages informal units to shift
workers to piece-rate or casual work arrangements without assured minimum wages, or
benefits.
• Real wages of casual labour increased faster than in the past- both among agricultural and
industrial workers.
• There has been a shift in the composition of labour force in favour of the skilled labors, in
general, and more significantly in the unorganised sector. As a natural consequence, labour
productivity indicated faster improvement both in organized and unorganised sectors
• International mobility of labors: The migration of labours across international boundaries
is one of the most striking features of globalization worldwide.
o Since Independence, migration from India has been characterized by movement of
persons with technical skills and professional expertise to the industrialized countries,
and flow of unskilled and semi-skilled workers to the oil exporting countries of the
Middle East.
o During the 1990s, however, there has been a clear shift in the pattern of labour
demand in the Middle East away from unskilled and semi-skilled categories towards
service, operations and maintenance workers requiring high skills.
o Besides, there has been a runaway growth in exports of IT and software services from
India
o All these have enhanced the employment opportunities for the Indian labour,
particularly when the country boasts to have very large pool of English speaking
people.
o In the process, sustained remittances from the Indian Diaspora, which is in fact the
largest in the world, have imparted an element of stability in the country’s balance of
payments.
• Woman labour: Feminization of the workforce increased after liberalization.
• Child labour: Though undesirable, child labor persists primarily in rural and agricultural
activities on account of socio-economic compulsions. But there has been a decline in
participation of children aged 5- 14 years in the workforce. There has been a substitution
effect, which favors the employability of adult females.

• Industrial relations: Increasingly, consultation, co-operation and consensus are taking the Student Notes:
place of coercion and confrontation. This is reflected in the reduced number of man days
lost.
7.2. Impact of Globalization on Informal sector

Informal sector includes the large amalgam of men and women, who eke out a living
unprotected by a regular salary and job security. This includes the large and amorphous
category called the self-employed, daily wage laborers, as also those who are salaried
employees but do not have job security, wage revisions and other benefits.
• Globalization often leads to shifts from secure self-employment to more precarious self-
employment, as producers and traders lose their market niche.
• Globalization tends to benefit large companies which can move quickly and easily across
borders but posses disadvantage to labour, especially lower-skilled workers that cannot
migrate easily or at all. This puts a pressure on low skilled workers and petty producers by
weakening their bargaining power and subjecting them to enhanced competition.
• Lack of opportunities in the formal sector due to lack of skill/education and slow pace of
job creation in the country push people to informal sector.
• As more and more men enter the informal economy, women tend to be pushed to the
lowest income end of the informal economy.
• Thus, globalization of the economy tends to reinforce the links between poverty,
informality, and gender.
• But globalization can also lead to new opportunities for those who work in the informal
economy in the form of new jobs for wageworkers or new markets for the self-employed.
• There has been a radical restructuring of production and distribution in many key industries
characterized by outsourcing or subcontracting through global commodity chains. The net
result is that more and more workers are being paid very low wages and many of them
have to absorb the non-wage costs of production
However, a collaborative effort on the part of grassroots organizations of those who work in the
informal economy with sympathetic representatives of non-governmental, research,
government, private sector, and international development organizations is needed to enable
the most vulnerable segments of society to seize these opportunities.
7.3. Impact of Globalization on Agriculture

With a view to move towards liberalizing the agricultural sector and promoting free and fair
trade, India, a member nation of the World Trade organization (WTO) signed the Uruguay
Round Agreements on 1st January 1995. The Agreement On Agriculture of the WTO, was the
first multilateral agreement, meant to curb unfair practices in agricultural trade and set off the
process of reforms in the agricultural sector.
Indian agriculture has shown a slow average annual growth rate. It was 3.1 % during the decade
1980-1990 prior to liberalization of the economy. But since then the annual growth rates have
declined consistently relative to annual growth rate of the population. Several factors were
responsible for this fall in growth rate; lack of credit, inadequate irrigation cover, and
indebtedness, continuing use of obsolete technology, improper use of inputs and decline in the
public investments
Since the non-agricultural sectors of the economy have been growing at a much faster rate than
the agricultural sector, this has resulted in a declining share of agriculture in the total GDP.
Although the share of agriculture in GDP declined rapidly, its share in employment declined at a
much slower rate.

The notable effects of Globalization on Indian agriculture may be listed as under: Student Notes:
• Shift from traditional crop to cash crop - With globalization farmers were encouraged to
shift from traditional crops to export- oriented ‘cash crops’ such as cotton and tobacco but
such crops needed far more inputs in terms of fertilizers, pesticides and water.
• Uneven spread of farm mechanization - Appropriate use of agricultural equipment’s, suited
to the crops and the region of cultivation, lead to efficient utilization of farm inputs, making
farming financially viable and profitable. Though there has been considerable progress in
farm mechanization, its spread across the country still remains uneven.
• Introduction of water saving techniques - Introduced new water saving practices in India
such as drip irrigation.
• Capitalist farming and contract farming - There has been a gradual shift from Subsistence
farming to capitalist farming and contract farming
• Increased access to developed country markets - However Indian farmer still find it
difficult to export their products to rich countries because of their inferior technology and
stringent quality parameters imposed by foreign consumers. (Due to sanitary and
phytosanitary requirements, example temporary ban of Mangoes by EU in 2014)
• Increase in input cost - Seed prices have increased due to entry by seed producing MNCs
like Monsanto and Cargill. There are also concerns related to patent rights on seeds. The
large scale suicide by Indian farmers in Karnataka, Punjab and Haryana under the burden of
heavy loans is attributed to rising cost of inputs and thin margins on profit.
• Trading of agricultural commodities has increased which at times lead to fluctuation of
prices of these commodities.
• Feminisation of agriculture: Globalisation has led to the shift of population from rural area
to the urban areas and eventually It has led to feminization of agriculture. As per the 10th
Agriculture Census (2015-16), agriculture sector employs 80% of all economically active
women; they comprise 33% of the agricultural labour force and 48% of self-employed
farmers. According to the Economic Survey 2017-18, a rise in migration of men from rural
to urban areas has resulted in feminization of agriculture.
8. Globalization and Environment

The architects of globalization have ignored the social, biological and physical constraints on
their created system. Critics of globalization have noted that global free trade promotes the
social and economic conditions most likely to undermine its own existence. The same can be
said of the biological and physical limiting factors-especially, in the short term, the dwindling
supplies of cheap energy.
The effects of Globalization on environment include, but are not limited to, reduced genetic
diversity in agriculture (loss of crop varieties and livestock breeds), loss of wild species, spread
of exotic species, pollution of air, water and soil, accelerated climatic change, exhaustion of
resources, and social and spiritual disruption.
8.1. Ways in Which Globalization Affects Environment

• Globalization has led to an increase in the consumption of products, which has impacted
the ecological cycle. Increased consumption leads to an increase in the production of
goods, which in turn puts stress on the environment.
• Globalization has also led to an increase in the transportation of raw materials and food
from one place to another. The amount of fuel that is consumed in transporting these
products has led to an increase in the pollution levels in the environment. It has also led to
several other environmental concerns such as noise pollution and landscape intrusion.
Transportation has also put a strain on the non-renewable sources of energy.
• Ozone layer depletion and enhanced greenhouse effect pose additional challenges.

• The industrial waste that is generated as a result of production has is dumped in oceans. Student Notes:
This has killed many underwater organisms and has deposited many harmful chemicals in
the ocean. Oil spills from oil tankers threat pose threat to marine environment.
• Due to globalization and industrialization, various chemicals have been thrown into the
soil. This toxic waste has caused a lot of damage to plants by interfering in their genetic
makeup. It has put pressure on the available land resources.
• In various parts of the world, mountains are being cut to make way for a passing tunnel or
a highway. Vast barren lands have been encroached upon to pave way for new buildings.
• Globalization increases the vulnerability of ecosystems and societies, and the least resilient
ecosystems. The livelihoods of the poorest communities are most at risk.
It is important to highlight that not only does globalization impact the environment, but the
environment impacts the pace, direction and quality of globalization. For example:
environmental resources provide the fuel for economic globalization. Similarly social and policy
responses to global environmental challenges constrain and influence the context in which
globalization happens.
8.2. Ways in Which Environment Affects Globalization

• Natural resource scarcity or/and abundance are drivers of globalization, as they incite
supply and demand forces in global markets.
• The need for environmental amelioration can extract costs from economy and siphon
resources away from development goals.
• Environmental stress can trigger alternative technological paths, e.g., dematerialization,
alternative energy, etc., which may not have otherwise emerged.
• Environmental standards influence patterns of trade and investment nationally and
internationally.
The current debate on globalization has become de-linked from its environmental roots and
contexts. These links between environment and globalization need to be re-examined and
recognized. To ignore these links is to misunderstand the full extent and nature of globalization
and to miss out on critical opportunities to address some of the most pressing environmental
challenges faced by humanity.
9. Impact of globalisation on the State and its institutions

Globalisation has impacted the role of the state in multiple perspectives. On the one hand it has
increased its role and on the other, it has restricted its role to minimum governance.
• Change of role from welfare state to minimalist state - The lifting of trade barriers,
liberalization of world capital markets, and swift technological progress, especially in the
fields of information technology has resulted in an erosion of state capacity. All over the
world, the old ‘welfare state’ is now giving way to a more minimalist state that performs
certain core functions such as the maintenance of law and order and the security of its
citizens.
• After LPG reforms, market becomes prime determinants of economic and social priorities.
The entry and the increased role of multinational companies all over the world lead to a
reduction in the capacity of governments to take decisions on their own. e.g. –
Disinvestment of public sector enterprises, outsourcing of public service (eg. Distribution of
electricity, transport services etc)
• Improved capacity to govern – Globalisation has given more access of information through
technology to the state. With this information, the state is better able to govern and rule.
Thus, states become more powerful than they wer e earlier as an outcome of the new
technology. e.g. - Access of space technology, more advanced and sophisticated defence
technology, use of IT system in governance (e-Governance); all these technologies has given
more capacity to the state to govern.

• Involvement of international institutions in decision making - Globalisation has compelled Student Notes:
the states to set up/comply international norm setting and formal negotiations on a global
or regional scale. Many of the problems afflicting the world today - such as poverty,
environmental pollution, economic crises, organized crime and terrorism – are increasingly
transnational in nature, and cannot be dealt with only at the national level, or by state to
state negotiations. e.g. – Involvement of WTO for trade related decisions, UNFCCC for
climate change negotiations etc
• Role of Bureaucracy – Globalisation has also changed the role of bureaucrats. Now the
bureaucracy has not only to deal with the public service delivery but also, they are playing a
huge role in setting up of international norms related to trade, environment, security etc.
Therefore, to be successful in a globalised system of economics, civil servants have to strike
a fine balance between participation and accountability; competition and conflict; user and
citizens; public interests and market interests and old and new. Laws have to be enforced
impartially and the weaker sections are to be protected by them as the operations of the
Corporates may not take care of them.
International trade in goods and ideas will and should continue, but the only form of
globalization that is acceptable is one that unites nations in meeting global threats and in
preserving the environments, life forms and civilizations of this planet.

1. Are we losing our local identity for the global identity? Discuss. (2019)
2. ‘Globalisation is generally said to promote cultural homogenisation but due to this
cultural specificities appear to be strengthened in the Indian society.’ Elucidate. (2018)
3. To what extent globalisation has influenced the core of cultural diversity in India?
Explain. (2016)
4. Discuss the positive and negative effects of globalization on women in India? (2015)
5. Critically examine the effect of globalization on the aged population in India. (2013)
11. Vision IAS GS Mains Test Series Questions

1. While many see globalisation as synonymous with westernisation, evidence suggests
that the process of globalisation has not been a one way street. Comment.
Approach:
• Briefly explain globalisation and westernisation.
• Explain the factors that make globalisation akin to westernisation.
• Discuss how globalisation is a two way process.
Answer:
Globalization is the process of international integration of economies and societies
across the world arising from interchange of world views, products, ideas, and other
aspects of culture. Westernization on the other hand is a process
whereby societies come under or adopt Western culture in areas such as industry,
technology, law, politics, economics, lifestyle, language, philosophy, and values.
Globalisation synonymous to westernisation
• Globalisation by many is seen as a recent phenomenon which is occasioned by rise
of western influence in all aspects of life.
• Major themes of globalisation today like internet, MNCs, fashion, music, financial
institutions, democratic principles, administrative techniques and international
bodies(like UN,WTO) emanate from West.
• Many non-Western societies admire and adhere to Western living standards and
lifestyles

• Similarly, many Modern values in social and personal domains like religion, Student Notes:
marriage, dating, work, polity etc. are inspired from west. For instance western
work culture is being aped in many companies today.
• East has adopted many western ideas and values but it seems that its own values
have not significantly affected the west.
Globalisation as two way process
• Globalisation is not a recent phenomenon but ancient one. Trade on the Silk
Road was a significant factor in the development of civilizations of China, Indian
subcontinent, Persia, Europe, and Arabia, opening long-distance political and
economic interactions between civilizations.
• Renaissance, the Enlightenment and Industrial Revolution occurred mainly in
Europe and, later, in America. Many of these developments drew on the experience
of rest of the world, rather than being confined within the boundaries of a discrete
Western civilization.
• Arabs carried their own as well as ideas of other civilisations (Eg. Number system
from India) to Europe through trade and later during Crusades.
• Spread of religions like Islam, Hinduism and Buddhism to Europe, South-East Asia
and Africa are examples of globalisation.
• Pre-industrialisation, Indian cotton was the most popular fabric in England. Indian
food, philosophy and spiritualism reached West during British rule.
• In modern era, globalisation has facilitated movement of professionals, artists,
entrepreneurs from East to West, who are shaping the economies, cultures and
governments in West.
• Japanese technology and culture, Chinese food and Indian cultural practices like
Yoga have largely been integrated into Western lifestyles.
• Free market has given rise to powerful economies like China and India in the East,
who are in turn influencing trade, international bodies and global decisions.
• Though post WW-II institutions continue to be dominated by the west, there have
been vocal demands for their reform. It has also led to the emergence of new
institutions dominated by east (for example New Development Bank and AIIB).
Hence, westernisation can be considered as only one aspect of Globalisation, which is
otherwise multidimensional and much older than westernisation. Equating the two is a
misdiagnosis and incites parochial tendencies and undermines the possibility of
objectivity in science and knowledge. Regarding globalisation as two way traffic will
help the civilizations to share their best and imbibe the best from others leading to
progress of whole humankind.
2. Even though globalisation has led to increased employment opportunities for women,
it has also created a new set of challenges for women workers. Discuss with
examples.
Approach:
• Briefly state the definition of globalisation and its impact on Indian society as a
whole.
• In the main body, discuss the status and growth of employment opportunities for
women in the wake of globalisation.
• Highlight the multiple forms of challenges faced by women workers in the changed
economic scenario along with relevant examples.
• Briefly suggest some measures to overcome these challenges, so as to enable
women to reap the benefits offered by globalisation in the coming future.

Answer: Student Notes:
• Globalisation is a process in which people and countries are getting integrated
economically and culturally, through trade, labor, information technology, travel,
cultural exchanges, and mass media. . Besides other sections of Indian society, the
wave of globalisation has also touched economic and social lives of women
profoundly. It has opened up various avenues for women workers-
o Formal sector- Various MNCs have opened up multiple economic pathways for
women, thus making them more mobile and economically independent.
o Informal sector- Due to strengthened trade and export flows, absorption of
women in main economic fold has grown significantly. Kutchcraft, an
association of 110 craftswomen’s groups has generated over 6,000 job
opportunities since India embarked on the path of globalisation.
o New jobs and higher pays, raise self–confidence, economic independence, and
enhanced decision making power in financial and family settings. It has
promoted equality between sexes, and challenged gender stereotypes.
• Globalization has a darker side as well as seen from following challenges-
o Gender inequalities in form of wage differentials and lesser career mobility in
formal sector of economy. Unemployment, underemployment and temporary
work are more common among women than among men.
o Health Hazards-Since availability or work is irregular particularly in unorganized
sector, women are forced to work for 12 hours which gives rise to respiratory
problems, pelvic inflammatory disease etc.
o Patriarchal attitude and cultural norms- Challenged by globalization often
manifested in the form of violence, sexual offences, glass ceiling, domestic and
workplace harassment etc.
o Gender insensitivity- Maternity benefits and minimum wages provisions are
rarely enforced.
o Working in nights-Inadequate transport facilities and security for women
working with call centers and EPZs makes them more vulnerable to crimes.
o Mechanisation- Several traditional industries where women work in large
numbers like handloom and food processing have undergone changes in the
forms of production with introduction of machines, power looms etc.
o Informalization: 95% of female workers are in unorganized sector. Globalisation
has led to many MNCs outsourcing there production to cheap labor countries
like India. For ex: sports, apparel etc. These women don’t have protection from
labor laws or unions to articulate their problems.
In India, GDP could rise by 8% if the female/male ratio of workers went up by 10%. In
the long run, it is necessary to mitigate the negative consequence of globalisation by
enhancing women's skills, innovations, developing policies and insurance products to
minimize risks, so as to create an enduring environment for their economic and social
empowerment.
3. The political backlash against globalisation in advanced countries could have major
implications for India’s economic prospects. Identify the potential implications of
growing protectionism and emerging threat of trade war on India.
Approach:
• Briefly discuss the recent political backlash against globalisation in advanced
countries and its reasons.
• Analyze the implication of growing protectionism and emerging threat of trade war
on India.

• Discuss the importance of Globalization and free trade for India Student Notes:
• Suggest strategies to prevent and minimize the impact.
Answer:
It was only a few years ago that globalisation was held by many to be an inevitable,
unstoppable force but the future of economic globalisation has been shaken by a series
of events:
• USA pulled out of Trans-Pacific Partnership
• Threat of trade wars between USA and China
• Brexit
• Anti-WTO mobilization
• Work and study visa restrictions by advanced countries
• Increase on import tariffs on steel and aluminium by USA
Since 2012, the IMF reported in its World Economic Outlook for 2016, trade was
growing at 3% a year – less than half the average of the previous three decades.
Impact of Protectionism:
• Restrictions on labour mobility
• Curbed visa programmes will adversely affect Indian IT sector
• Restrictions on outsourcing business.
• Less educational and job opportunities in developed countries
• High cost of Transfer of Technology
• Reduce Indian export.
• In light of pressure by West, India will have to make cuts on its subsidy regime,
further reducing exports and profits Trigger capital outflows and hurt demand.
Impact of US-China trade war on Indian market:
It could have positive results for countries such as India from a trade perspective as it
will help India to venture into markets not feasible for China. But in the long term, a
full-fledged trade war is bad news. It invariably leads to a higher inflationary and low
growth scenario.
As Economic Survey 2016-17 points out, given that India’s growth ambitions of 8-10
percent require export growth of about 15-20 per cent, any serious retreat from
openness on the part of India’s trading partners would jeopardise those ambitions.
Strategies to prevent and minimize the impact:
• Domestic vulnerabilities: To ensure resilience against an uncertain global policy
mix, policymakers should continue to address corporate and bank
• Fiscal Consolidation: Strengthening its fiscal responsibility framework, including
through anchoring fiscal adjustment by means of a debt-to-GDP ratio of 60%, to be
achieved by 2022-23 will enhance India's fiscal position.
• Cooperation with likeminded countries: India should align with China and other
developing countries against protectionism and use WTO platform to promote
equitable and fair trade regime.
India will have to keep a close watch on political backlash against globalisation and also
developments in trade war threats as both have implications on the domestic economy.

4. Discuss how the culture of consumption has played a crucial role in the process of Student Notes:
globalisation especially in shaping the growth of cities in India.
Approach:
• Give a brief explanation of the globalization process.
• Explain how the culture of consumption has played a pivotal role in the
globalization process, especially in shaping the growth of Indian cities.
Answer:
Globalization is a complex web of processes that intensify and expand worldwide
economic, cultural, political and technological exchanges and connections. In India,
globalization proliferated after the adoption of economic reforms in 1991. Worldwide,
as in India, globalization has set conditions for consumerism and in turn got affected by
it through factors like global access to resources, markets and credit. India is no
exception to this form of consumer acculturation.
In this culture of consumption, social status, values, and activities are centered on the
consumption of goods and services. Culture of Consumption has become a major force
of social change and has shaped the growth of Indian cities to a large extent. This is
evident from the spurt of shopping malls, multiplex cinema halls, amusement parks etc.
Rising consumption creates demand for products and services, particularly in urban
areas which feeds the cycle of globalization.
Advertisements, digital and social media further promote spending and conspicuous
consumption by modifying consumer behaviour. This is further fuelled by rising
disposable income of urban masses. Nuclearization of urban households has promoted
immediate gratification over asset creation which generates demand for global goods
and services.
For instance, in urban India fast food culture is rapidly growing, wherein soft drinks,
pizza, burgers, etc. dominate food choices. Global firms like McDonalds, Pizza Hut, etc.
exacerbate this by adopting glocalization of culture creating a hybrid mixture of global
and local versions. For e.g. McDonalds introduced McSpicy Paneer burger so as to cater
to Indian consumers. Also, consumption of processed and ready-to-eat food items has
also surged.
Culture of consumption fuelling the globalization process can also be witnessed by the
growth of industries such as fashion, cosmetics etc. Global brands like L’Oreal, Zara etc.
have opened their stores in urban areas and are branching out to semi-urban areas.
Increased internet penetration has created greater awareness about products and
services and has paved the way for e-commerce and e-shopping.
Similarly, bourgeoning MNCs, especially IT companies, has created a class of upwardly
mobile professionals in Indian cities like Bengaluru and Hyderabad. These professionals
get high salaries and are the targeted clientele of many industries like credit card
disbursal agencies. Their spatial mobility and lack of time leads to increased demand of
FMCGs and second hand items.
Though rising consumption seems to assist in growth of urban centres, excessive
consumption has negative repercussions for the society as well. For instance, it
exacerbates inequalities and unsustainable consumption patterns, thus leading to
lifestyle diseases like obesity and deteriorates environment. Un-thoughtful consumption
need to be checked through policies and education so that its ill-effects do not become
a cause for unsustainable cities.


COMMUNALISM Student Notes:
Contents
1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 2
2. Definition of Communalism ....................................................................................................... 2
3. Elements of Communalism ........................................................................................................ 2
4. Features of Communalism in India ............................................................................................ 3
5. Types of Communalism .............................................................................................................. 3
6. Factors aiding Communalism in India ........................................................................................ 4
7. Evolution of Communalism in India: .......................................................................................... 5
7.1. Communalism in Pre-Independence India .......................................................................... 5
7.2. Communalism in Post-Independence India ........................................................................ 6
8. Communalism in Contemporary India: An analysis of Communal Outbreaks in 2019 .............. 7
9. Institutional Communalism ........................................................................................................ 9
10. Measures to address the problem of communalism: .............................................................. 9


The origins of communalism can be traced back to history, particularly the British Raj. After the
Revolt of 1857, the British started to follow the ‘divide and rule’ policy consciously and
deliberately. The antagonistic feelings got strengthened during their rule and ultimately led to
the partition of British India on the basis of religious identity. This did not steam out post-
independence, and time and again we witness communal clashes in various parts of the
country. For example, the 2020 Bangalore riots, Delhi riots.
2. Definition of Communalism
In English, the word “communal” means something related to a community or collectivity as
different from an individual. In common parlance, the word ‘communalism’ refers to aggressive
chauvinism based on religious identity.
Chauvinism is an attitude that sees one’s own group as the only legitimate or worthy group,
with other groups seen as inferior, illegitimate and to be opposed.
Thus, communalism is an aggressive political ideology linked to religion. This is a peculiarly
Indian, or perhaps South Asian, meaning that is different from the sense of the ordinary English
word. The English meaning is neutral, whereas the South Asian meaning is strongly charged.
The charge may be seen as positive – if one is sympathetic to communalism – or negative, if
one is opposed to it.
Therefore, communalism, in the Indian context, is most commonly perceived as a
phenomenon of religious differences between groups that often lead to tension, and even
rioting between them. In its not so violent manifestation, communalism amounts to
discrimination against a religious group in matters such as employment or education
The causes of communal clashes as such are rarely religious in its fundamental character. In
India, communalism arises when religion is used as a marker to highlight socio-economic
disequilibrium between communities and as a force multiplier to demand concessions.
3. Elements of Communalism
Communalism or communal ideology consists of three basic elements or stages- one following
the other:
• Mild Communalism: It is the belief that people who follow the same religion have common
secular interests i.e., common political, social and cultural interests.
For example, nobles of different communities (Hindustani, Turani, Afghan, Irani etc.) co-
existed (largely) peacefully in the courts of the Mughal kings.
• Moderate Communalism: In a multi-religious society like India, the secular interests of
followers of one religion are dissimilar and
divergent from the interests of the followers of
another religion. For example, the Muslim
League was initially founded upon the realization
of such differences in interests.
• Extreme Communalism: Interests of different
religious communities are seen to be mutually
incompatible, antagonistic and hostile.
For example, groups advocating partition of the
country as the only solution for safeguarding the
interests of the religious communities.

4. Features of Communalism in India Student Notes:
Communalism is more about politics rather than religion. Although communalists are intensely
involved with religion, there is no necessary relationship between personal faith and
communalism. A communal person may or may not be a devout religious person, and devout
believers may or may not be communal beings.
However, all communalists believe in a political identity based on religion. The key factor is the
attitude towards those who believe in other kinds of identities, including other religion-based
identities. Communalism claims that religious identity overrides everything else- such as
poverty, occupation, caste or political beliefs.
It rules out the possibility that Hindus, Muslims and Christians who belong to Kerala, for
example, may have as much or more in common with each other than with their co-religionists
from Kashmir, Gujarat or Nagaland. It also denies the possibility that, for instance, landless
agricultural labourers (or industrialists) may have a lot in common even if they belong to
different religions and regions
So, communalists cultivate an aggressive political identity, and are prepared to condemn or
attack everyone who does not share their identity
Thus, some of the features of communalism are:-
• It is a multifaceted process based on orthodoxy and intolerance.
• It also propagates intense dislike for other religions
• It stands for elimination of other religions and its values.
• It adopts extremist tactics including use of violence against other people. For example, the
ISIS blasted and brought down the famous Bamiyan temple, the last remnant of the
Gandhara style architecture
• It is exclusive in outlook. A communalist considers his own religion to be superior to other
religions.
5. Types of Communalism
• Assimilationist Communalism: When a larger religious community tries to assimilate the
smaller ones such that the latter's culture gets subdued. For example, the Hindu Code Bill
is applicable to Sikh, Buddhists and Jains as well. Tribals were considered as backward
Hindus by GS Ghure (Father of Indian Sociology)
• Welfarist Communalism: Working for the welfare of one’s own community. Example-
establishing hostels, scholarships, employment opportunities etc.
• Retreatist Communalism: The members of the Bahai community (Bahaism religion)
proscribe/ forbid their members from participating in political processes as it is based on
the ideology of unity of God, religion, mankind etc.
• Retaliatory Communalism: Communities have relatively hostile interests and often it is
manifested in the form of communal violence
• Separatist Communalism: The demand for autonomy based on religion, however, within
the Indian union. Example- the demand for Punjab state
• Secessionist communalism: Demand for a separate nation based on religion. Example- the
demands for Khalistan, Azad Kashmir.

Student Notes:
6. Factors aiding Communalism in India
(a) Historical factors: British policy of divide and rule led them to focus on using religion to
divide India. A prominent reason why this policy gained currency was that the Muslim
middle class lagged behind the Hindus in terms of education, which contributed to their

low representation in government jobs. Due to lack of enough economic opportunities at Student Notes:
that time, a government job was highly coveted by the middle classes.
The demand for a separate nation of Pakistan gained fervour due to marked inequalities in
socio-economic indicators including representation in the seats of power. Even the Mappila
Rebellion, the first so-called communal clash, was more of a proletarian strike against the
landed gentry than a communal riot. It only so happened that the landed gentry were
Hindus and the peasants were Muslims. Such factors culminated in separate electorates for
Muslims, which was later extended to the Sikhs and Anglo Indians.
Further, even British historians further advocated the cause of the British by projecting
ancient India as being ruled by Hindus and Medieval period as the period of Muslim rule,
when Hindus were exploited and threated. Some influential Indians too supported this
projection.
(b) Political factors: The political factors include religion-based politics, identity politics,
partiality of political leaders towards their communities, communal speeches and hate
speech by party leaders and politicians during elections (though steps have been taken
against the same recently, still they continue unabated) etc. The Mandir-Masjid politics,
Babri masjid demolition, etc., can be considered an outcome of this process.
In India, the politics of opportunism, is the biggest cause of communalism driven by the
middle/ upper class for secular gains and trusted by the lower sections that identify with
the cause
(c) Social factors: Minority Concentration Areas, as identified by the government, are relatively
backward and falling behind the national average in terms of socioeconomic and basic
amenities indicators. This has also been systematically documented even in 2006 report by
the Sachar Committee. These vulnerabilities and unfortunate realities are commonly
misused to fan communalism and attain political ends. Also, issues like beef consumption,
Hindi/Urdu imposition, conversion efforts by religious groups etc., further created a wedge
between the Hindus and Muslims.
(d) Economic Factors: The stagnant economy of India followed by its structural transformation
including creation of a job-seeking middle class, shift from agriculture, industrialization etc.,
also pitted various religious communities against each other. Communalist elements
exploited these circumstances. In fact, the main social base for communalism was &
continues to be middle class people.
7. Evolution of Communalism in India:

7.1. Communalism in Pre-Independence India
The communal ideology went through the below-mentioned three stages and two phases
(Liberal and Extremist) during the Indian National Movement and ultimately resulted in the
bifurcation of India and the creation of Pakistan.
Liberal Phase:
• Post 1857 revolt, the British preferred Hindus over Muslims in matters of employment,
education etc. Muslim intellectuals too realized that Muslims lagged behind their Hindu
counterparts in terms of education, government jobs etc. Eventually, Sir Syed Ahmed Khan,
a Muslim intellectual founded Aligarh College to fight the bias against modern education
among Muslims. He also started numerous scientific societies in the 1860s, in which both
Hindus and Muslims participated.
• Communalism in India got its initial start in the 1880s when Syed Ahmed Khan opposed the
national movement initiated by the Indian National Congress. He decided to support British
causes and opposed the functioning of the Indian National Congress and deemed it a pro-
Hindu party, which was against Muslim interests.

• Eventually, prominent Muslims like Aga Khan, Nawab Moshin-ul-Mulk etc., founded the Student Notes:
All India Muslim League, to consolidate Muslim interests. One of its major objectives was
to keep the emerging intelligentsia among Muslims from joining the Congress.
• Simultaneously, Hindu communalism was also being born. It manifested in Hindu leaders
disseminating notions of tyrannical Muslim rule, espousing the language issue and giving it
a communal twist. They declared Urdu to be the language of the Muslims and Hindi of
Hindus. Further, anti-cow slaughter propagation was undertaken in the 1890s and it was
primarily directed against Muslims.
• Eventually organizations like the Punjab Hindu Sabha (1909), All India Hindu Mahasabha (1 st
session in 1915), etc. were founded.
• Revivalist movements like Arya Samaj, Shuddhi Movement (among Hindus), Wahabi
Movement , Tanzeem and Tabligh movements(among Muslims) etc., gave further impetus
to communalist tendencies.
• This phase saw eventual communalization of leaders like Syed Ahmed Khan, Lala Lajpat Rai,
M.A. Jinnah, Madan Mohan Malaviya etc.
• The British gave a momentum to the communalist divide through their administrative
decisions and policies such as division of Bengal, Morley- Minto reforms (1909- Separate
electorates), Communal Award (1932) etc.
Extremist Phase:
• Post 1937, India witnessed extreme communalism based on the politics of fear, psychosis
and irrationality. During this phase, the interests of Hindus and Muslims were deemed to be
permanently in conflict.
• Communalism acquired a popular base among urban lower middle class groups and mass
movements around aggressive, extremist communal politics emerged.
• Communalism also became the only political recourse of colonial authorities and their
policy of divide and rule.
• During the period, M.A. Jinnah declared that ‘Muslims should organize themselves, stand
united and should press every reasonable point for the protection of their community.’ He
eventually stated that Muslims would be suppressed under the Hindu dominated Congress
after the British left India and thus, the only recourse would be a separate state for Muslims
i.e. creation of Pakistan.
• Hindu communalism too did not lag behind. The Hindu Mahasabha and the Rashtriya
Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS), began propagating extreme communalism. They demanded that
the non-Hindu groups of India adopt the Hindu culture and language and hold Hindu
religion in reverence. They too espoused that Hindus and Muslims are two separate social
and political entities with opposing interests.
7.2. Communalism in Post-Independence India

Colonialism is perceived as a prominent factor for emergence of communalism in India.
However, overthrowing of colonial rule proved to be only a necessary condition for fighting
communalism, not sufficient. Because even post-independence, communalism persisted owing
to various factors as have been discussed before. Communalism has been the biggest threat to
the secular fabric of our nation.
Post-independence major communal violence outbreaks include the following
• Nellie Massacre (1983): About a thousand Assamese people surrounded the Nellie village
with deadly weapons. The minority people living in the village were attacked resulting in
the death of 1800 people officially. The conflicts were majorly directed to eject “outsiders”
by the “original inhabitants” of Assam to protect their land, language and ethnicity. The
aggression groups were different in many areas, like Bengali Hindus & Muslims against
Assamese people, Hindus against Muslims, Muslims against Hindus, etc.

• Anti-Sikh riots (1984): Sikhs in large numbers were murdered by mobs post assassination of Student Notes:
the then Prime Minister, Mrs. Indira Gandhi.
• Issue of Kashmiri Hindu pundits (1989): Spread of Islamic fundamentalism and terrorism in
the Kashmir valley led to mass killings and large-scale exodus of Kashmiri pundits during
1989-90. The region continues to be threatened by communal violence.
• Babri Masjid incident (1992): On December 1992, a large crowd of Hindu kar sevaks
demolished the 16th century Babri masjid (mosque) in Ayodhya, Uttar Pradesh claiming the
site to be Ram Janmabhoomi (birthplace of Ram). This led to months of inter-communal
rioting between the Hindus and Muslims resulting in deaths of hundreds of people.
• Godhra Riots (2002): In February 2002, four coaches of the Sabarmati Express were set on
fire. The passengers, mostly Hindu pilgrims were returning from Ayodhya after a religious
ceremony at the site of the demolished Babri Masjid. Following the attacks, several Hindu
groups declared state-wide bandh in Gujarat and started brutally attacking Muslim colonies.
This went on for months post Godhra incident, resulting in the death and displacement of
thousands of Muslims.
• Assam violence (2012): There were frequent clashes between the Bodos and Bengali
speaking Muslims due to increased competition for livelihood, land and political power. In
2012, one such outbreak escalated into a riot in Kokhrajhar, when unidentified miscreants
killed four Bodo youths at Joypur. This was followed by retaliatory attacks on local Muslims
killing two and injuring several of them. Almost 80 people were killed, most of whom were
Bengali Muslims and some Bodos. Approximately, 400,000 people were displaced to
makeshift camps.
• Muzzafarnagar Riots (2013): The clashes between the Hindu Jats and Muslim communities
in Muzaffarnagar, UP resulted in at least 62 deaths, injured 93 people and left more than
50,000 displaced. The riot had been described as "the worst violence in Uttar Pradesh in
recent history", with the army being deployed in the state for the first time in the last 20
years.
• Beef consumption, lynching and ensuing deaths: The issue of beef consumption and
transportation has been a contentious issue in India and has triggered communal outbreaks
in various parts of the country. Muslims were the target of 51% of violence centred on
bovine issues over nearly eight years (2010 to 2017) and comprised 86% of 28 Indians killed
in 63 incidents, according to an IndiaSpend content analysis.
• Ghar Wapsi programmes: It is a series of religious conversion activities, facilitated by
Indian Hindu organizations such as the Vishva Hindu Parishad (VHP) and Rashtriya
Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS), to facilitate conversion of non-Hindus to Hinduism. While the
organizing groups claimed that people voluntarily came forward to convert to Hinduism,
some participants claimed that they were forced to do so. Also, raising the fear of ‘Love
Jihad’ for inter-faith marriages.
• Delhi Riots 2020: In the year 2020, Delhi witnessed its first major riot since 1984 between
Hindu-Muslim communities. In a series of bloodshed, property destruction, and rioting in
North East Delhi, 53 people were killed.
The slow development of the economy, improper cultural synthesis, perceived or relative
deprivation, regional or social imbalance in development and political mobilization in the age of
democracy has led to the consolidation of communal sentiments and the persistence of
communalism in the post-independence period.
8. Communalism in Contemporary India: An analysis of

Communal Outbreaks in 2019
In 2019, attitudinal violence and structural violence continued to contribute immensely to
physical violence in the forms of communal riots and mob lynching. There were 25 incidents of
communal riots in India in 2019 and 108 incidents of mob lynching. Though the number of

communal riots has declined, the discourse of communal violence driven by competing Student Notes:
religious ideologies remains the same.
Thus, though it appears that the number of communal riots has declined, that in no way can be
construed as decline in communal discourse leading to communal violence itself. While the
number of communal riots is declining, the number of mob lynching is increasing. Mob lynching
is an instrument to achieve the objective of sustained communal polarization by involving
communal symbols like cow, the issue of love jihad, etc., targeting minority religious
communities.
Newer issues are being used to heighten the discourse of communal violence- for instance the
discriminatory legislation of Citizenship Amendment Bill which excludes Muslims linked with
NRC, the abrogation of article 370 in Kashmir and the clamp down on communication
subsequently, the demand for construction of Ram Temple in Ayodhya.
If at all, through discriminatory legislations and increasing dismantling of democratic
institutions which were expected to safeguard democracy, communal violence is taking deeper
roots in our society.
Region wise break up of communal riots:
Uttar Pradesh topped the list of states which had the most number of communal riots. Out of
25 communal riots, 9 took place in UP. It was followed by the state of Maharashtra where 4
communal riots were reported in 2019. Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Jammu and Kashmir
each had two communal riots in 2019. In the states of Karnataka, Haryana, Assam, Delhi, Bihar
and West Bengal reported one communal riot each.
These figures indicate that communal riots have mostly been reported in the northern zone of
the country and the north has been the theatre of violence with deep fault lines. The western
zone of the country has been prone to communal violence traditionally.
However it will be misleading to believe that there is little or no menace of communal violence
in the South and Eastern parts of the country only because of the low number of communal
riots reported from these regions. The communal discourse replete with hatred and hate
speeches is very much prevalent in the east and south.

9. Institutional Communalism Student Notes:
Institutional communalism can be defined as the collective failure of an organisation to provide

an appropriate and professional service to people belonging to minority religions. In particular
Institutional communalism in India goes beyond the ‘extremist’ political, social and cultural
organisations promoting it. It has come to pervade all the major institutions of the country.
This is to mean that the majority has accumulated social and cultural capital, and hence
economic and political capital, by the simple fact of being socially and culturally positioned as a
majority. Institutional communalism is, therefore, the exercise of accumulated power – the
power of its social/cultural/political/economic capital – by the majority.
(Social capital has been defined as the sum of the resources that accrue to an individual or a
group by virtue of possessing a durable network of more or less institutionalized relationships
of mutual acquaintance and recognition, which provides each of its members with the backing
of the collectively-owned capital, a “credential” which entitles them to credit, in the various
senses of the word. For example, financial credit, trust etc.)
Further, the work of psychologists suggests that biases in favour of the dominant groups/
against the minorities affects judgments and decision making. Even in selection processes, the
decision makers tend to favour those who are “like them”.
Institutional communalism in India, that is to say Hindu majoritarian bias, pervades the Indian
constitution, bureaucracy, security forces, parliamentary institutions, judiciary, prisons,
academic institutions, health services, media, and the cultural and art organisations. There is a
reasonable amount of evidence and research already in circulation, which indicates the
pervasiveness of Hindu–communalist bias in a range of institutions in India
In India with nearly 81% share of the population being Hindu and most institutions of power
being dominated by upper caste Hindus, there is an inbuilt bias towards privileging of Hindus
but almost non-existent institutional mechanisms to counteract this inbuilt bias.
Even the National Minorities Commission remains a mere paper tiger without the power and
institutional infrastructure to track systematic inbuilt bias against religious minorities. The
Sachar Committee(gave report in 2006) which was formed to study the socio-economic and
educational conditions of Muslims in India also highlighted institutional factors hindering
Muslims.
The challenge is, therefore, bigger than just inflicting electoral defeats on communal parties and
organisations. Even if such parties are defeated electorally, institutional communalism remains
pervasive in varying degrees in India's Constitution, judiciary, civil services, electoral and
parliamentary institutions, security forces, prisons, academia, media, corporate business, and
even non-governmental organisations. It will continue as a social, cultural and politico-
economic force to disadvantage the lives of minority communities in India.
10. Measures to address the problem of communalism:

The problem of communalism in India is grave and can have far-reaching consequences. Thus,
persuasive as well as punitive measures are required to curb its spread.
Short Term Measures
• Building solidarity and assimilation of various religious groups at different levels in society-
workplace, neighborhood etc. by fostering a secular culture eg. celebrating each other’s
religious festivals.
• Swift and prompt response to radicalization by a militant group on social media through
police action, counselling sessions for those radicalized especially adolescents etc.
• Ensuring that political parties refrain from using religion, religious ideologies in order to
garner votes through strict vigilance by institutional mechanisms such as the Election
Commission, media, civil society etc.

• Instances of an inter-religious marriage of two consenting adults should not be construed Student Notes:
as “love jihad issue” and highlighted in the media. Thus, media persons should be sensitized
regarding the issue.
• Mobs leading communal riots should be controlled and strict action should be taken against
them as a combative measure.
• Religious heads can play an important role in dissemination of ideas of diversity of religion,
ideas, etc. which can help in spreading peace among different communities.
• The government should not ban minority practices in order to appease the majority group.
E.g. the state should not show a preference for vegetarianism.
• Media, movies and other influential instruments should be used in promoting religious
harmony and peace. The rise of Social Media and real time dissemination of fake news
should also be dealt with in a time bound manner.
Long Term Measures
• Stern laws should be framed by the Parliament against communal violence. The weaknesses
of laws have resulted in escape of politicians and other influential persons who have openly
indulged in inciting communal violence.
• The CBI or a special investigative body should investigate communal riots within a
stipulated time frame. Further, special courts should hear such cases for quick delivery of
justice to victims.
• Police and other bodies upholding law and order should be held accountable as sometimes
the police bow down to pressure from politicians and remain inactive during communal
violence and in the course of its follow up eg. while filing FIRs, arresting the accused,
producing charge sheets etc. Thus, legal reforms must be introduced which hold them
accountable for swift action
• Pluralistic settlement where members of different communities live together should be
encouraged by removing existing barriers as religious segregation strengthens communal
identities and reinforces negative stereotypes of other religious groups. Eg. taking action
during instances of intolerance where Muslims, Dalits, North-Eastern citizens etc. are
denied housing owing to their identities. Sachar Committee report on the status of Indian
Muslims recommended the creation of an Equal Opportunities Commission to deal with
complaints of intolerance and exclusion.
• Secular education should be taught in all educational institutions, which will lead to
development of harmony and co-operation among members of different communities.
• History education should be de-communalized as the present categorization of Indian
history into ancient, medieval and modern has contributed to communal thinking as it has
effectively divided history into the Hindu period, Muslim period and Christian period
respectively. This has given rise to notions that India was a Hindu country which was
‘invaded’ by Muslims and Christians.
• Increased employment opportunities for minorities can lead to decrease in communal
discord. Thus, there should be focus on skilling members of minority communities through
various programmes and initiatives.
• Uniform Civil Code should be formulated and implemented with the consensus of all
religious communities so that there is uniformity in personal laws.

1. Distinguish between religiousness/religiosity and communalism giving one example of how
the former has got transformed into the latter in independent India. (2017)
2. ‘Communalism arises either due to power struggle or relative deprivation. Argue by giving
suitable illustrations.’ (2018)

1. The persistence of Communalism as a significant internal security threat is rooted in

the deadly cocktail of identity politics, developmental deficit and systemic deficiency
in state capacity to handle such threats. Comment.
Approach:
Answer can begin with a brief introduction of the kind of problems communalism
brings with itself. Students should bring out how communalism is rooted in three ills ID
politics, developmental deficit and systemic deficiency. Credit must be given to those
students who are able to identify that of the three, ID politics is the core of
communalism. Without it, the other two factors don’t give rise to communalism. No
marks would be awarded for digressing towards naxalism and such other issues.
Answer:
Communalism in a broad sense implies blind allegiance to one’s own communal group
– religious, linguistic or ethnic – rather than to the larger society or to the nation as a
whole. In its extreme form, a communalist sees her own communities’ interests being
jeopardised by the interests of other communities. Hence it manifests itself in hatred
towards groups perceived as hostile, ultimately leading to violent attacks on other
communities. (Just for understanding)
Communalism is a major internal security threat that our country is facing. It ruptures
social bonhomie, creates social tensions, mutual distrust, alienates certain social
groups, and creates breeding ground for further violence and harnessing of
disgruntlement by forces inimical to India’s interest. The root causes of communalism
are following -
Systemic Problems
• Conflict resolution mechanisms are ineffective;
• Intelligence gathered is not accurate, timely and actionable and
• Bad personnel policies - poor choice of officials and short tenures - lead to
inadequate grasp of local conditions.
• The administration and the police fail to anticipate and read indicators which
precipitated violence earlier;
• Even after the appearance of first signals, the administration and police are slow
to react;
• Field functionaries tend to seek and wait for instructions from superiors and
superiors tend to interfere in local matters undermining local initiative and
authority;
• The administration and police at times act in a partisan manner and
• At times there is failure of leadership, even total abdication on the part of those
entrusted with maintenance of public order.
• Rehabilitation is often neglected, breeding resentment and residual anger and
• Officials are not held to account for their failures, thus perpetuating slackness and
incompetence.
Developmental Deficit
• In most cases, inadequate development creates genuine grievance in a community.
Their grievance can then be harnessed by opportunistic communal element to
breed animosity towards other groups.

Identity Politics Student Notes:
It refers to mobilization of masses on the communal lines. While the other factors could
be present in many places in our country. They succeed in communalising the situation
only when there is political mobilisation on communal lines.
Thus while addressing systemic flaws and developmental deficiencies, we need to
address political undercurrents as well. Institutions like National Integration Councils
must be better utilized in this context.
2. The growth of communalism after 1857 in India was a result of societal differences,
communal politics and divisive British policies. Discuss.
Approach:
• Elaborate on the growth of communalism after 1857.
• Focus on how it was result of societal differences, communal politics and divisive
British policies.
Answer:
The Revolt of 1857 gave a severe jolt to the British administration in India and made its
reorganization inevitable. Consequently, after the revolt, the British followed the policy
of divide and rule. Such policies led to societal differences which fuelled communal
politics in India.
Societal differences
• Role of socio-religious reform movements: Reform movements such as Wahabi
movements among Muslims and Shuddhi movements among Hindus made the role
of religion more vulnerable to communalism.
• Role of socio-economic differences: There was rivalry for jobs, trade and industry
between Hindus and Muslims and bourgeoisie class used the lower middle classes
of the Hindus and Muslims against each other to further their class interest. For
example, the case in Western Punjab where the Muslim landlords opposed the
Hindu moneylenders and in East Bengal where the Muslim jotedars (small
landlords) opposed the Hindu zamindars.
Communal Politics
Formation of Muslim league in 1905 and of Hindu Mahashabha in 1915 further fuelled
the religious divide among communities.
Some historians had communal interpretation of Indian History with depiction of
ancient India as the Hindu phase and the medieval phase as Muslim phase. The
conflicts of ruling classes during the medieval phase were distorted and exaggerated
the Hindu-Muslim conflict. This interpretation was used by the political class to mobilize
popular support of their co-religionists in their mutual struggles.
Divisive British policies
• After the 1857 revolt, organization of the Indian section of the army was based on
the policy of ‘balance and counterpoise’. Soldiers from Avadh, Bihar, Central India,
and South India, had taken part in the Revolt of 1857, were declared to be non-
martial. On the other hand, the Sikhs, Gurkhas and Pathans, who had assisted in
the suppression of the Revolt, were declared martial and were recruited in large
numbers.
• After the 1870s, with signs of emergence of India nationalism and growing
politicization of the educated middle class government decided to rally Muslims

behind it through concessions, favours and reservations and used them against Student Notes:
nationalist forces. For example, division of Bengal in 1905, communal
representation in Morley Minto reforms of 1909. Government also used persons
like Sir Syed Ahmed Khan to counter the influence of Congress.
All these factors led to Communalism becoming a popular movement after 1939 and in
particular during 1945-47 leading to widespread riots across India and culminated into
formation of Pakistan on religious lines.
3. Communalism in India is fuelled by socio-economic disparities and politicization of

identities. Discuss.
Approach:
• Briefly define Communalism.
• Discuss how the socio-economic disparities and the politicization of identities have
been the reasons for communalism.
• Give appropriate examples, wherever necessary.
Answer:
Communalism is basically an ideology which consists of following three elements:
• A belief that people who follow the same religion have common secular interests
i.e. they have same political, economic and social interests.
• A notion that, in a multi-religious society like India, these common secular interests
of one religion are dissimilar and divergent from the interests of the follower of
another religion.
• The interests of the follower of the different religion or of different ‘communities’
are seen to be completely incompatible, antagonist and hostile.
Politicization of identities fuelling Communalism:
• Communalism in India has spread as a by-product of colonialism, which has its
roots in partition of Bengal of 1905, provisions of separate electorate under
Government of India Act, 1909 and later the Communal award of 1932, etc. These
factors caused competition and short term benefits from communalism.
• Politicians have also played a role in creating serious communal situations in India
by treating communities as vote banks. It has led to politicization of identities of
the people through activities such as selection of candidates on the basis of
community and caste, flaring up religious sentiments at the time of elections etc.
The communities thus have become different watertight compartments leading to
conflicts such as Anti-Sikh riots, 1984, Ethnic cleansing of Kashmiri Hindu Pundits in
1989, Babri masjid demolition in Ayodhya, 1992, Gujarat riots, 2002, Muzaffarnagar
violence, 2013, etc.
• Political appeasement, prompted by political considerations as seen in Shah Bano
case wherein the Central government overturned SC judgement extending
maintenance to Muslim divorcee in protraction of Shari’ah law also fuels
communalism.
Socio-economic disparities fuelling Communalism
• The stagnant economy of India during the British rule led to the growth of
communalism in India. It was deeply rooted in and was an expression of the
interests and aspirations of the middle classes in a social set up in which
opportunities for them were inadequate.
• Muslim disadvantage in terms of few policies in place to protect them as well as
lack of effective political mobilization in their interest, has been widely noted by the

Sachar Report as well. The National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) labour force Student Notes:
survey reports that the economic condition of Muslims does not show any signs of
improvement despite India being the fastest-growing large economy. They are
facing a vicious circle of poverty. Further, the educational attainment of Muslims is
the least among all these communities affecting their job prospects as well. This
situation fuels competition over the resources as well as make younger generation
easy targets towards communal ends.
• In present time, issues such as banning cow slaughter, triple talaq, ghar wapasi has
further
increased the perception of alienation among the minority population. They have
been frequent targets of discrimination and even violence.
Solution to this problem requires a multi-dimensional approach involving all the
stakeholders like the general public, religious leaders, government institutions, etc.
wherein all uphold national interest above their religious interests. Also, government
initiatives like Nayi Manzil, Roshni etc. towards development of minority communities
needs to be rigorously implemented.


REGIONALISM Student Notes:
Contents
1. Regionalism- An Introduction .................................................................................................... 2
1.1. Characteristics of regionalism ............................................................................................. 2
1.2. Types of Regionalism ........................................................................................................... 2
1.3. Regionalism in Indian Politics .............................................................................................. 3
1.4. Basis of Regionalism ............................................................................................................ 4
1.5. Reasons for persistence of regional disparities in India ...................................................... 6
1.6. Impact of Regionalism ......................................................................................................... 6
1.7. Regionalism and National Integration ................................................................................. 7
1.8. Regionalism & Federalism ................................................................................................... 8
1.9. Clashes related to Regionalism in India .............................................................................. 8
2. Past Year UPSC GS Mains Questions .......................................................................................... 9
3. Vision IAS GS Mains Test Series Questions................................................................................. 9


1. Regionalism- An Introduction Student Notes:
A region is a homogenous area which is culturally and physically distinct from the neighbouring
areas. In a region, people are aware of their similarities, however distinct they may be from
others. Based on this idea, they develop an identity. And based on this identity, they start
professing their political loyalties towards the region rather than to the state or the nation to
which they belong.
Regionalism is rooted in India's diversity w.r.t. (with respect to) caste, religion, language, class
etc. When all these factors get geographically concentrated, along with the feeling of relative
deprivation (i.e. a feeling that their community is not able to have access or benefit from such
access to the resources of the land), it is referred to as regionalism.
So, regionalism can be defined as a phenomenon in which people’s political loyalties become
focused upon a region. In other words, it implies people’s love for a particular region in
preference to the country and in certain cases in preference to the state of which the region is
a part. Thus the phenomenon of regionalism is centered around the concept of region.
1.1. Characteristics of regionalism

Regionalism is conditioned by economic, social, political and cultural disparities:
• It is, at times, a psychological phenomenon. For example, India and Pakistan were divided
to solve problems that were perceived and feared, rather than being actually present.
• It is built around an expression of group identity as well as loyalty towards the region. For
example, the tribals in Jharkhand-Chhattisgarh area consider their land to be sacred, and
trace their identity to a common ancestor of the region. They do not tolerate outside
interference, especially since outsiders do not understand their ways and customs. Such
outsiders may even consist of non-tribals belonging to the same state.
• It presupposes the concept of development of one's own region without taking into
consideration the interest of other regions. The recurrent and ever ongoing river water
disputes between states and nations could be traced to such factors.
• Regionalism, at times, prohibits people from other regions to be benefited by a particular
region. The demand for a ‘Marathwada’ (Maharashtra for Marathwadas) is a case in point
here.
1.2. Types of Regionalism

1. Demand for State Autonomy: Regional politics manifested in the form of people in certain
states or regions demanding to secede from the Indian Union and become independent
sovereign states. Such demands occurred soon after independence and are largely non-
existent now. The important examples in this context are that of the Plebiscite Front
(Kashmir), Mizo National Front (Lushei Hills of Assam), Nagaland Socialist Conference (Naga
Hills District of Assam) etc.
2. Supra-state Regionalism: It emerges in the form of expression of group identity of some
states. Some states unite to take a common stand on the issues of mutual interest. The
group identity is usually in relation to certain specific issues. It does not in any way imply
the total and permanent merger of identity of the states into the identity of group.
Rivalries, tensions and even conflicts do take place among a few states belonging to a
group.
Eg: Dravida Nadu demand prior to the re-organisation of the states,1956. Similarly, the
grouping of the North Eastern States for greater access to economic development is
another instance.
3. Inter-state Regionalism: It is related to state boundaries and involves overlapping of one or
more state identities, which threaten their interests. River water disputes, in general, and
other issues like the Maharashtra-Karnataka border dispute in particular can be cited as
examples.

4. Intra-state Regional Politics or Sub-regionalism: This refers to regionalism, which exists Student Notes:
within a state of Indian Union. It embodies the desire of a part of a state for identity and
self-development. It may also reflect a notion of deprivation or exploitation of a part of the
state at the expense of another. This type of regionalism can be found in many parts of
India. The important examples of this kind of sub-regionalism are Vidarbha in Maharashtra,
Saurashtra in Gujarat, Telangana in Andhra Pradesh, East U.P. in Uttar Pradesh etc..
Son of Soil theory: It ties people to their place of birth and confers some benefits, rights,
roles and responsibilities on them, which may not apply to others. It is accentuated by
factors such as competition for resources, jobs, economic disparities, etc. Examples of
implementation of the concept to further the cause of regionalism include campaign for
safeguard of interests of Maharashtrians by the Shiv Sena, clashes among Bodos and
Bengali speaking Muslims in Assam, among others.
1.3. Regionalism in Indian Politics

Although regionalism is a pre-independence phenomenon, it became predominant in the post-
independence period. The politics of regionalism can be traced back to the British Raj. It
commenced with the implementation of constitutional reforms under Government of India Acts
of 1909, 1919 and 1935. For instance, division of Bengal for “administrative reasons” could be
thought of as one example. The establishment and role of Justice Party in Chennai, and to a
lesser extent, of Akali Dal in Punjab in pre-independence period were a few examples of the
emerging regionalism in India at that time.
After independence, there were four major landmarks in the development of regional politics.
• A democratic form of government was established post-independence with objectives such
as nation-building on the principles of democracy, secularism national unity and social
justice. Since, all parts of the country competed with each other in their efforts at nation-
building, anything short of expectations led to disenchantment and it resulted in the
emergence of regional politics.

Student Notes:
• Another factor was the integration of the Princely States. Despite integration of small
states with the big ones, people continued to hold loyalties to old territorial units. As a
consequence, Princes of erstwhile princely states continued to do well in elections.
• Reorganization of states on linguistic basis is another critical factor in terms of fanning
regional politics. Twenty eight states were reshaped and reduced to 14 states along with
centrally administered territories. Furthermore, new states continued to be created later.
These states were not constituted entirely on linguistic basis. Factors like:-
o Ethnic-cum-economic considerations led to the formation of Nagaland, Meghalaya,
Manipur, Tripura, Jharkhand, Haryana, Punjab and Chhattisgarh.
o Language-cum-cultural factors created Maharashtra, Gujarat and Uttaranchal;
o Historical and political factors are responsible for U.P. and Bihar;
o Integration of princely states and need for viable groupings gave birth to M.P. and
Rajasthan;
o Language and social distinctiveness resulted in the creation of Tamil Nadu, Kerala,
Mysore, Bengal and Orissa.
Thus various factors have played a decisive role in the composition of the Indian federation.
Regardless of other factors, language remained the most important factor in the
reorganization of states. It became such an important force in the context of regionalism
that linguistic regionalism gained ground in Indian politics.
• Personal and selfish ends of politicians also contributed greatly towards instigating
regional and parochial tendencies. To augment and strengthen their own authority and
prestige at electoral politics, regional and state leaders often used means/measures to
attack the authority of the center or in some cases of neighbouring states.
1.4. Basis of Regionalism

Regionalism has roots across various bases. These may range from geographical, historical,
cultural, economic to politico-administrative factors:
1. Geographical factors: Usually people relate their regional identities to certain specific
geographical boundaries. As an example, even after independence and the integration of
Princely States with the Indian Union, the loyalties of citizens were torn between old
territorial boundaries and new territorial structures.
However, in the present day context, geographical factors are more closely tied to factors
that determine economic growth and prosperity. Geographical factors contribute to
resource-competition and relative deprivation amongst states. For instance, owing to North
East India facing problems of connectivity with the Indian mainland, its development
remains sub-par. This brings in a sense of discontent amongst locals and negatively affects
social solidarity. Consequently, North-East India has been a breeding ground for
regional/Secessionist politics and dissent.
Similarly, buffer-areas is another crucial geographical factor. For example, Bundelkhand
belongs to UP and MP. Neither do any of these states want to give up control, nor do they
want to take up the responsibility to develop it
2. Historical and Social Basis: Historical and social basis together are not only important
individually but also in conjunction with each other. They have contributed to Regionalism
in India in various ways:
a. History: History provides regionalist tendencies via some ideological bases through
cultural heritage, folklore, myths and symbolism.
For example, the demand for Dravida nadu was supported by the theory that the
Dravidian speaking area once had non-Brahminical polity, which was destroyed by

Aryan conquest and Brahminical hegemony. Also, the idea of Tamil nationalism was Student Notes:
based on idealization of ancient Tamil history. Parties like the Dravida Kazhagam (DK)
and the Dravida Munnetra Kazhagam (DMK) in Tamil Nadu and Shiv Sena in
Maharashtra and Telugu Desham (TDP) in Andhra Pradesh gained credence.
However, history alone cannot be considered as the most important basis of
regionalism. Economic and political factors have combined with history to generate
regionalism. This can again be seen in the change in the stance of DMK from secession
to one of autonomy within the federal framework of the Constitution.
b. Language: Language is arguably the most important mark of group identification.
Through expression of shared life, thought structure and value patterns of people,
language has the capacity to unite the people together towards achieving a common
goal. In this sense, linguistic homogeneity strengthens a positive movement. However,
language can also contribute to impart divisive tendencies.
Language found acceptance as a principle criterion for demarcating the territorial
boundaries of provincial units. This was acknowledged in the Nagpur Congress
session(1920). Post-independence, the State Reorganization Commission (SRC) 1955
was established and new states were formed in 1956. Later on, new states were created
by splitting up older states of Bombay (1960), Punjab (1966), and Assam (mid-sixties)
into linguistically homogeneous states. Time and again, language emerges as a major
bone of contention in Indian regional politics. For instance, the demand for Gorkhaland
in the North-East India, imposition of Hindi in the Southern States, etc.
It must also be borne in mind that the importance of language must not be overstated.
If language had been synonymous with region, the political aspiration of every linguistic
group would have been satisfied by the formation of separate states. This, however, is
neither a reality nor a foreseeable possibility. This is chiefly because of India’s immense
linguistic diversity that makes it practically impossible.
Thus regionalism is closely associated with language but is not synonymous with
linguism. Regionalism can take place inside a linguistic state (for example creation of
Marathi speaking Maharashtra has demands for Vidarbha statehood). In other words,
language is not the sole generator of regionalism. It is one of the several bases of
regionalism in India.
c. Caste: Caste serves as an important factor underlying social differentiation in India. It is
also a major reason behind providing impetus to linguistic regionalism. For instance,
Tamil regionalism gained ground as a result of Anti-Brahmin movement. Non-Brahmin
castes of Tamil speaking region had been able to provide a powerful united thrust
against Brahmins who had earlier enjoyed unquestioned dominance in economy,
society and polity.
d. Religion: Religion may combine with other factors like economic dominance/ linguistic
homogeneity, etc., to push regionalistic tendencies. For example, the demand for
Punjabi Suba had religious undertones even though it was presented under a linguistic
garb. Similarly, secessionist movement in J&K also feeds off a sense of religious
orthodoxy and economic deprivation.
3. Economic Basis: In a developing country like India, resources are limited while the demand
for resources for the development of various regions is disproportionate to resources.
Economic policies have led to regional imbalances and wide economic disparities among
various regions resulting in discontentment among them.
Most of the demands for constituting new states were primarily based on allegedly unfair
and unequal distribution of development benefits and expenditure in multi-lingual states.

For example, movements for a separate Uttarakhand state in the hill districts of U.P.; Student Notes:
creation of Jharkhand state out of parts of Bihar; demand for Bodoland comprising a part of
Assam etc. The demand for separate states rests primarily on the sense of relative
economic deprivation facing these regions.
4. Politico-Administrative Basis: Politics, on its own, does not create regionalism. It only
accentuates regionalism or takes advantage of already existing regional tendencies.
Politicians convert regional disenchantment into movements for strengthening their
individual and factional support bases. For example, it is often argued that regional political
parties like TDP (Andhra Pradesh), DMK (Tamil Nadu), Akali Dal (Punjab) are surviving by
keeping regional sentiments alive.
Other important facets of the politics of regionalism are the real or assumed charges of
political discrimination among various regions by the central ruling elite. Actually, the
economic policies of the government have been such that it has aggravated the regional
imbalances and economic disparities- It was due to the unequal distribution of
developmental benefits that the demand for new states emerged.
1.5. Reasons for persistence of regional disparities in India

1. Low rate of economic growth: The economic growth of India has not been commensurate
vis-à-vis its high population growth. Consequently, not enough opportunities could be
created evenly across all regions of the Indian State, which is still developing.
2. Socio-economic and political organisation of states: States have failed to undergo
significant structural changes and reforms like land reforms. Besides, feudal mentality still
persists. Land Ceiling and redistribution acts were not well implemented and even land
under land Banks were not efficiently distributed. The political activities in the backward
states were limited to vote bank politics and scams.
3. Lower level of infrastructural facilities in backward states: The level of infrastructural
development, such as- power distribution, irrigation facilities, roads, modern markets for
agricultural produce has been at back stage. All these are state list subjects.
4. Low level of social expenditure by states on education, health and sanitation: These
subjects are core for human resource development. The states which have invested heavily
on these subjects, fall under the developed and advanced states, for example Tamil Nadu,
where health care services in Primary health centre is bench mark for other states.
5. Political and administration failure: This is source of tension and gives birth to sub-regional
movements for separate states. Jharkhand, Chattisgarh, Uttrakhand and recently Telangana
are result of these failures. Many such demands are in pipeline such as- Vidarbha,
Saurashtra, Darjeeling and Bodoland, etc. These failures also weakens the confidence of
private players and do not attract investors in the states.
1.6. Impact of Regionalism

Positive Impact
• It can lead to inter-group solidarity in a particular region. People belonging to a region may
feel the need to come together to protect their vested interests, setting aside their
differences.
Eg: Tripura Tribal Autonomous District Council that was formed in 1985 has served to
protect the otherwise endangered tribal identity in the state by providing a democratic
platform for former separatists and has reduced the need for political extremism in the
state.
• Given the increasing uncertainty in the contemporary globalized world, regionalism has
become a source of identity among people. The accommodation of such identities is
healthy for maintaining the socio-cultural fabric of India.

• It may induce competition among people of a region and propel them to do better to Student Notes:
improve the status of their region.
Eg: Competitive federalism in India and ensuing competition among states regarding
resources, setting up of industries, infrastructural facilities, etc.
• It can play an important role in nation building if it accommodates the federal elements.
Not always are regional interests pitted against national interest. In fact, it helps in realizing
the salad-bowl theory both in letter and spirit (India is referred to as a salad bowl. Just like
in a bowl of salad, the individual flavours of the different individuals are retained, though
put together, likewise in the case of India, along with new identities, the traditional
identities are preserved as well.)
• Regional recognition in terms of state hood or state autonomy gives self-determination to
the people of that particular region and they feel empowered and happy. Internal self-
determination of community, whether linguistic, tribal, religious, regional, or their
combinations, has remained the predominant form in which regionalism in India has sought
to express itself, historically as well as in present times.
Negative Impact
• It can have adverse impacts on national integration, as loyalty to a particular region
remains stronger than loyalty to the nation. Thus, it can be seen as a threat to the progress
and unity of the nation.
• It breeds contempt amongst local people as regards people from other regions.
Consequently, it accentuates regional/parochial divide and augments identity politics on
these bases. More often than not, it can be exploited and used for political leverage in
order to garner votes.
• Development plans may sometimes be implemented unevenly. This can lead to unbalanced
development and thereby regionalist and secessionist demands. When agitations to satisfy
regional demands occur, law and order situation is disturbed. It can also result in violence.
When the demand for regionalism has violent manifestations, it can be a source of internal
security challenges and may even give a leeway to external factors (E.g. terrorist groups,
extremist groups) to get involved in regional issues and create disruption by inciting the
masses.
1.7. Regionalism and National Integration

Regionalism is not significant merely as a disintegrating force. Regionalism is not opposed to
national integration. Both can exist together in a creative partnership. Both are in favour of
development.
Regionalism stresses the development of a region and national integration for the development
of the nation as a whole. If we want to reconcile the competing claims of regionalism and
national integration, the political system of the country should remain federal and democratic.
Regionalism is not disruptive of national solidarity. The important condition for national
solidarity is that nationalism should be able to hold the different types of regional sub-
nationalities together. In other words, there should be healthy reconciliation between
regionalism and nationalism.
Regionalism can make federalism a greater success. In this aspect, the accentuation of regional
identities should not-become problematic. It is quite natural that regional communities, who
are conscious of their distinctive culture, should interact with federal government on the basis
of a more equal partnership.
It will reduce the centralizing tendencies in a nation and power will shift from the centre to the
states. Conceived in any form, regionalism and sub-regionalism are unavoidable in a country as
vast and diverse as India.

1.8. Regionalism & Federalism Student Notes:
Regionalism often poses a question with respect to the role played by Indian federalism in
ensuring India’s unity, stability and survival as a polity. Persistent regionalism, sometimes
coming on the verge of separation, is rooted in manifold and complex cultural, economic,
geographical issues as have been discussed before. The question around the role of Federalism
in India assumes special significance when looked from the historical examples of Balkanisation
of several large states in the past. For instance, the disintegration of the multi-ethnic and multi-
national Soviet Union, and the split up of the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia are some examples.
The need for federalism becomes all the more important in countries with ethnically distinct
regions where the territorial accommodation of distinct groups of people is of paramount
importance. Such countries may utilise a combination of shared rule (analogous to a Union
Government) and some kind of self-rule (for regional/local governance) to maintain unity and
integrity.
India’s rich diversity sometimes looks like an obstacle to unity. But time and again, by remaining
committed to democracy, India has proved its capability in terms of resolving differences
peacefully and democratically, thereby transforming its diversity into a source of strength.
However, a few suggestive measures can still be followed to further strengthen the same:
• Doing away with regional imbalance
• Check on regional political parties
• Top priority to the economic development of deprived zones
• Restructuring of the society
• Acculturation
• Developed means of transport and communication
• Proper education
• Create enough growth and employment opportunities
• Special attention to backward states
• Improve National Integration
1.9. Clashes related to Regionalism in India

1. Linguistic Reorganization of States: Starting with the demand raised by Potti Sriramulu and
creation of Andhra state(Initially in 1953, it was called Andhra State; Later in 1956 it was re-
named as Andhra Pradesh), language as a basis of creation of states was accepted in
principle. Sriramulu’s death forced Jawaharlal Nehru to agree to the various demands from
other parts of the country with similar demands. Consequently, in 1954, a States
Reorganisation Committee was formed, which recommended the formation of 16 new
states and 3 Union Territories based on language.
2. Demand for Dravida Nadu: Dravidian Movement started in Tamil Nadu in 1925. This
movement, also known as ‘Self-Respect Movement’ initially focused on empowering Dalits,
non-Brahmins, and poor people. Later it stood against imposition of Hindi as sole official
language on non-Hindi speaking areas. But it was the demand of carving out their own
Dravidastan or Dravida Nadu, which made it a secessionist movement. As early as 1960s the
DMK and the Nan Tamil organized a joint campaign throughout Madras state demanding its
secession from India and making it an independent sovereign state of Tamiland. DMK
proposed that the states of Madras, Andhra Pradesh, Kerala and Mysore should secede
from the Indian union and form an independent “Republic of Dravida Nadu”.
3. Telangana Movement: In the years after the formation of the Andhra Pradesh, people of
Telangana expressed dissatisfaction over how the agreements and guarantees were
implemented. Discontent with the 1956 Gentleman’s agreement intensified in January
1969, when the guarantees that had been agreed on were supposed to lapse. Student
agitation for the continuation of the agreement began at Osmania University in Hyderabad

and spread to other parts of the region. Government employees and opposition members Student Notes:
of the state legislative assembly threatened “direct action” in support of the students. This
movement since then finally resulted in the creation of separate state of Telangana.
4. Shiv Sena against Kannadigas: In 1966, Shiv Sena, in Maharashtra, launched its agitation
against Kannadigas in the name of Marathi pride. The first targets of its agitation were
South Indians who were the workers of Udupi hotels in Mumbai. This agitation was labelled
to be a retaliation of the lathi-charge on Marathi speaking people in the border areas.
5. Bodoland Demand within Assam: The Bodo agitation is led by the Assam Bodo Students
Union which is demanding a separate state and has resorted to wide scale violence and
series of crippling bandhs to pursue their demand. One of the basic reason for Assam
agitations was due to the expansion of education, particularly higher education, but not
industrialization and other job creating institutions thereby creating the army of educated
youths in the backward regions. These frustrated young men are allured by the movements
against the inflow of people from other countries and states. On the other hand these
unemployed youths are also attracted by the caste, communal and other sectional
agitations fighting for the protection of rights on sectarian lines.
6. Khalistan Movement: It was during the era of 1980s that Khalistan movement with its aim
to create a Sikh homeland, often called Khalistan, cropped up in the Punjab region of India
and Pakistan. In fact this demand also had the colours of communalism, as the demand was
only for Sikhs.
7. Attacks on Bihar Labourers by the ULFA: ULFA continues to attempt ambushes and
sporadic attacks on government security forces. In 2003, the ULFA was accused of killing
labourers from Bihar in response to molestation and raping of many Assamese girls in a
train in Bihar. This incident sparked off anti-Bihar sentiment in Assam, which withered away
after some months though. In January 2007, the ULFA once again struck in Assam killing
approximately 62 Hindi speaking migrant workers mostly from Bihar. On March 15, 2007,
ULFA triggered a blast in Guwahati, injuring six persons as it celebrated its ‘army day’.
8. MNS Targeting North Indians: It was in 2008 that Maharashtra Navnirman Sena (MNS)
workers began their violent agitation against North Indians. Bhojpuri films were not allowed
to run on theatres in Maharashtra. The targets were vendors and shopkeepers from North
India in various parts of Maharashtra.
2. Past Year UPSC GS Mains Questions

1. Growing feeling of regionalism is an important factor in generation of demand for a
separate state. Discuss. (2013)
2. What is the basis of regionalism? Is it that unequal distribution of benefits of development
on regional basis eventually promotes regionalism? Substantiate your answer. (2016)

1. Regionalism is not opposed to national integration; rather both can co-exist in a
creative partnership. Critically analyse this statement in the context of India.
Approach:
The answer should attend to the following sub-questions:
• What is regionalism?
• What are the causes for the proliferation of regionalism?
• Why regionalism is considered antithetical to national integration?
• How can regionalism and national integration be reconciled?
Answer:
• Regionalism can be defined as “a phenomenon in which people’s political loyalties
become focused upon a region, often in preference to the country or state of

which the region is a part”. Demand for separate state, state autonomy, etc. are Student Notes:
expressions of regionalism
• Regionalism is characterized by the following often in combination with each other:
o Geographical concentration
o cultural, historical (cultural heritage, folklore, myths and symbolism)
o language
o caste
o religion
o ethnic (tribal identity, racial identity)issues
o economic factors
• Regionalism in India is rooted in India’s diversity of languages, cultures, tribes, and
religions, which is often encouraged by the geographical concentration of these
identity markers in particular regions, and fuelled by a sense of regional
deprivation. Indian federalism has been a means of accommodating these regional
sentiments.
• Regionalism is believed to be a threat to the nation-building efforts. It is evident by
the separatist movements in Punjab and the North-East; son of soil movement in
Maharashtra; Regionalism can also breed disharmony between states as witnessed
in the river water disputes (between Kerala and Tamil Nadu etc.).
• However, at the same time regionalism can have manifestations which is not a
threat to national Integration. As we know, Regionalism is in sense a desire to
concretize an identity based on ethnicity, language, religion, etc. so if the federal
polity provides enough space for expression of regional identities, then regionalism
or regional pride can be channeled to spur the development of the particular
region. Secondly, formation of states based on economic under-development or
demand for devolution of powers, greater financial resources, administrative
authority etc. is not a threat to national integrity.
• Hence it is important to assess the degree of underlying reason for the need for
representation and its consequences on unity and integrity of the nation.
• Moreover, the important condition for reconciling the competing claims of
regionalism and national integration is that the political system of the country
should remain federal and democratic. It is quite natural that regional communities,
who are conscious of their distinctive culture, should interact with federal
government on the basis of more equal partnership. It will reduce the centralizing
tendencies in a nation and power will shift from the Centre to the states.
2. Post-independence India has witnessed many instances of extreme form of

regionalism. Is regionalism a threat to national integrity? How can regional
aspirations be addressed within the constitutional framework?
Approach:
• Give a brief definition of regionalism.
• Give an account of rise of sense of regionalism in India.
• Describe how it becomes a threat to national integrity.
• Bring out some Constitutional provisions which try to deal with regional
aspirations.
Answer:
Regionalism, as an ideology and political movement, seeks to advance the causes of
regions. If the interest of one region or a state is asserted against the country as a
whole or against another region or state in a hostile way, and if a conflict is promoted
by such alleged interests, then it is called regionalism.

Post independence, India has witnessed many instances of regionalism maifested in: Student Notes:
the demand of Dravida Nadu, Telangana movement, Bodoland movement in Assam,
Khalistan movement. Interstate disputes also carried regionalist undertones. The
underlying causes range from regional disparity to the son of soil concept as well as
diversity of languages, cultures, ethnic groups etc.
Regionalism is often seen as a serious threat to the development, progress and unity of
the nation. Internal security challenges by the insurgent groups, who propagate and are
motivated by the feelings of regionalism pose grave challenge to the internal security of
the country.. Regionalism at times transforms into secessionism, especially in border
areas often getting support from neighboring countries.
The Constitution of India has adequate provisions to address the issue of regional
aspirations.
• Indian federalism provides a mechanism for addressing regionalism and reconciling
of regional identities within the democratic framework.
o The 73rd and 74th Amendment acts further addressed the regional aspiration by
devolving power and resources to be used as per regional needs.
• The regions under 5th and 6th Schedule enjoys certain autonomy which give them
scope to maintain their own culture and develop according to their own need.
• The provision of PESA Act, 1996 is a step towards bringing reconciliation with the
regional aspirations.
• Art 371 has special provisions helpful in addressing concerns of some states.
These provisions need to be implemented in true spirit and with adequate political will
to address the issues engendering regionalism.
3. The roots of regionalism in India lie not only in the diversity of languages, cultures,
tribes and religions, but also in the sense of regional deprivation. Explain.
Approach:
• Explain the concept of regionalism.
• State the causes of regional deprivation.
• Link the roots of regionalism to regional deprivation. Explain with examples.
• Then give a way forward.
Answer:
Regionalism is the expression of a common sense of identity and purpose combined
with the creation and implementation of institutions that express a particular identity
and shape collective action within a geographical region.
Regionalism in India is rooted in its manifold diversity of languages, cultures, tribes,
religions, communities, etc. It originates from the feeling of regional concentration,
which can often be fuelled by a sense of regional deprivation.
• Uneven development, marginalization, continued poverty, apathy of concerned
authorities, apparent rich-poor divide were some of the main factors that led to the
Naxalite Movement in India. The Naxalites are primarily active in relatively
backward states such as West Bengal, Jharkhand, Odisha.
• Similarly, states in the North- East have witnessed secessionist tendencies and
violent outbursts as there is regional imbalance in matters of industrial, agricultural
and above all, economic development. Lack of employment opportunities and
industrial initiatives remain persistent problems.

• Disparity has caused the feeling of relative deprivation and has thereby led to Student Notes:
protectionist demands by many.
• The demand of Inner Line Permit by the Meitei Manipuris is also a manifestation of
regionalism in order to protect their vested interests as they are increasingly facing
problems of outsider invasion, unemployment, increased competition,
encroachment of land etc.
In situations like this, sons of soil theory is put forward to give an impetus to regional
demands.
• Relative deprivation in and around Darjeeling region with regard to employment,
development, culture led to the demand of a separate state in West Bengal i.e.
Gorkhaland wherein interests of certain communities will be preserved.
• The demand of statehood for Vidarbha and Marathwada regions in Maharashtra
too is an illustration of regionalism due to relative deprivation. The case for
statehood for the two regions is built on backwardness — the lack of socio-
economic development resulting from six decades of political neglect.
Regionalism can pose a serious threat to internal security, development, progress and
unity of a nation. Hence, development plans should be evenly implemented, regional
differences should be ameliorated and the demands of the deprived communities
should be efficiently dealt with, in order to preserve peace and unity.
4. Regionalism in India is based on multifold diversity of the country. Substantiate with

suitable examples. What are the prominent means employed to address issues
emerging out of regionalism since independence?
Approach:
• Briefly explain regionalism.
• Discuss the multi-fold diversity in India and how regionalism in India is based on
this diversity with suitable examples.
• Mention the prominent means employed to address issues emerging out of
regionalism.
Answer:
Regionalism is an ideology and political movement that seeks to advance the causes of
regions. It has both positive and negative connotation. Positive regionalism means love
towards one’s culture, region, language etc. whereas Negative regionalism is an
excessive attachment to one’s regions in preference to the Nation.
India is a diverse country where different religions, cultures, tribes, and languages co-
exist. This multi-fold diversity leads to regionalism due to:
• Geographical factors: The distribution along geographical boundaries, topographic
and climatic variations along with differences in the settlement pattern induce in
people the concept of regionalism. For example, Bodo speaking people in North
Bank of Brahmaputra river demand for Bodoland. Similarly, Andhra Pradesh,
Odisha, Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, etc. were formed on linguistic basis.
• Historical and cultural factors: People of a particular cultural & linguistic group also
derive inspirations from the cultural heritage, folklore, myths, historical traditions,
noble deeds and glorious achievements of the local heroes. For e.g. rise of Shiv
Sena in Maharashtra.

• Caste and religion: When caste is combined with language, conflicts or religious Student Notes:
fundamentalism, it breeds regional feeling, dogmatism, orthodoxy and
obscurantism.
Apart from this multi-fold diversity, there are politico-administrative and economic
factors as well which breed feelings of regionalism. Uneven development in many parts
of the country causes a feeling of relative deprivation among the inhabitants of
economically neglected regions. It has manifested itself in the formation of states such
as Jharkhand, Uttarakhand, Chhattisgarh, Telangana etc.
Prominent means employed in India to address issues emerging out of regionalism:
• Indian Constitution lays down that India “a Union of States”, not a federation. It also
empowers the Union Parliament to reorganize the states for territorial adjustment.
• The constitution of India contains a number of special provisions under the
schedules five to seven for the self-governance of various tribal groups living in
various parts of India. It also provides for the distribution of legislative powers
between Centre and State within Schedule seven.
• Government accepted the reorganization of states based on linguistic lines.
• The right to language forms part of the fundamental ‘cultural and educational rights
of minorities’ under Art. 30 of the Indian Constitution.
• Three language formula: Other than Hindi and English, states can recognize their
own official language under Articles 345 & 347 (providing for 8th Schedule of the
Constitution).
Other than these, recommendations of Finance commissions, grant of Special Category
status to some states on the basis of deprivation and backwardness, several central
schemes initiated to remove regional imbalances such as Backward Regions Grant
Fund, and cooperative federalism is also being encouraged. Recently NITI Aayog has
been formed to provide voice to each state.


SECULARISM Student Notes:
Contents
1. Meaning of Secularism ............................................................................................................... 2
1.1. Manifestations of Secularism .............................................................................................. 2
2. Difference between Western Concept of Secularism and Indian Secularism ............................ 2
3. Distinctive Features of Indian Secularism .................................................................................. 4
4. Secularisation versus Secularism ............................................................................................... 5
5. Contemporary Issues.................................................................................................................. 5
5.1. Uniform Civil Code (UCC) .................................................................................................... 5
5.1.1. Rationale behind implementing Uniform Civil Code in India ....................................... 5
5.1.2. Challenges in Implementing Uniform Civil Code .......................................................... 6
5.2. Issue of Instant Triple Talaq ................................................................................................. 6
5.2.1. Positive Outcomes of the Judgement .......................................................................... 7
5.2.2. Negative outcomes of the judgement ......................................................................... 7
5.3. Entry Movements to Places of Religious Worship Led by Women’s Organizations ............ 7
5.3.1. Sabarimala Temple ....................................................................................................... 7
5.3.2. Haji Ali Dargah .............................................................................................................. 7
5.3.3. Santhara ....................................................................................................................... 8
6. Previous Year UPSC GS Mains Questions ................................................................................... 8
7. Vision IAS GS Mains Test Series Questions................................................................................. 8


1. Meaning of Secularism Student Notes:
The concept of secularism emerged in the context of the European societies. Often, one of the
earliest manifestations of secularism can be seen in the French Revolution, 1789, where the
people were inspired by Voltaire’s ‘Treatise on Tolerance’(1763). The legal foundation of French
Secularism (modern western secularism) can be found in a French law passed in 1905,
separating the church and the state (laïcité).
The rationale was to curtail the authority of the church and domesticate religion. Secularisation,
in the west was related to the arrival of modernity and the rise of science and rationality as
alternatives to religious ways of understanding the world.
Thus, secularism is a principle which advocates the separation of religion from politics. It is the
principle of separation of government institutions and persons mandated to represent the state
from religious institutions and religious dignitaries. Thus, religion should be separate from
aspects of state and governance.
Secularism seeks to realize a society that is devoid of either inter-religious domination or intra-
religious domination. It promotes freedom within religions and equality between, as well as,
within religions.
1.1. Manifestations of Secularism

The term secularism includes a separation between the state and religion. In fact, the nature
and extent of separation may take different forms, depending upon the specific values it is
meant to promote and the way in which these values are spelt out.
Thus, it has 3 manifestations:-
1. Differentiation: Religion will no longer be all encompassing and its presence will only be
restricted to the cultural domain.
2. Privatisation: Since religion is a matter of faith, it will be confined to the domestic space.
3. Decline in the social significance of Religion: The presence of religion in public space will
be prohibited and hence its social significance will decline.
Furthermore there can be forms in which Secularism emerges. For instance:
Soft & hard secularism:
1. Soft secularism argues for a legal separation of Religion & the State. It is tolerant of
religion and religious differences, and favours political accommodation of the religion while
rejecting the state interference that may undermine religious freedom. Seen in USA.
Eg: No school prayer, No Government funds to religious bodies, etc.
2. Hard secularism militates for complete separation of Religion and the State. It may even
be seen as hostility towards organized religion in general. Seen in France.
Eg: Banning of face covering niqabs and burqas in France.
• Positive and Negative secularism: Positive secularism means mutual and equal
recognition of all the religions whereas negative secularism connotes non recognition
of any religion.
2. Difference between Western Concept of Secularism and

Indian Secularism
There exists a fundamental difference between the Western concept of secularism and the
Indian concept, in that the complete separation of religion and state is not applicable in the
Indian interpretation of the term. In our polity, the state seeks to protect all religions equally.
For example, the secular Indian state declares public holidays to mark the festivals of all
religions.

In context of India, it is sometimes argued that the concept of secularism has been imported Student Notes:
from the west. But it is clear from the above differences that in the west, strict church and state
separation is the main area of focus; while in India peaceful co-existence of all religions is the
focus. The ‘Sarva Dharma Samabhava’ concept is deeply entrenched in the Indian mindset
which embody the equality of the destination of the paths followed by all the religions.(i.e.,
equal treatment of all religions)

Constitutional Provisions Regarding Secularism in India Student Notes:
In India, freedom of religion is a Fundamental Right and is guaranteed through the following
provisions:
• Article 25: guarantees freedom of conscience and free profession, practice and propagation of
religion.
• Article 26: every religious denomination has the freedom to manage its religious affairs.
• Article 27: Freedom from payment of taxes for promotion of any particular religion.
• Article 28: Freedom as to attendance at religious instruction or religious worship in certain
educational institutions.
Other Constitutional safeguards regarding religion include the following:
• Article 15: Prohibition of discrimination on grounds of religion, race, caste, sex or place of birth.
• Article 16: Equality of opportunity in matters of public employment and no citizens shall be
ineligible for employment on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, descent, place of birth.
• Article 29: Protection of distinct language, script or culture of minorities
• Article 30: Rights of all minorities, whether based on religion or language, to establish and
administer educational institutions of their choice.
• The Preamble of India states that India is a secular country (added after 42nd Amendment Act,
1976).
3. Distinctive Features of Indian Secularism

The Indian idea and practice of secularism, though was inspired by its western origins yet, was
firmly rooted in India’s own unique socio-historical circumstances- i.e. the remarkable religious
diversity in contrast to the mono-religious nature of western societies, the freedom struggle
which advocated an equal support & equal respect for all religions, the fact that the practice of
one’s religion was not seen as antithetical to practice of democracy but as one which would
strengthen it in the long run.
The Indian conception of secularism thus recognized the deeply religious nature of Indian
society & infused the principle of equality within the practice of religion. Secularism was turned
into an non-negotiable basic feature of constitution & the term itself was reinvented to allow
intervention of state into religious matters when it was being done to promote not only inter
religious equality ( i.e., equal rights for all citizens irrespective of their religious preferences,
along with added protection for religious minorities) but also intra religious equality ( by
ensuring that one sect of a religion does not dominate over other).
The desirability of state intervention into religious matters has been upheld under the Indian
conception of secularism to give space to progressive voices within every religion and to allow
disagreement with some aspects of religions. For example, the abolition of untouchability, sati,
dowry, the amendment of Hindu marriage & inheritance laws & the demand for establishing
the uniform civil code etc. can be seen as an application of this concept.
At the same time, the Indian ideal of secularism clearly cautions against allowing religion to
interfere in state matters, thereby disallowing mobilizing the electorate on religious lines for
winning elections on one hand while strictly spelling out that the Indian nation-state shall have
no state religion.
Some Judicial Pronouncements Regarding Secularism & Religious aspects in India
• In the Shirur Mutt case, 1954, the ‘Doctrine of essentiality’ was coined by the Supreme Court. Here
the court opined that only the religious practices which were essential and integral to the religion
shall be protected.
This doctrine was also applied in the Ayodhya case,1994, whereby the court opined that mosque is
not integral to Islam and that the ‘namaz’ can be offered anywhere. This doctrine was also applied in
the recent Sabarimala case, 2018.
This doctrine has been criticized on the fact that the court is entering into a domain that is beyond
its competence and gives power to the judges to decide purely religious questions.

• Secularism has been deemed as one of the pillars of “Basic Structure of the Indian Constitution”. The Student Notes:
Supreme Court in the Keshavanada Bharati case (1973) held that the basic structure of the
Constitution cannot be altered by the Parliament.
• In the S. R Bommai vs Union of India case (1994), the Supreme Court observed the following,
“Notwithstanding the fact that the words 'Socialist' and 'Secular' were added in the Preamble of the
Constitution in 1976 by the 42nd Amendment, the concept of Secularism was very much embedded
in our constitutional philosophy”. Thus, the 42nd Constitutional Amendment Act only made
secularism explicit which was already implicit in the Constitution.
• In Stanislaus vs State of Madhya Pradesh case (1977), The Supreme Court held that the right to
propagate religion (under Article 25) does not include right to forcible conversion as it may disturb
public order.
• In Ratilal vs State of Bombay (1954), it was held that regulations by the state should not interfere
with essentials of religion.
• In the Church of God (Full Gospel) in India vs K. K. R. Majestic Colony Welfare Association (2000), it
was held that as the right to religion is subject to public order, no prayers (through voice amplifiers or
beating of drums) should be performed by disturbing the peace of others.
• In St. Stephen’s College vs University of Delhi (1992), the court held that autonomy of a minority
institution cannot be taken away as it will defeat the purpose of right to establish and administer
educational institutions by minorities.
4. Secularisation versus Secularism

The terms secularism and secularization are closely related. Secularism is a system or ideology
based on the principle that there should be a sphere of knowledge, values, and action that is
independent of religious authority, but it does not necessarily exclude religion from having any
role in political and social affairs. Secularization, however, is a process which does lead to
exclusion. Therefore, the two terms differ in advocating the role of religion in the society.
During the process of secularization, institutions throughout society- economic, political, and
social - are removed from the control of religion. Therefore, it leads to the separation of the
state and religion. However, still, the former is not the same as the latter. While the separation
of church and state is simply a description of what occurs in the political sphere, secularization
is a process that occurs all across the society.
In the separation of religion and state, political institutions i.e., those associated with varying
levels of public government and administration, are removed from both direct and indirect
religious control. While religious organizations can air their opinions about public and political
issues, those views cannot be imposed upon the public, or be used as the sole basis for public
policy. Therefore, while secularization is a state policy, secularism is largely a social process.
Also, secularisation is not just the increase or decrease in visible markers of religiosity or in the
attendance count of religious places, but also a fundamental shift in religious belief towards
rationalisation and objectification.
5. Contemporary Issues
In contemporary times, various issues regarding secularism and freedom to practice and
administer religion have come to the forefront. These include the following:
5.1. Uniform Civil Code (UCC)

Article 44 of the Constitution states that the State shall endeavour to secure for citizens a
uniform civil code throughout the territory of India. It essentially means a common set of laws
governing personal matters for all citizens of the country, irrespective of religion.
5.1.1. Rationale behind implementing Uniform Civil Code in India
• It will divest religion from social relations and personal laws and will ensure equality in
terms of justice to both men and women regardless of the faith they practice.

• There will be uniform laws for all Indians with regard to marriage, inheritance, divorce etc. Student Notes:
• It will help in improving the condition of women in India as Indian society is mostly
patriarchal whereby old religious rules continue to govern the family life and subjugate
women.
• Various personal laws have several loopholes, which are exploited by those who have the
power to do so. Due to uniformity, such loopholes will cease to exist or will be minimised
• Informal bodies like caste panchayats give judgements based on traditional laws. UCC will
ensure that legal laws are followed rather than traditional laws.
• It can help in reducing instances of vote bank politics. If all religions are covered under
same laws, politicians will have less to offer to communities in exchange for their votes.
• It will help in integration of India as a lot of animosity is caused by preferential treatment
by the law in favour of certain religious communities.
5.1.2. Challenges in Implementing Uniform Civil Code
Family laws or personal laws of certain minority communities are quite divergent from the
majority belief systems. Any attempt at bringing about a common law would lead to the curbing
of or putting an end to either of the community’s practices.
They fear that any attempt at homogenization would result in their customs getting
overshadowed by the majority customs or beliefs that are advocated as progressive, but
violative of their sacred faith.
For example, the Hindu Minority and Guardianship Act, 1956, upholds the superior right of a
father as the natural guardian for both boys and unmarried girls. The prior right of the mother
is recognised only for the custody of children below five. However, Muslim law recognises the
absolute right of a mother to the custody of her minor children (Hizanat). Even the father
cannot deprive her of it.
Also, certain dominant religious organisations have further aggravated the issue by issuing
statements such as UCC would not allow minorities to retain practices as per their faiths. They
will, instead, have to abide by one common law across the country, which Hindus already abide
by.
Therefore, some challenges being anticipated and also advocated are:-
• Implementation of UCC might interfere with the principle of secularism, particularly with
the provisions of Articles 25 and 26, which guarantee freedom relating to religious
practices.
• Conservatism by religious groups, which
resist such changes as it interferes with
their religious practices.
• It is difficult for the government to come
up with a uniform law that is accepted by
all religious communities. All religious
groups- whether majority or minority have
to support the change in personal laws.
• Drafting of UCC is another obstacle. There
is no consensus regarding whether it
should be a blend of personal laws or
should be a new law adhering to the
constitutional mandate.
5.2. Issue of Instant Triple Talaq

Instant triple talaq is a form of Islamic divorce practiced in India, whereby a Muslim man can
legally divorce his wife by stating the word talaq three times in oral, written or more recently

electronic form. The practice has raised several controversies and discussions regarding issues Student Notes:
of justice, gender equality, human rights and secularism.
In Shayara Bano vs Union of India case (2017), the Supreme Court declared the practice of
triple talaq as unconstitutional by a 3:2 majority.
5.2.1. Positive Outcomes of the Judgement
• It ensures equality by upholding fundamental rights guaranteed by Articles 14 and 21 of
the Constitution.
• It ensures gender equality especially for Muslim women as the provision of triple talaq
resulted in feelings of insecurity among them. Arbitrary talaq also impacted their social
status and dignity.
• It upholds core constitutional provisions, as fundamental rights guaranteed by the
Constitution override the provisions of personal laws
5.2.2. Negative outcomes of the judgement
• It goes against Article 26 of the Indian Constitution, which guarantees freedom in matters
of religion; every religious denomination and sect (including Hanafi school, which was
followed by Shayara Bano).
• Opponents contend that it is not the court’s role to “determine the true intricacies of faith”.
Also, there is contention that Muslim Personal Law (Shariat) Act 1937, has not codified
talaq-e-bidat (triple talaq) into a statutory law, thus, it does not fall under Article 13.
• The challenge is to inform the Muslim masses that the abolition of the practice does not go
against the Shariah, but it is closer to the original tenets of Islam.
5.3. Entry Movements to Places of Religious Worship Led by

Women’s Organizations
Shani Shignapur Temple: A group of women called the Bhumata Rangaragini Brigade led a
movement to break the 400 year old tradition of the Temple barring women from entering its
inner sanctum. Eventually, the Bombay High Court stated that “No law prevents women from
entering a place of worship and if men are allowed, then women too should be permitted.”
5.3.1. Sabarimala Temple
In Sabarimala temple, Kerala, women between the age of 10 and 50 are not allowed to enter
the temple, since they are in the menstrual age group. A 1991 Kerala High Court judgement
supported the ban on women entry. However, the case was referred to a three judge bench of
the Supreme Court to deem whether excluding menstruating women constitutes “essential
religious practice.”
The Supreme Court in a 4:1 judgment gave the verdict that women were to be allowed entry to
the temple and that there should be no discrimination on grounds of religion. The court,
further, found such a ban on women entry to the temple to be a violation of Article 17 (form of
untouchability)
In Sep 2019, the SC re-considered its judgment on grounds of “constitutional morality”, and has
referred the case to a higher bench. It will now, not only consider this case, but all cases
allowing women’s entry into temples, etc.
5.3.2. Haji Ali Dargah
In 2012, the Dargah Trust barred women from entering the sanctum sanctorum of the Haji Ali
Dargah. The trust cited verses from the Quran and Prophet Mohammed to claim that Islam
does not permit women to enter dargahs/mosques. The trust also claimed the fundamental
right “to manage its own affairs” under Article 26 of the Indian Constitution. This was opposed
by several women’s organizations. Eventually, the Bombay High Court lifted the ban saying it

contravenes the Constitution and women should be allowed entry “at par with men”. It also Student Notes:
held that the Trust cannot enforce a ban “contrary to the fundamental rights” (i.e. Art 14, 15
and 25) enshrined in the Constitution.
5.3.3. Santhara
It refers to a Jain practice, where followers voluntarily face death by gradually reducing food &
liquid intake. This practice was challenged in the Nikhil Soni Versus Rajasthan High Court Case,
on two grounds:-
1. The right to life does not include the right to die. Hence, it is not protected under Article 21.
2. It does not constitute an essential practice, and hence, is not protected under Article 25.
The judgment was challenged in the Supreme Court, which lifted the stay on Santhara based
upon the arguments that the HC judgment was based on an incorrect observation on Jainism.
Also, they have criminalized the philosophy, and they do not have the right to determine which
practice is essential and which is not. Also, the court argued that equating santhara with suicide
was not logical as santhara was not impulsive, but an act of spiritual purification. The SC,
further, said that Jain scholars were not consulted by the HC.

1. How do the Indian debates on secularism differ from the debates in the West? (2014)
2. How the Indian concept of secularism different from the western model of secularism?
Discuss. (2018)
3. What are the challenges to our cultural practices in the name of secularism? (2019)

1. "Secularism cannot exist as a positive value in society without equality, social justice
and democracy". Examine in the context of India.
Approach:
• First explain briefly what secularism means.
• Next analyze the Indian conception of secularism – secularism equated with
religious harmony. Argue how secularism is a pre-requisite for harmony, not the
other way around. Also examine whether secularism should be seen exclusively
through the prism of religion or is it a much wider concept.
• While doing so, consider the three keywords mentioned in the question – equality,
social justice and democracy. Analyze how these are a prerequisite if secularism is
to be conceived as a positive value.
Answer:
Secularism implies not only the separation of religion and state but also religious
freedom, the autonomy of religious groups, withdrawal of state sanction for religious
norms and a minimization of religious groups as categories of public policy and as
actors in public life.
The debate on secularism in India has been mainly political: relationship between state
and religion, interrelationship between different communities, and interdependence of
secularism and democracy. A common quest connecting these three issues has been
the quest for religious harmony, which in the course of time came to be identified with
secularism.
However, it has been argued that secularism is not a product of religious harmony. In
fact, religious harmony is achievable only if secularism is in place. This is particularly
true for a multi-religious society like India. The answer to what constitutes secularism in

such a society lies in the ability of the state and society to internalize values and ethics, Student Notes:
informed by reason and humanism. It is also important to ensure that secularism is not
posited exclusively within the realm of religion, but other areas of human existence,
such as culture and economy are also incorporated into the secular conception.
This is important to ensure that religious differences recede to the background and a
common bond unites different groups. This is why some like Pt. Nehru had also argued
that secularism could be a reality only within the rubric of social justice. He had
emphasized the role of economy in the construction of a secular society. According to
him the real thing was the economic factor. He had argued that if were to lay stress on
the economic factor, religious differences would automatically recede to the
background and a common bond would unite different groups. This opinion of Nehru
has been interpreted to mean that secularism could be a reality only within the rubric
of social justice. Others like Dr. Ambedkar also considered secularism not only a political
issue but also a moral issue.
Further, the basic aim of secularism being to ensure equality of all religious
denominations, it implies, the concept of secularism is derived from the principle of
democratic equality. In fact, it has been argued that secularism gains meaning and
substance only when it refers to the principle of democratic equality. Logically, a prior
commitment to the principles of democracy is a condition for equality of all religious
groups.
Still further, the conception of secularism as only religious harmony is based on a
monolithic view of religion. Such a view does not take into account the differentiation
within it. The fact is that within each culture there are several cultural and social groups
between whom contradictions and complementarities exist. Due to the prevalence of
the cultural and social hierarchies that exist within religion, attempts to bring about
religious harmony cannot cover all followers of any religion.
Thus realizing communal harmony without creating material and ideological
foundations to generate and sustain it seems extremely difficult. The importance
attributed to religious harmony is indeed logical, given the reality of a multi-religious
society. But it is not sufficiently inclusive to reconcile the cultural differences. For
realizing inclusiveness, cultural plurality is not sufficient; what is essential is cultural
equality. Integral to the concept of secularism, therefore, is cultural equality; so also are
democracy and social justice. Without these three interrelated factors – equality,
democracy and social justice – secularism cannot exist as a positive value in society.
2. How are minorities defined in India? Does the commitment to ensure special rights for
minorities contradict the idea of secularism? Discuss in the context of India.
Approach:
• Explain how minorities are defined in India.
• Discuss the special rights given to minorities in India and whether it contradicts
secularism.
Answer:
The Constitution of India uses the word ‘minority’ (in Article 29 to 30 and 350 A to 350
B) but does not define the word ‘minority’ as such. The minorities in India include:
• Religious minority- As per National Commission for Minorities Act, 1992 it include
Muslims, Sikhs, Christians, Buddhists, Zoroastrians (Parsis) and Jains. Sects within a
religion are not considered a religious minority.

• Linguistic minority -They pertain mainly to a State and not at the National level. Student Notes:
The linguist minority must have a separate spoken language. It is not necessary that
the language must have a distinct script.
It is to be noted that, a group which constitutes a ‘statistical minority’ at national level
may not enjoy minority status in all State/UTs. Supreme Court in TMA Pai Foundation
case considered the question of the unit for the purpose of determining the definition
of ‘minority’ within the meaning of Article 30(1).
It held that ‘a minority either linguistic or religious is determinable only by reference to
demography of the State and not by taking into consideration the population of the
country as a whole’. Thus, religious and linguistic minorities, have to be considered
State-wise for the application of central and state laws.
Special rights to minorities and secularism
In India, the safeguards for minorities under the constitution of India are firstly in the
form of fundamental rights (Article 25 to 30). Article 29 talks about preserving the
distinct language, script or culture of any citizen, while Article 30 is more specific and
talks about right of religious and linguistic minorities to administer educational
institutions and non-discrimination by State in granting aids to such institutions.
However, at times these safeguards invites the accusations of favouritism or
‘appeasement’ and of being anti-secular (a secular state being one that doesn’t favour
any particular religion over others). In reality, the Protection of minorities requires that
they be given special consideration especially in a context where the normal working of
the political system places them at a disadvantage vis-à-vis majority community.
In India, even economically strong minorities like Sikhs and Parsis may be disadvantaged
in a cultural sense because of their small numbers relative to overwhelming majority of
Hindus. Without special protection, secularism can turn into an excuse for imposing the
majority community’s values and norms on the minorities.
The idea of giving some special right to the minorities is not to treat them as a
privileged section of the population but to give to the minorities a sense of security.
Special rights for minorities were designed not to create inequalities but to bring about
equality by ensuring the preservation of the minority institutions and by guaranteeing
autonomy in the matter of administration of these institutions.
Hence, deeming these special rights as contradiction will be to take a lop-sided
understanding of secularism without attending to the needs of all sections of society.
Counter-views and debate on this arrangement should be seen as the trait of a healthy
democracy.
3. The framing of a uniform civil code is an acid test of India’s commitment to secularism
and modernisation. Critically analyse the statement in the light of post-independent
developments in India.
Approach:
The answer should provide a balanced perspective and refrain from making politically
incorrect assertions.
• The answer should define what a uniform civil code means and its necessity
• It should specify the constitutional basis of uniform civil code and discuss the post-
independence developments in the direction of a uniform civil code and the
impediments to it

• The answer should discuss the arguments against a uniform civil code Student Notes:
• The answer should suitably conclude with a balanced perspective
Answer:
• A Uniform civil code seeks to replace the personal laws based on the scriptures
and customs of a religious community with a common set governing every citizen.
• At its core, Uniform Civil Code (UCC) deals with issues of secularism, equality and
women’s rights. The secular argument is that the laws of the state should not be
religion, caste or community specific. Further, a modern state should treat all
citizens equally and should not discriminate against women.
• In the Constituent Assembly, a UCC was supported by leaders such as Nehru,
Ambedkar and women members but due to stringent opposition from orthodox
members, it was included only in the form of Directive Principles as a compromise.
• Later a Hindu Code Bill to provide for a uniform civil code for Hindus, Sikhs, Jains
and Buddhists also met with opposition but was eventually passed in a diluted
form through 4 separate acts.
• The Muslim Personal Law continued to exist and is considered as discriminatory
towards Muslim women as it permits unilateral divorce and polygamy.
• However, the demand to include the Muslim community under a UCC was resisted
by India’s leaders as there was a feeling that partition had left Indian Muslims
feeing vulnerable and any tampering with their traditions at that stage would have
made them feel even less secure. Hence, it was decided to delay such a move to a
more apt time.
• However, the controversial case of Shah Bano once again led to demands for a
UCC.
• At the same time, there is another perspective that the state should not
unilaterally change personal laws, based on religion. Support for such changes
should come from the community itself. For instance, the demand for uniform
personal laws for all Hindus was the result of a vigorous social-reform movement
among them. Despite opposition from some orthodox sections, there was
widespread support for such a move. On the other hand, such a demand did not
emanate from the Muslim community.
• Hence, in conclusion a UCC is a worthy goal to seek but it should be arrived at
through a process of debate and consensus and not through top-down law making.
4. Is the Indian notion of secularism, based on uniform respect for all religions by the
state and separation of religion from public institutional practices, adequate to
ensure a secular state? Discuss.
Approach:
• Briefly explain Indian secularism as per given statement.
• Discuss with appropriate arguments if it has lead to a secular state. Cite the
challenges.
• Give suggestions, if any.
Answer:
India being a secular state there is no preferred state religion and all religious groups
enjoy the same constitutional protection without any favour or discrimination.
Secularism in India unlike the western notion does not mean separate state from
religion. It means equal respect for all faiths and religions. The same has been
elaborated as:

• Articles 25 to 28 of the Indian Constitution offer rights relating to freedom of Student Notes:
religion to all. However, the State has power to regulate socioeconomic matters.
• Articles 14, 15, 16, 17, 44 and 51A, by implication prohibit the establishment of a
theocratic state.
• In the Kesavananda Bharati case the Supreme Court (SC) had declared secularism
as a part of the basic structure of the Constitution. This was reiterated in the
Bommai case. Alongside, the Court upheld the right of the State to make laws
regulating the secular affairs of temples, mosques and other places of worship as
also power of the parliament to form and rationalize personal laws.
• Section 123(3) of Representation of Peoples Act 1951 prohibits political parties
from fighting elections on the basis of religion. This is a check to contain communal
forces from polarizing voters.
• In Ismail Faruqui v. Union of India, SC held secularism to be one facet of right to
equality.
Challenges:
• Despite a secular Constitution there exists, mutual misunderstanding and
intolerance between sections of people of different religions, faiths and beliefs.
• Frequent recourse to revivalist events such as Ghar Wapsi etc. breeds fear amongst
the minorities against majoritarianism.
• Incidents of communal clashes, hatred, and violence are a blot to a multi-religious
and multi-cultural Indian society.
• Scope for religious organization(s) to influence State and political decision making.
• Religious hate speech, falsification of history and dissemination of wrong
information amonst the masses.
In spite of the above challenges, Secularism as practiced in India has proved
effective in the realization of a democratic polity. Present challenges may be
overcome by adhering to the principles of humanism, rationalism and universal
religion, which have provided an intellectual base to Indian secularism since ages.



Indian Society GS1 VAM

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Indian Society GS1 VAM

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SALIENT FEATURES OF INDIAN SOCIETY Student Notes:

2. Characteristics of Indian Society ................................................................................................ 2

3. Salient Features of Indian Society .............................................................................................. 2

3.1. Caste System ....................................................................................................................... 2

3.1.1. Features of the Caste system ....................................................................................... 2

3.1.2. Transformation of the Caste system ............................................................................ 3

3.1.3. Weakening and Strengthening of Caste System- A Paradox ........................................ 4

3.1.4. Way Forward ................................................................................................................ 5

3.2. Religious Pluralism .............................................................................................................. 5

3.2.1. Different Religious Groups in India .............................................................................. 5

3.2.2. Multi-culturalism and Pluralism ................................................................................... 6

3.3. Kinship, Marriage and Family .............................................................................................. 6

3.3.1. Kinship .......................................................................................................................... 6

3.3.2. Marriage ....................................................................................................................... 7

3.3.3. Family in Indian Society ................................................................................................ 8

3.4. Diversity in India ................................................................................................................ 11

3.4.1. Various forms of diversity in India .............................................................................. 11

3.4.2. Factors Leading to Unity Amidst Diversity in India..................................................... 13

3.4.3. Factors that threaten India’s unity ............................................................................. 13

3.4.4. Way Forward .............................................................................................................. 14

4. Previous Year UPSC GS Mains Questions ................................................................................. 14

5. Vision IAS GS Mains Test Series Questions............................................................................... 15

Copyright © by Vision IAS

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

• Indian society is an exemplification of multicultural, multi-ethnic and multi-ideological

2. Characteristics of Indian Society

3. Salient Features of Indian Society

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

3.1.4. Way Forward

3.2. Religious Pluralism

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

3.3. Kinship, Marriage and Family

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

3.4. Diversity in India

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

4. Previous Year UPSC GS Mains Questions

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

5. Exclusion, humiliation-subordination and exploitation are all equally important in

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH

16. Is India's linguistic diversity a threat to national integration?

DELHI JAIPUR PUNE HYDERABAD AHMEDABAD LUCKNOW CHANDIGARH